| 1 | /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | Copyright (C) 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GDB. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
| 19 | |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "defs.h" |
| 22 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 23 | #include <string.h> |
| 24 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 25 | #include <stdarg.h> |
| 26 | #include "demangle.h" |
| 27 | #include "gdb_regex.h" |
| 28 | #include "frame.h" |
| 29 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 30 | #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| 31 | #include "gdbcmd.h" |
| 32 | #include "expression.h" |
| 33 | #include "parser-defs.h" |
| 34 | #include "language.h" |
| 35 | #include "varobj.h" |
| 36 | #include "c-lang.h" |
| 37 | #include "inferior.h" |
| 38 | #include "symfile.h" |
| 39 | #include "objfiles.h" |
| 40 | #include "breakpoint.h" |
| 41 | #include "gdbcore.h" |
| 42 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 43 | #include "gdb_obstack.h" |
| 44 | #include "ada-lang.h" |
| 45 | #include "completer.h" |
| 46 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 47 | #ifdef UI_OUT |
| 48 | #include "ui-out.h" |
| 49 | #endif |
| 50 | #include "block.h" |
| 51 | #include "infcall.h" |
| 52 | #include "dictionary.h" |
| 53 | #include "exceptions.h" |
| 54 | #include "annotate.h" |
| 55 | #include "valprint.h" |
| 56 | #include "source.h" |
| 57 | #include "observer.h" |
| 58 | #include "vec.h" |
| 59 | #include "stack.h" |
| 60 | #include "gdb_vecs.h" |
| 61 | #include "typeprint.h" |
| 62 | |
| 63 | #include "psymtab.h" |
| 64 | #include "value.h" |
| 65 | #include "mi/mi-common.h" |
| 66 | #include "arch-utils.h" |
| 67 | #include "exceptions.h" |
| 68 | #include "cli/cli-utils.h" |
| 69 | |
| 70 | /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for |
| 71 | differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C). |
| 72 | Copied from valarith.c. */ |
| 73 | |
| 74 | #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO |
| 75 | #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2) |
| 76 | #endif |
| 77 | |
| 78 | static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *); |
| 79 | |
| 80 | static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *); |
| 81 | |
| 82 | static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *); |
| 83 | |
| 84 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 85 | |
| 86 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 87 | |
| 88 | static struct type *desc_data_target_type (struct type *); |
| 89 | |
| 90 | static struct value *desc_data (struct value *); |
| 91 | |
| 92 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 93 | |
| 94 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 95 | |
| 96 | static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int); |
| 97 | |
| 98 | static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int); |
| 99 | |
| 100 | static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int); |
| 101 | |
| 102 | static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int); |
| 103 | |
| 104 | static int desc_arity (struct type *); |
| 105 | |
| 106 | static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int); |
| 107 | |
| 108 | static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int); |
| 109 | |
| 110 | static int full_match (const char *, const char *); |
| 111 | |
| 112 | static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 113 | |
| 114 | static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *, |
| 115 | struct block *, const char *, |
| 116 | domain_enum, struct objfile *, int); |
| 117 | |
| 118 | static int is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info *, int); |
| 119 | |
| 120 | static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *, struct symbol *, |
| 121 | struct block *); |
| 122 | |
| 123 | static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack *); |
| 124 | |
| 125 | static struct ada_symbol_info *defns_collected (struct obstack *, int); |
| 126 | |
| 127 | static struct value *resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int, |
| 128 | struct type *); |
| 129 | |
| 130 | static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int, |
| 131 | struct symbol *, const struct block *); |
| 132 | |
| 133 | static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **); |
| 134 | |
| 135 | static char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 136 | |
| 137 | static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 138 | |
| 139 | static int numeric_type_p (struct type *); |
| 140 | |
| 141 | static int integer_type_p (struct type *); |
| 142 | |
| 143 | static int scalar_type_p (struct type *); |
| 144 | |
| 145 | static int discrete_type_p (struct type *); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | static enum ada_renaming_category parse_old_style_renaming (struct type *, |
| 148 | const char **, |
| 149 | int *, |
| 150 | const char **); |
| 151 | |
| 152 | static struct symbol *find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *, |
| 153 | const struct block *); |
| 154 | |
| 155 | static struct type *ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *, char *, |
| 156 | int, int, int *); |
| 157 | |
| 158 | static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *); |
| 159 | |
| 160 | static struct type *ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type *, |
| 161 | const char *); |
| 162 | |
| 163 | static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int); |
| 164 | |
| 165 | static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, |
| 166 | const gdb_byte *, |
| 167 | CORE_ADDR, struct value *); |
| 168 | |
| 169 | static struct type *to_fixed_array_type (struct type *, struct value *, int); |
| 170 | |
| 171 | static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 172 | |
| 173 | static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *); |
| 174 | static struct type *static_unwrap_type (struct type *type); |
| 175 | |
| 176 | static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *); |
| 177 | |
| 178 | static struct type *constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *, long *); |
| 179 | |
| 180 | static struct type *decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 181 | |
| 182 | static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 183 | |
| 184 | static struct value *decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value *); |
| 185 | |
| 186 | static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 187 | |
| 188 | static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 189 | |
| 190 | static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int, |
| 191 | struct value **); |
| 192 | |
| 193 | static void move_bits (gdb_byte *, int, const gdb_byte *, int, int, int); |
| 194 | |
| 195 | static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, |
| 196 | struct type *); |
| 197 | |
| 198 | static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *); |
| 199 | |
| 200 | static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *); |
| 201 | |
| 202 | static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *); |
| 203 | |
| 204 | static int is_name_suffix (const char *); |
| 205 | |
| 206 | static int advance_wild_match (const char **, const char *, int); |
| 207 | |
| 208 | static int wild_match (const char *, const char *); |
| 209 | |
| 210 | static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *); |
| 211 | |
| 212 | static LONGEST pos_atr (struct value *); |
| 213 | |
| 214 | static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 215 | |
| 216 | static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 217 | |
| 218 | static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block *, |
| 219 | domain_enum); |
| 220 | |
| 221 | static struct value *ada_search_struct_field (char *, struct value *, int, |
| 222 | struct type *); |
| 223 | |
| 224 | static struct value *ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *, int, int, |
| 225 | struct type *); |
| 226 | |
| 227 | static int find_struct_field (const char *, struct type *, int, |
| 228 | struct type **, int *, int *, int *, int *); |
| 229 | |
| 230 | static struct value *ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *, CORE_ADDR, |
| 231 | struct value *); |
| 232 | |
| 233 | static int ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info *, int, |
| 234 | struct value **, int, const char *, |
| 235 | struct type *); |
| 236 | |
| 237 | static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *); |
| 238 | |
| 239 | static void ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch *, |
| 240 | struct language_arch_info *); |
| 241 | |
| 242 | static void check_size (const struct type *); |
| 243 | |
| 244 | static struct value *ada_index_struct_field (int, struct value *, int, |
| 245 | struct type *); |
| 246 | |
| 247 | static struct value *assign_aggregate (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 248 | struct expression *, |
| 249 | int *, enum noside); |
| 250 | |
| 251 | static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 252 | struct expression *, |
| 253 | int *, LONGEST *, int *, |
| 254 | int, LONGEST, LONGEST); |
| 255 | |
| 256 | static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 257 | struct expression *, |
| 258 | int *, LONGEST *, int *, int, |
| 259 | LONGEST, LONGEST); |
| 260 | |
| 261 | |
| 262 | static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 263 | struct expression *, |
| 264 | int *, LONGEST *, int, LONGEST, LONGEST); |
| 265 | |
| 266 | |
| 267 | static void add_component_interval (LONGEST, LONGEST, LONGEST *, int *, int); |
| 268 | |
| 269 | |
| 270 | static struct value *ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *, |
| 271 | int *, enum noside); |
| 272 | |
| 273 | static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *, int, int *, |
| 274 | int *); |
| 275 | |
| 276 | static struct type *ada_find_any_type (const char *name); |
| 277 | \f |
| 278 | |
| 279 | |
| 280 | /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */ |
| 281 | static unsigned int varsize_limit; |
| 282 | |
| 283 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-09-17: No longer a const because it is |
| 284 | returned by a function that does not return a const char *. */ |
| 285 | static char *ada_completer_word_break_characters = |
| 286 | #ifdef VMS |
| 287 | " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 288 | #else |
| 289 | " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 290 | #endif |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */ |
| 293 | static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME[] |
| 294 | = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"; |
| 295 | |
| 296 | /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */ |
| 297 | static int warning_limit = 2; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after |
| 300 | expression evaluation. */ |
| 301 | static int warnings_issued = 0; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | static const char *known_runtime_file_name_patterns[] = { |
| 304 | ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL |
| 305 | }; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | static const char *known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[] = { |
| 308 | ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL |
| 309 | }; |
| 310 | |
| 311 | /* Space for allocating results of ada_lookup_symbol_list. */ |
| 312 | static struct obstack symbol_list_obstack; |
| 313 | |
| 314 | /* Inferior-specific data. */ |
| 315 | |
| 316 | /* Per-inferior data for this module. */ |
| 317 | |
| 318 | struct ada_inferior_data |
| 319 | { |
| 320 | /* The ada__tags__type_specific_data type, which is used when decoding |
| 321 | tagged types. With older versions of GNAT, this type was directly |
| 322 | accessible through a component ("tsd") in the object tag. But this |
| 323 | is no longer the case, so we cache it for each inferior. */ |
| 324 | struct type *tsd_type; |
| 325 | |
| 326 | /* The exception_support_info data. This data is used to determine |
| 327 | how to implement support for Ada exception catchpoints in a given |
| 328 | inferior. */ |
| 329 | const struct exception_support_info *exception_info; |
| 330 | }; |
| 331 | |
| 332 | /* Our key to this module's inferior data. */ |
| 333 | static const struct inferior_data *ada_inferior_data; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /* A cleanup routine for our inferior data. */ |
| 336 | static void |
| 337 | ada_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg) |
| 338 | { |
| 339 | struct ada_inferior_data *data; |
| 340 | |
| 341 | data = inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data); |
| 342 | if (data != NULL) |
| 343 | xfree (data); |
| 344 | } |
| 345 | |
| 346 | /* Return our inferior data for the given inferior (INF). |
| 347 | |
| 348 | This function always returns a valid pointer to an allocated |
| 349 | ada_inferior_data structure. If INF's inferior data has not |
| 350 | been previously set, this functions creates a new one with all |
| 351 | fields set to zero, sets INF's inferior to it, and then returns |
| 352 | a pointer to that newly allocated ada_inferior_data. */ |
| 353 | |
| 354 | static struct ada_inferior_data * |
| 355 | get_ada_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf) |
| 356 | { |
| 357 | struct ada_inferior_data *data; |
| 358 | |
| 359 | data = inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data); |
| 360 | if (data == NULL) |
| 361 | { |
| 362 | data = XZALLOC (struct ada_inferior_data); |
| 363 | set_inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data, data); |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
| 366 | return data; |
| 367 | } |
| 368 | |
| 369 | /* Perform all necessary cleanups regarding our module's inferior data |
| 370 | that is required after the inferior INF just exited. */ |
| 371 | |
| 372 | static void |
| 373 | ada_inferior_exit (struct inferior *inf) |
| 374 | { |
| 375 | ada_inferior_data_cleanup (inf, NULL); |
| 376 | set_inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data, NULL); |
| 377 | } |
| 378 | |
| 379 | /* Utilities */ |
| 380 | |
| 381 | /* If TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF type, return the target type after |
| 382 | all typedef layers have been peeled. Otherwise, return TYPE. |
| 383 | |
| 384 | Normally, we really expect a typedef type to only have 1 typedef layer. |
| 385 | In other words, we really expect the target type of a typedef type to be |
| 386 | a non-typedef type. This is particularly true for Ada units, because |
| 387 | the language does not have a typedef vs not-typedef distinction. |
| 388 | In that respect, the Ada compiler has been trying to eliminate as many |
| 389 | typedef definitions in the debugging information, since they generally |
| 390 | do not bring any extra information (we still use typedef under certain |
| 391 | circumstances related mostly to the GNAT encoding). |
| 392 | |
| 393 | Unfortunately, we have seen situations where the debugging information |
| 394 | generated by the compiler leads to such multiple typedef layers. For |
| 395 | instance, consider the following example with stabs: |
| 396 | |
| 397 | .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:Tt(0,46)=s16P_ARRAY:(0,47)=[...]"[...] |
| 398 | .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:t(0,36)=(0,46)",128,0,6,0 |
| 399 | |
| 400 | This is an error in the debugging information which causes type |
| 401 | pck__float_array___XUP to be defined twice, and the second time, |
| 402 | it is defined as a typedef of a typedef. |
| 403 | |
| 404 | This is on the fringe of legality as far as debugging information is |
| 405 | concerned, and certainly unexpected. But it is easy to handle these |
| 406 | situations correctly, so we can afford to be lenient in this case. */ |
| 407 | |
| 408 | static struct type * |
| 409 | ada_typedef_target_type (struct type *type) |
| 410 | { |
| 411 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 412 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 413 | return type; |
| 414 | } |
| 415 | |
| 416 | /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its |
| 417 | decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns |
| 418 | its unqualified name. */ |
| 419 | |
| 420 | static const char * |
| 421 | ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name) |
| 422 | { |
| 423 | const char *result = strrchr (decoded_name, '.'); |
| 424 | |
| 425 | if (result != NULL) |
| 426 | result++; /* Skip the dot... */ |
| 427 | else |
| 428 | result = decoded_name; |
| 429 | |
| 430 | return result; |
| 431 | } |
| 432 | |
| 433 | /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'. |
| 434 | The result is good until the next call. */ |
| 435 | |
| 436 | static char * |
| 437 | add_angle_brackets (const char *str) |
| 438 | { |
| 439 | static char *result = NULL; |
| 440 | |
| 441 | xfree (result); |
| 442 | result = xstrprintf ("<%s>", str); |
| 443 | return result; |
| 444 | } |
| 445 | |
| 446 | static char * |
| 447 | ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters (void) |
| 448 | { |
| 449 | return ada_completer_word_break_characters; |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | |
| 452 | /* Print an array element index using the Ada syntax. */ |
| 453 | |
| 454 | static void |
| 455 | ada_print_array_index (struct value *index_value, struct ui_file *stream, |
| 456 | const struct value_print_options *options) |
| 457 | { |
| 458 | LA_VALUE_PRINT (index_value, stream, options); |
| 459 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " => "); |
| 460 | } |
| 461 | |
| 462 | /* Assuming VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size |
| 463 | ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects, |
| 464 | updating *SIZE as necessary and returning the (new) array. */ |
| 465 | |
| 466 | void * |
| 467 | grow_vect (void *vect, size_t *size, size_t min_size, int element_size) |
| 468 | { |
| 469 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 470 | { |
| 471 | *size *= 2; |
| 472 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 473 | *size = min_size; |
| 474 | vect = xrealloc (vect, *size * element_size); |
| 475 | } |
| 476 | return vect; |
| 477 | } |
| 478 | |
| 479 | /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing |
| 480 | suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */ |
| 481 | |
| 482 | static int |
| 483 | field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target) |
| 484 | { |
| 485 | int len = strlen (target); |
| 486 | |
| 487 | return |
| 488 | (strncmp (field_name, target, len) == 0 |
| 489 | && (field_name[len] == '\0' |
| 490 | || (strncmp (field_name + len, "___", 3) == 0 |
| 491 | && strcmp (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, |
| 492 | "___XVN") != 0))); |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | |
| 495 | |
| 496 | /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT or a TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF to |
| 497 | a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches FIELD_NAME, |
| 498 | and return its index. This function also handles fields whose name |
| 499 | have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters their name |
| 500 | by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain constraints. |
| 501 | If the field could not be found, return a negative number if |
| 502 | MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */ |
| 503 | |
| 504 | int |
| 505 | ada_get_field_index (const struct type *type, const char *field_name, |
| 506 | int maybe_missing) |
| 507 | { |
| 508 | int fieldno; |
| 509 | struct type *struct_type = check_typedef ((struct type *) type); |
| 510 | |
| 511 | for (fieldno = 0; fieldno < TYPE_NFIELDS (struct_type); fieldno++) |
| 512 | if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (struct_type, fieldno), field_name)) |
| 513 | return fieldno; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | if (!maybe_missing) |
| 516 | error (_("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting"), |
| 517 | field_name, TYPE_NAME (struct_type)); |
| 518 | |
| 519 | return -1; |
| 520 | } |
| 521 | |
| 522 | /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */ |
| 523 | |
| 524 | int |
| 525 | ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name) |
| 526 | { |
| 527 | if (name == NULL) |
| 528 | return 0; |
| 529 | else |
| 530 | { |
| 531 | const char *p = strstr (name, "___"); |
| 532 | |
| 533 | if (p == NULL) |
| 534 | return strlen (name); |
| 535 | else |
| 536 | return p - name; |
| 537 | } |
| 538 | } |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. |
| 541 | Return zero if STR is null. */ |
| 542 | |
| 543 | static int |
| 544 | is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix) |
| 545 | { |
| 546 | int len1, len2; |
| 547 | |
| 548 | if (str == NULL) |
| 549 | return 0; |
| 550 | len1 = strlen (str); |
| 551 | len2 = strlen (suffix); |
| 552 | return (len1 >= len2 && strcmp (str + len1 - len2, suffix) == 0); |
| 553 | } |
| 554 | |
| 555 | /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The |
| 556 | result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */ |
| 557 | |
| 558 | static struct value * |
| 559 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, struct type *type) |
| 560 | { |
| 561 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 562 | if (value_type (val) == type) |
| 563 | return val; |
| 564 | else |
| 565 | { |
| 566 | struct value *result; |
| 567 | |
| 568 | /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before |
| 569 | trying to allocate some memory for it. */ |
| 570 | check_size (type); |
| 571 | |
| 572 | if (value_lazy (val) |
| 573 | || TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val))) |
| 574 | result = allocate_value_lazy (type); |
| 575 | else |
| 576 | { |
| 577 | result = allocate_value (type); |
| 578 | memcpy (value_contents_raw (result), value_contents (val), |
| 579 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 580 | } |
| 581 | set_value_component_location (result, val); |
| 582 | set_value_bitsize (result, value_bitsize (val)); |
| 583 | set_value_bitpos (result, value_bitpos (val)); |
| 584 | set_value_address (result, value_address (val)); |
| 585 | set_value_optimized_out (result, value_optimized_out_const (val)); |
| 586 | return result; |
| 587 | } |
| 588 | } |
| 589 | |
| 590 | static const gdb_byte * |
| 591 | cond_offset_host (const gdb_byte *valaddr, long offset) |
| 592 | { |
| 593 | if (valaddr == NULL) |
| 594 | return NULL; |
| 595 | else |
| 596 | return valaddr + offset; |
| 597 | } |
| 598 | |
| 599 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 600 | cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset) |
| 601 | { |
| 602 | if (address == 0) |
| 603 | return 0; |
| 604 | else |
| 605 | return address + offset; |
| 606 | } |
| 607 | |
| 608 | /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but |
| 609 | with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the |
| 610 | number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current |
| 611 | expression. */ |
| 612 | |
| 613 | /* FIXME: cagney/2004-10-10: This function is mimicking the behavior |
| 614 | provided by "complaint". */ |
| 615 | static void lim_warning (const char *format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF (1, 2); |
| 616 | |
| 617 | static void |
| 618 | lim_warning (const char *format, ...) |
| 619 | { |
| 620 | va_list args; |
| 621 | |
| 622 | va_start (args, format); |
| 623 | warnings_issued += 1; |
| 624 | if (warnings_issued <= warning_limit) |
| 625 | vwarning (format, args); |
| 626 | |
| 627 | va_end (args); |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | |
| 630 | /* Issue an error if the size of an object of type T is unreasonable, |
| 631 | i.e. if it would be a bad idea to allocate a value of this type in |
| 632 | GDB. */ |
| 633 | |
| 634 | static void |
| 635 | check_size (const struct type *type) |
| 636 | { |
| 637 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) > varsize_limit) |
| 638 | error (_("object size is larger than varsize-limit")); |
| 639 | } |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */ |
| 642 | static LONGEST |
| 643 | max_of_size (int size) |
| 644 | { |
| 645 | LONGEST top_bit = (LONGEST) 1 << (size * 8 - 2); |
| 646 | |
| 647 | return top_bit | (top_bit - 1); |
| 648 | } |
| 649 | |
| 650 | /* Minimum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */ |
| 651 | static LONGEST |
| 652 | min_of_size (int size) |
| 653 | { |
| 654 | return -max_of_size (size) - 1; |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte unsigned integer type. */ |
| 658 | static ULONGEST |
| 659 | umax_of_size (int size) |
| 660 | { |
| 661 | ULONGEST top_bit = (ULONGEST) 1 << (size * 8 - 1); |
| 662 | |
| 663 | return top_bit | (top_bit - 1); |
| 664 | } |
| 665 | |
| 666 | /* Maximum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */ |
| 667 | static LONGEST |
| 668 | max_of_type (struct type *t) |
| 669 | { |
| 670 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)) |
| 671 | return (LONGEST) umax_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); |
| 672 | else |
| 673 | return max_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); |
| 674 | } |
| 675 | |
| 676 | /* Minimum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */ |
| 677 | static LONGEST |
| 678 | min_of_type (struct type *t) |
| 679 | { |
| 680 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)) |
| 681 | return 0; |
| 682 | else |
| 683 | return min_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); |
| 684 | } |
| 685 | |
| 686 | /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ |
| 687 | LONGEST |
| 688 | ada_discrete_type_high_bound (struct type *type) |
| 689 | { |
| 690 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 691 | { |
| 692 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 693 | return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type); |
| 694 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 695 | return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1); |
| 696 | case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: |
| 697 | return 1; |
| 698 | case TYPE_CODE_CHAR: |
| 699 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 700 | return max_of_type (type); |
| 701 | default: |
| 702 | error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_high_bound.")); |
| 703 | } |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | |
| 706 | /* The smallest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ |
| 707 | LONGEST |
| 708 | ada_discrete_type_low_bound (struct type *type) |
| 709 | { |
| 710 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 711 | { |
| 712 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 713 | return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type); |
| 714 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 715 | return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, 0); |
| 716 | case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: |
| 717 | return 0; |
| 718 | case TYPE_CODE_CHAR: |
| 719 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 720 | return min_of_type (type); |
| 721 | default: |
| 722 | error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_low_bound.")); |
| 723 | } |
| 724 | } |
| 725 | |
| 726 | /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying |
| 727 | non-range scalar type. */ |
| 728 | |
| 729 | static struct type * |
| 730 | get_base_type (struct type *type) |
| 731 | { |
| 732 | while (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 733 | { |
| 734 | if (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) == NULL) |
| 735 | return type; |
| 736 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 737 | } |
| 738 | return type; |
| 739 | } |
| 740 | |
| 741 | /* Return a decoded version of the given VALUE. This means returning |
| 742 | a value whose type is obtained by applying all the GNAT-specific |
| 743 | encondings, making the resulting type a static but standard description |
| 744 | of the initial type. */ |
| 745 | |
| 746 | struct value * |
| 747 | ada_get_decoded_value (struct value *value) |
| 748 | { |
| 749 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (value)); |
| 750 | |
| 751 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type) |
| 752 | || (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type) |
| 753 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)) |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) /* array access type. */ |
| 756 | value = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (value); |
| 757 | else |
| 758 | value = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (value); |
| 759 | } |
| 760 | else |
| 761 | value = ada_to_fixed_value (value); |
| 762 | |
| 763 | return value; |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | |
| 766 | /* Same as ada_get_decoded_value, but with the given TYPE. |
| 767 | Because there is no associated actual value for this type, |
| 768 | the resulting type might be a best-effort approximation in |
| 769 | the case of dynamic types. */ |
| 770 | |
| 771 | struct type * |
| 772 | ada_get_decoded_type (struct type *type) |
| 773 | { |
| 774 | type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 775 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) |
| 776 | type = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (type); |
| 777 | return type; |
| 778 | } |
| 779 | |
| 780 | \f |
| 781 | |
| 782 | /* Language Selection */ |
| 783 | |
| 784 | /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG |
| 785 | (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). */ |
| 786 | |
| 787 | enum language |
| 788 | ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang) |
| 789 | { |
| 790 | if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL, |
| 791 | (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL) |
| 792 | return language_ada; |
| 793 | |
| 794 | return lang; |
| 795 | } |
| 796 | |
| 797 | /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name. |
| 798 | The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main |
| 799 | procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */ |
| 800 | |
| 801 | char * |
| 802 | ada_main_name (void) |
| 803 | { |
| 804 | struct minimal_symbol *msym; |
| 805 | static char *main_program_name = NULL; |
| 806 | |
| 807 | /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific |
| 808 | string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol, |
| 809 | extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find |
| 810 | that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written |
| 811 | in Ada. */ |
| 812 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL); |
| 813 | |
| 814 | if (msym != NULL) |
| 815 | { |
| 816 | CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr; |
| 817 | int err_code; |
| 818 | |
| 819 | main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym); |
| 820 | if (main_program_name_addr == 0) |
| 821 | error (_("Invalid address for Ada main program name.")); |
| 822 | |
| 823 | xfree (main_program_name); |
| 824 | target_read_string (main_program_name_addr, &main_program_name, |
| 825 | 1024, &err_code); |
| 826 | |
| 827 | if (err_code != 0) |
| 828 | return NULL; |
| 829 | return main_program_name; |
| 830 | } |
| 831 | |
| 832 | /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */ |
| 833 | return NULL; |
| 834 | } |
| 835 | \f |
| 836 | /* Symbols */ |
| 837 | |
| 838 | /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair |
| 839 | of NULLs. */ |
| 840 | |
| 841 | const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = { |
| 842 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD}, |
| 843 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB}, |
| 844 | {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL}, |
| 845 | {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV}, |
| 846 | {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD}, |
| 847 | {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM}, |
| 848 | {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP}, |
| 849 | {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS}, |
| 850 | {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ}, |
| 851 | {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR}, |
| 852 | {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ}, |
| 853 | {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL}, |
| 854 | {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL}, |
| 855 | {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND}, |
| 856 | {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR}, |
| 857 | {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR}, |
| 858 | {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT}, |
| 859 | {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS}, |
| 860 | {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT}, |
| 861 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS}, |
| 862 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG}, |
| 863 | {NULL, NULL} |
| 864 | }; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. |
| 867 | The result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. */ |
| 868 | |
| 869 | char * |
| 870 | ada_encode (const char *decoded) |
| 871 | { |
| 872 | static char *encoding_buffer = NULL; |
| 873 | static size_t encoding_buffer_size = 0; |
| 874 | const char *p; |
| 875 | int k; |
| 876 | |
| 877 | if (decoded == NULL) |
| 878 | return NULL; |
| 879 | |
| 880 | GROW_VECT (encoding_buffer, encoding_buffer_size, |
| 881 | 2 * strlen (decoded) + 10); |
| 882 | |
| 883 | k = 0; |
| 884 | for (p = decoded; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 885 | { |
| 886 | if (*p == '.') |
| 887 | { |
| 888 | encoding_buffer[k] = encoding_buffer[k + 1] = '_'; |
| 889 | k += 2; |
| 890 | } |
| 891 | else if (*p == '"') |
| 892 | { |
| 893 | const struct ada_opname_map *mapping; |
| 894 | |
| 895 | for (mapping = ada_opname_table; |
| 896 | mapping->encoded != NULL |
| 897 | && strncmp (mapping->decoded, p, |
| 898 | strlen (mapping->decoded)) != 0; mapping += 1) |
| 899 | ; |
| 900 | if (mapping->encoded == NULL) |
| 901 | error (_("invalid Ada operator name: %s"), p); |
| 902 | strcpy (encoding_buffer + k, mapping->encoded); |
| 903 | k += strlen (mapping->encoded); |
| 904 | break; |
| 905 | } |
| 906 | else |
| 907 | { |
| 908 | encoding_buffer[k] = *p; |
| 909 | k += 1; |
| 910 | } |
| 911 | } |
| 912 | |
| 913 | encoding_buffer[k] = '\0'; |
| 914 | return encoding_buffer; |
| 915 | } |
| 916 | |
| 917 | /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single |
| 918 | quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good |
| 919 | to next call. */ |
| 920 | |
| 921 | char * |
| 922 | ada_fold_name (const char *name) |
| 923 | { |
| 924 | static char *fold_buffer = NULL; |
| 925 | static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0; |
| 926 | |
| 927 | int len = strlen (name); |
| 928 | GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1); |
| 929 | |
| 930 | if (name[0] == '\'') |
| 931 | { |
| 932 | strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2); |
| 933 | fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000'; |
| 934 | } |
| 935 | else |
| 936 | { |
| 937 | int i; |
| 938 | |
| 939 | for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1) |
| 940 | fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]); |
| 941 | } |
| 942 | |
| 943 | return fold_buffer; |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | |
| 946 | /* Return nonzero if C is either a digit or a lowercase alphabet character. */ |
| 947 | |
| 948 | static int |
| 949 | is_lower_alphanum (const char c) |
| 950 | { |
| 951 | return (isdigit (c) || (isalpha (c) && islower (c))); |
| 952 | } |
| 953 | |
| 954 | /* ENCODED is the linkage name of a symbol and LEN contains its length. |
| 955 | This function saves in LEN the length of that same symbol name but |
| 956 | without either of these suffixes: |
| 957 | . .{DIGIT}+ |
| 958 | . ${DIGIT}+ |
| 959 | . ___{DIGIT}+ |
| 960 | . __{DIGIT}+. |
| 961 | |
| 962 | These are suffixes introduced by the compiler for entities such as |
| 963 | nested subprogram for instance, in order to avoid name clashes. |
| 964 | They do not serve any purpose for the debugger. */ |
| 965 | |
| 966 | static void |
| 967 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (const char *encoded, int *len) |
| 968 | { |
| 969 | if (*len > 1 && isdigit (encoded[*len - 1])) |
| 970 | { |
| 971 | int i = *len - 2; |
| 972 | |
| 973 | while (i > 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) |
| 974 | i--; |
| 975 | if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '.') |
| 976 | *len = i; |
| 977 | else if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '$') |
| 978 | *len = i; |
| 979 | else if (i >= 2 && strncmp (encoded + i - 2, "___", 3) == 0) |
| 980 | *len = i - 2; |
| 981 | else if (i >= 1 && strncmp (encoded + i - 1, "__", 2) == 0) |
| 982 | *len = i - 1; |
| 983 | } |
| 984 | } |
| 985 | |
| 986 | /* Remove the suffix introduced by the compiler for protected object |
| 987 | subprograms. */ |
| 988 | |
| 989 | static void |
| 990 | ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (const char *encoded, int *len) |
| 991 | { |
| 992 | /* Remove trailing N. */ |
| 993 | |
| 994 | /* Protected entry subprograms are broken into two |
| 995 | separate subprograms: The first one is unprotected, and has |
| 996 | a 'N' suffix; the second is the protected version, and has |
| 997 | the 'P' suffix. The second calls the first one after handling |
| 998 | the protection. Since the P subprograms are internally generated, |
| 999 | we leave these names undecoded, giving the user a clue that this |
| 1000 | entity is internal. */ |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | if (*len > 1 |
| 1003 | && encoded[*len - 1] == 'N' |
| 1004 | && (isdigit (encoded[*len - 2]) || islower (encoded[*len - 2]))) |
| 1005 | *len = *len - 1; |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | /* Remove trailing X[bn]* suffixes (indicating names in package bodies). */ |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | static void |
| 1011 | ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (const char *encoded, int *len) |
| 1012 | { |
| 1013 | int i = *len - 1; |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | while (i > 0 && (encoded[i] == 'b' || encoded[i] == 'n')) |
| 1016 | i--; |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | if (encoded[i] != 'X') |
| 1019 | return; |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | if (i == 0) |
| 1022 | return; |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | if (isalnum (encoded[i-1])) |
| 1025 | *len = i; |
| 1026 | } |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | /* If ENCODED follows the GNAT entity encoding conventions, then return |
| 1029 | the decoded form of ENCODED. Otherwise, return "<%s>" where "%s" is |
| 1030 | replaced by ENCODED. |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_decode. |
| 1033 | If the string is unchanged by decoding, the original string pointer |
| 1034 | is returned. */ |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | const char * |
| 1037 | ada_decode (const char *encoded) |
| 1038 | { |
| 1039 | int i, j; |
| 1040 | int len0; |
| 1041 | const char *p; |
| 1042 | char *decoded; |
| 1043 | int at_start_name; |
| 1044 | static char *decoding_buffer = NULL; |
| 1045 | static size_t decoding_buffer_size = 0; |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | /* The name of the Ada main procedure starts with "_ada_". |
| 1048 | This prefix is not part of the decoded name, so skip this part |
| 1049 | if we see this prefix. */ |
| 1050 | if (strncmp (encoded, "_ada_", 5) == 0) |
| 1051 | encoded += 5; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | /* If the name starts with '_', then it is not a properly encoded |
| 1054 | name, so do not attempt to decode it. Similarly, if the name |
| 1055 | starts with '<', the name should not be decoded. */ |
| 1056 | if (encoded[0] == '_' || encoded[0] == '<') |
| 1057 | goto Suppress; |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | len0 = strlen (encoded); |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (encoded, &len0); |
| 1062 | ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (encoded, &len0); |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that |
| 1065 | the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want |
| 1066 | to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been |
| 1067 | marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */ |
| 1068 | p = strstr (encoded, "___"); |
| 1069 | if (p != NULL && p - encoded < len0 - 3) |
| 1070 | { |
| 1071 | if (p[3] == 'X') |
| 1072 | len0 = p - encoded; |
| 1073 | else |
| 1074 | goto Suppress; |
| 1075 | } |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | /* Remove any trailing TKB suffix. It tells us that this symbol |
| 1078 | is for the body of a task, but that information does not actually |
| 1079 | appear in the decoded name. */ |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | if (len0 > 3 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 3, "TKB", 3) == 0) |
| 1082 | len0 -= 3; |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | /* Remove any trailing TB suffix. The TB suffix is slightly different |
| 1085 | from the TKB suffix because it is used for non-anonymous task |
| 1086 | bodies. */ |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | if (len0 > 2 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 2, "TB", 2) == 0) |
| 1089 | len0 -= 2; |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | /* Remove trailing "B" suffixes. */ |
| 1092 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-04-19: Not sure what this are used for... */ |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | if (len0 > 1 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 1, "B", 1) == 0) |
| 1095 | len0 -= 1; |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */ |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 | GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer, decoding_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1); |
| 1100 | decoded = decoding_buffer; |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | /* Remove trailing __{digit}+ or trailing ${digit}+. */ |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | if (len0 > 1 && isdigit (encoded[len0 - 1])) |
| 1105 | { |
| 1106 | i = len0 - 2; |
| 1107 | while ((i >= 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) |
| 1108 | || (i >= 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && isdigit (encoded[i - 1]))) |
| 1109 | i -= 1; |
| 1110 | if (i > 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i - 1] == '_') |
| 1111 | len0 = i - 1; |
| 1112 | else if (encoded[i] == '$') |
| 1113 | len0 = i; |
| 1114 | } |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | /* The first few characters that are not alphabetic are not part |
| 1117 | of any encoding we use, so we can copy them over verbatim. */ |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (encoded[i]); i += 1, j += 1) |
| 1120 | decoded[j] = encoded[i]; |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 1123 | while (i < len0) |
| 1124 | { |
| 1125 | /* Is this a symbol function? */ |
| 1126 | if (at_start_name && encoded[i] == 'O') |
| 1127 | { |
| 1128 | int k; |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL; k += 1) |
| 1131 | { |
| 1132 | int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].encoded); |
| 1133 | if ((strncmp (ada_opname_table[k].encoded + 1, encoded + i + 1, |
| 1134 | op_len - 1) == 0) |
| 1135 | && !isalnum (encoded[i + op_len])) |
| 1136 | { |
| 1137 | strcpy (decoded + j, ada_opname_table[k].decoded); |
| 1138 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 1139 | i += op_len; |
| 1140 | j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].decoded); |
| 1141 | break; |
| 1142 | } |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | if (ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL) |
| 1145 | continue; |
| 1146 | } |
| 1147 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | /* Replace "TK__" with "__", which will eventually be translated |
| 1150 | into "." (just below). */ |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | if (i < len0 - 4 && strncmp (encoded + i, "TK__", 4) == 0) |
| 1153 | i += 2; |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | /* Replace "__B_{DIGITS}+__" sequences by "__", which will eventually |
| 1156 | be translated into "." (just below). These are internal names |
| 1157 | generated for anonymous blocks inside which our symbol is nested. */ |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | if (len0 - i > 5 && encoded [i] == '_' && encoded [i+1] == '_' |
| 1160 | && encoded [i+2] == 'B' && encoded [i+3] == '_' |
| 1161 | && isdigit (encoded [i+4])) |
| 1162 | { |
| 1163 | int k = i + 5; |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k])) |
| 1166 | k++; /* Skip any extra digit. */ |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /* Double-check that the "__B_{DIGITS}+" sequence we found |
| 1169 | is indeed followed by "__". */ |
| 1170 | if (len0 - k > 2 && encoded [k] == '_' && encoded [k+1] == '_') |
| 1171 | i = k; |
| 1172 | } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | /* Remove _E{DIGITS}+[sb] */ |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | /* Just as for protected object subprograms, there are 2 categories |
| 1177 | of subprograms created by the compiler for each entry. The first |
| 1178 | one implements the actual entry code, and has a suffix following |
| 1179 | the convention above; the second one implements the barrier and |
| 1180 | uses the same convention as above, except that the 'E' is replaced |
| 1181 | by a 'B'. |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | Just as above, we do not decode the name of barrier functions |
| 1184 | to give the user a clue that the code he is debugging has been |
| 1185 | internally generated. */ |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | if (len0 - i > 3 && encoded [i] == '_' && encoded[i+1] == 'E' |
| 1188 | && isdigit (encoded[i+2])) |
| 1189 | { |
| 1190 | int k = i + 3; |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k])) |
| 1193 | k++; |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | if (k < len0 |
| 1196 | && (encoded[k] == 'b' || encoded[k] == 's')) |
| 1197 | { |
| 1198 | k++; |
| 1199 | /* Just as an extra precaution, make sure that if this |
| 1200 | suffix is followed by anything else, it is a '_'. |
| 1201 | Otherwise, we matched this sequence by accident. */ |
| 1202 | if (k == len0 |
| 1203 | || (k < len0 && encoded[k] == '_')) |
| 1204 | i = k; |
| 1205 | } |
| 1206 | } |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | /* Remove trailing "N" in [a-z0-9]+N__. The N is added by |
| 1209 | the GNAT front-end in protected object subprograms. */ |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | if (i < len0 + 3 |
| 1212 | && encoded[i] == 'N' && encoded[i+1] == '_' && encoded[i+2] == '_') |
| 1213 | { |
| 1214 | /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of |
| 1215 | the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find |
| 1216 | digits or lowercase characters. */ |
| 1217 | const char *ptr = encoded + i - 1; |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | while (ptr >= encoded && is_lower_alphanum (ptr[0])) |
| 1220 | ptr--; |
| 1221 | if (ptr < encoded |
| 1222 | || (ptr > encoded && ptr[0] == '_' && ptr[-1] == '_')) |
| 1223 | i++; |
| 1224 | } |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | if (encoded[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (encoded[i - 1])) |
| 1227 | { |
| 1228 | /* This is a X[bn]* sequence not separated from the previous |
| 1229 | part of the name with a non-alpha-numeric character (in other |
| 1230 | words, immediately following an alpha-numeric character), then |
| 1231 | verify that it is placed at the end of the encoded name. If |
| 1232 | not, then the encoding is not valid and we should abort the |
| 1233 | decoding. Otherwise, just skip it, it is used in body-nested |
| 1234 | package names. */ |
| 1235 | do |
| 1236 | i += 1; |
| 1237 | while (i < len0 && (encoded[i] == 'b' || encoded[i] == 'n')); |
| 1238 | if (i < len0) |
| 1239 | goto Suppress; |
| 1240 | } |
| 1241 | else if (i < len0 - 2 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i + 1] == '_') |
| 1242 | { |
| 1243 | /* Replace '__' by '.'. */ |
| 1244 | decoded[j] = '.'; |
| 1245 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 1246 | i += 2; |
| 1247 | j += 1; |
| 1248 | } |
| 1249 | else |
| 1250 | { |
| 1251 | /* It's a character part of the decoded name, so just copy it |
| 1252 | over. */ |
| 1253 | decoded[j] = encoded[i]; |
| 1254 | i += 1; |
| 1255 | j += 1; |
| 1256 | } |
| 1257 | } |
| 1258 | decoded[j] = '\000'; |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | /* Decoded names should never contain any uppercase character. |
| 1261 | Double-check this, and abort the decoding if we find one. */ |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | for (i = 0; decoded[i] != '\0'; i += 1) |
| 1264 | if (isupper (decoded[i]) || decoded[i] == ' ') |
| 1265 | goto Suppress; |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | if (strcmp (decoded, encoded) == 0) |
| 1268 | return encoded; |
| 1269 | else |
| 1270 | return decoded; |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | Suppress: |
| 1273 | GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer, decoding_buffer_size, strlen (encoded) + 3); |
| 1274 | decoded = decoding_buffer; |
| 1275 | if (encoded[0] == '<') |
| 1276 | strcpy (decoded, encoded); |
| 1277 | else |
| 1278 | xsnprintf (decoded, decoding_buffer_size, "<%s>", encoded); |
| 1279 | return decoded; |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | } |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once |
| 1284 | allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a |
| 1285 | storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive |
| 1286 | changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a |
| 1287 | symbol table loaded during a single session. */ |
| 1288 | static struct htab *decoded_names_store; |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it |
| 1291 | in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been |
| 1292 | previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same |
| 1293 | obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that, |
| 1294 | in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of |
| 1295 | GSYMBOL). |
| 1296 | The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically |
| 1297 | const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form |
| 1298 | when a decoded name is cached in it. */ |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | const char * |
| 1301 | ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info *arg) |
| 1302 | { |
| 1303 | struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol = (struct general_symbol_info *) arg; |
| 1304 | const char **resultp = |
| 1305 | &gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name; |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | if (!gsymbol->ada_mangled) |
| 1308 | { |
| 1309 | const char *decoded = ada_decode (gsymbol->name); |
| 1310 | struct obstack *obstack = gsymbol->language_specific.obstack; |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | gsymbol->ada_mangled = 1; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | if (obstack != NULL) |
| 1315 | *resultp = obstack_copy0 (obstack, decoded, strlen (decoded)); |
| 1316 | else |
| 1317 | { |
| 1318 | /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in |
| 1319 | which case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only |
| 1320 | decode when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a |
| 1321 | significant memory leak (FIXME). */ |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | char **slot = (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store, |
| 1324 | decoded, INSERT); |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | if (*slot == NULL) |
| 1327 | *slot = xstrdup (decoded); |
| 1328 | *resultp = *slot; |
| 1329 | } |
| 1330 | } |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | return *resultp; |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | static char * |
| 1336 | ada_la_decode (const char *encoded, int options) |
| 1337 | { |
| 1338 | return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded)); |
| 1339 | } |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing |
| 1342 | suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on |
| 1343 | SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging |
| 1344 | information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a |
| 1345 | suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if |
| 1346 | either argument is NULL. */ |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | static int |
| 1349 | match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild) |
| 1350 | { |
| 1351 | if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL) |
| 1352 | return 0; |
| 1353 | else if (wild) |
| 1354 | return wild_match (sym_name, name) == 0; |
| 1355 | else |
| 1356 | { |
| 1357 | int len_name = strlen (name); |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | return (strncmp (sym_name, name, len_name) == 0 |
| 1360 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name)) |
| 1361 | || (strncmp (sym_name, "_ada_", 5) == 0 |
| 1362 | && strncmp (sym_name + 5, name, len_name) == 0 |
| 1363 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5)); |
| 1364 | } |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | \f |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | /* Arrays */ |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | /* Assuming that INDEX_DESC_TYPE is an ___XA structure, a structure |
| 1371 | generated by the GNAT compiler to describe the index type used |
| 1372 | for each dimension of an array, check whether it follows the latest |
| 1373 | known encoding. If not, fix it up to conform to the latest encoding. |
| 1374 | Otherwise, do nothing. This function also does nothing if |
| 1375 | INDEX_DESC_TYPE is NULL. |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | The GNAT encoding used to describle the array index type evolved a bit. |
| 1378 | Initially, the information would be provided through the name of each |
| 1379 | field of the structure type only, while the type of these fields was |
| 1380 | described as unspecified and irrelevant. The debugger was then expected |
| 1381 | to perform a global type lookup using the name of that field in order |
| 1382 | to get access to the full index type description. Because these global |
| 1383 | lookups can be very expensive, the encoding was later enhanced to make |
| 1384 | the global lookup unnecessary by defining the field type as being |
| 1385 | the full index type description. |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | The purpose of this routine is to allow us to support older versions |
| 1388 | of the compiler by detecting the use of the older encoding, and by |
| 1389 | fixing up the INDEX_DESC_TYPE to follow the new one (at this point, |
| 1390 | we essentially replace each field's meaningless type by the associated |
| 1391 | index subtype). */ |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | void |
| 1394 | ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (struct type *index_desc_type) |
| 1395 | { |
| 1396 | int i; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | if (index_desc_type == NULL) |
| 1399 | return; |
| 1400 | gdb_assert (TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type) > 0); |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | /* Check if INDEX_DESC_TYPE follows the older encoding (it is sufficient |
| 1403 | to check one field only, no need to check them all). If not, return |
| 1404 | now. |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | If our INDEX_DESC_TYPE was generated using the older encoding, |
| 1407 | the field type should be a meaningless integer type whose name |
| 1408 | is not equal to the field name. */ |
| 1409 | if (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, 0)) != NULL |
| 1410 | && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, 0)), |
| 1411 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type, 0)) == 0) |
| 1412 | return; |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | /* Fixup each field of INDEX_DESC_TYPE. */ |
| 1415 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type); i++) |
| 1416 | { |
| 1417 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type, i); |
| 1418 | struct type *raw_type = ada_check_typedef (ada_find_any_type (name)); |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | if (raw_type) |
| 1421 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, i) = raw_type; |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | } |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of array descriptors. */ |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | static char *bound_name[] = { |
| 1428 | "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3", |
| 1429 | "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7" |
| 1430 | }; |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */ |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char *))) |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors |
| 1438 | (fat pointers). */ |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes |
| 1441 | level of indirection, if needed. */ |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | static struct type * |
| 1444 | desc_base_type (struct type *type) |
| 1445 | { |
| 1446 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1447 | return NULL; |
| 1448 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1449 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 1450 | type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | if (type != NULL |
| 1453 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1454 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) |
| 1455 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 1456 | else |
| 1457 | return type; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */ |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | static int |
| 1463 | is_thin_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 1464 | { |
| 1465 | return |
| 1466 | is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT") |
| 1467 | || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE"); |
| 1468 | } |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */ |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | static struct type * |
| 1473 | thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 1474 | { |
| 1475 | struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | if (base_type == NULL) |
| 1478 | return NULL; |
| 1479 | if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE")) |
| 1480 | return base_type; |
| 1481 | else |
| 1482 | { |
| 1483 | struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE"); |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | if (alt_type == NULL) |
| 1486 | return base_type; |
| 1487 | else |
| 1488 | return alt_type; |
| 1489 | } |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */ |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | static struct value * |
| 1495 | thin_data_pntr (struct value *val) |
| 1496 | { |
| 1497 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (val)); |
| 1498 | struct type *data_type = desc_data_target_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | data_type = lookup_pointer_type (data_type); |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1503 | return value_cast (data_type, value_copy (val)); |
| 1504 | else |
| 1505 | return value_from_longest (data_type, value_address (val)); |
| 1506 | } |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */ |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | static int |
| 1511 | is_thick_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 1512 | { |
| 1513 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1514 | return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1515 | && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL); |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 1519 | pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | static struct type * |
| 1522 | desc_bounds_type (struct type *type) |
| 1523 | { |
| 1524 | struct type *r; |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1529 | return NULL; |
| 1530 | else if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1531 | { |
| 1532 | type = thin_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1533 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1534 | return NULL; |
| 1535 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1); |
| 1536 | if (r != NULL) |
| 1537 | return ada_check_typedef (r); |
| 1538 | } |
| 1539 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1540 | { |
| 1541 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1); |
| 1542 | if (r != NULL) |
| 1543 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (r))); |
| 1544 | } |
| 1545 | return NULL; |
| 1546 | } |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to |
| 1549 | one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */ |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | static struct value * |
| 1552 | desc_bounds (struct value *arr) |
| 1553 | { |
| 1554 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1557 | { |
| 1558 | struct type *bounds_type = |
| 1559 | desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1560 | LONGEST addr; |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | if (bounds_type == NULL) |
| 1563 | error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but |
| 1566 | since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be), |
| 1567 | the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */ |
| 1568 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1569 | addr = value_as_long (arr); |
| 1570 | else |
| 1571 | addr = value_address (arr); |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | return |
| 1574 | value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type), |
| 1575 | addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type)); |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1579 | { |
| 1580 | struct value *p_bounds = value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL, |
| 1581 | _("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1582 | struct type *p_bounds_type = value_type (p_bounds); |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | if (p_bounds_type |
| 1585 | && TYPE_CODE (p_bounds_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1586 | { |
| 1587 | struct type *target_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_bounds_type); |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | if (TYPE_STUB (target_type)) |
| 1590 | p_bounds = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type |
| 1591 | (ada_check_typedef (target_type)), |
| 1592 | p_bounds); |
| 1593 | } |
| 1594 | else |
| 1595 | error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | return p_bounds; |
| 1598 | } |
| 1599 | else |
| 1600 | return NULL; |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1604 | position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | static int |
| 1607 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 1608 | { |
| 1609 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1); |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1613 | size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | static int |
| 1616 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 1617 | { |
| 1618 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0) |
| 1621 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1); |
| 1622 | else |
| 1623 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1))); |
| 1624 | } |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 1627 | pointer to one, the type of its array data (a array-with-no-bounds type); |
| 1628 | otherwise, NULL. Use ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds |
| 1629 | data. */ |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | static struct type * |
| 1632 | desc_data_target_type (struct type *type) |
| 1633 | { |
| 1634 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */ |
| 1637 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1638 | return desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)); |
| 1639 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1640 | { |
| 1641 | struct type *data_type = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1); |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | if (data_type |
| 1644 | && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1645 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)); |
| 1646 | } |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | return NULL; |
| 1649 | } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to |
| 1652 | its array data. */ |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | static struct value * |
| 1655 | desc_data (struct value *arr) |
| 1656 | { |
| 1657 | struct type *type = value_type (arr); |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1660 | return thin_data_pntr (arr); |
| 1661 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1662 | return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL, |
| 1663 | _("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1664 | else |
| 1665 | return NULL; |
| 1666 | } |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1670 | position of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 | static int |
| 1673 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 1674 | { |
| 1675 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0); |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1679 | size of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | static int |
| 1682 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 1683 | { |
| 1684 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0) |
| 1687 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0); |
| 1688 | else |
| 1689 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 1690 | } |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return |
| 1693 | the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1694 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | static struct value * |
| 1697 | desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which) |
| 1698 | { |
| 1699 | return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL, |
| 1700 | _("Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds")); |
| 1701 | } |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position |
| 1704 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1705 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 | static int |
| 1708 | desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 1709 | { |
| 1710 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size |
| 1714 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1715 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | static int |
| 1718 | desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 1719 | { |
| 1720 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0) |
| 1723 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 1724 | else |
| 1725 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2)); |
| 1726 | } |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its |
| 1729 | Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | static struct type * |
| 1732 | desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i) |
| 1733 | { |
| 1734 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1737 | return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1); |
| 1738 | else |
| 1739 | return NULL; |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. |
| 1743 | Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */ |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | static int |
| 1746 | desc_arity (struct type *type) |
| 1747 | { |
| 1748 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | if (type != NULL) |
| 1751 | return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2; |
| 1752 | return 0; |
| 1753 | } |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or |
| 1756 | an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array |
| 1757 | type). */ |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | static int |
| 1760 | ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1761 | { |
| 1762 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1763 | return 0; |
| 1764 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1765 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1766 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1767 | } |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents any kind of array in Ada, or a pointer |
| 1770 | * to one. */ |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | static int |
| 1773 | ada_is_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1774 | { |
| 1775 | while (type != NULL |
| 1776 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1777 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) |
| 1778 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 1779 | return ada_is_direct_array_type (type); |
| 1780 | } |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */ |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | int |
| 1785 | ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1786 | { |
| 1787 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1788 | return 0; |
| 1789 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1790 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1791 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1792 | && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) |
| 1793 | == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)); |
| 1794 | } |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */ |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | int |
| 1799 | ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 1800 | { |
| 1801 | struct type *data_type = desc_data_target_type (type); |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1804 | return 0; |
| 1805 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1806 | return (data_type != NULL |
| 1807 | && TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1808 | && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0); |
| 1809 | } |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 | /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array |
| 1812 | descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with |
| 1813 | debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it |
| 1814 | is still needed. */ |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | int |
| 1817 | ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type) |
| 1818 | { |
| 1819 | return |
| 1820 | type != NULL |
| 1821 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1822 | && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL |
| 1823 | || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL) |
| 1824 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1825 | } |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor, |
| 1829 | (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically, |
| 1830 | a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled |
| 1831 | in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If |
| 1832 | the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero, |
| 1833 | returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not |
| 1834 | a descriptor. */ |
| 1835 | struct type * |
| 1836 | ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds) |
| 1837 | { |
| 1838 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1839 | return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)); |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1842 | return value_type (arr); |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | if (!bounds) |
| 1845 | { |
| 1846 | struct type *array_type = |
| 1847 | ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (value_type (arr))); |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1850 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type, 0) = |
| 1851 | decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr)); |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | return array_type; |
| 1854 | } |
| 1855 | else |
| 1856 | { |
| 1857 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1858 | int arity; |
| 1859 | struct value *descriptor; |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | elt_type = ada_array_element_type (value_type (arr), -1); |
| 1862 | arity = ada_array_arity (value_type (arr)); |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0) |
| 1865 | return ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | descriptor = desc_bounds (arr); |
| 1868 | if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0) |
| 1869 | return NULL; |
| 1870 | while (arity > 0) |
| 1871 | { |
| 1872 | struct type *range_type = alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr)); |
| 1873 | struct type *array_type = alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr)); |
| 1874 | struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0); |
| 1875 | struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1); |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | arity -= 1; |
| 1878 | create_range_type (range_type, value_type (low), |
| 1879 | longest_to_int (value_as_long (low)), |
| 1880 | longest_to_int (value_as_long (high))); |
| 1881 | elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type); |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1884 | { |
| 1885 | /* We need to store the element packed bitsize, as well as |
| 1886 | recompute the array size, because it was previously |
| 1887 | computed based on the unpacked element size. */ |
| 1888 | LONGEST lo = value_as_long (low); |
| 1889 | LONGEST hi = value_as_long (high); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) = |
| 1892 | decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr)); |
| 1893 | /* If the array has no element, then the size is already |
| 1894 | zero, and does not need to be recomputed. */ |
| 1895 | if (lo < hi) |
| 1896 | { |
| 1897 | int array_bitsize = |
| 1898 | (hi - lo + 1) * TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | TYPE_LENGTH (array_type) = (array_bitsize + 7) / 8; |
| 1901 | } |
| 1902 | } |
| 1903 | } |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type); |
| 1906 | } |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1910 | Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set |
| 1911 | appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard |
| 1912 | GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */ |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | struct value * |
| 1915 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr) |
| 1916 | { |
| 1917 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1918 | { |
| 1919 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1); |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 1922 | return NULL; |
| 1923 | return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr))); |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1926 | return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr); |
| 1927 | else |
| 1928 | return arr; |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1932 | Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may |
| 1933 | be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */ |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | struct value * |
| 1936 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr) |
| 1937 | { |
| 1938 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1939 | { |
| 1940 | struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr); |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | if (arrVal == NULL) |
| 1943 | error (_("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.")); |
| 1944 | check_size (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (arrVal))); |
| 1945 | return value_ind (arrVal); |
| 1946 | } |
| 1947 | else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1948 | return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr); |
| 1949 | else |
| 1950 | return arr; |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an |
| 1954 | ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating |
| 1955 | packing). For other types, is the identity. */ |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | struct type * |
| 1958 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1959 | { |
| 1960 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) |
| 1961 | return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type); |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 1964 | return ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (type)); |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | return type; |
| 1967 | } |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */ |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | static int |
| 1972 | ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1973 | { |
| 1974 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1975 | return 0; |
| 1976 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1977 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1978 | return |
| 1979 | ada_type_name (type) != NULL |
| 1980 | && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL; |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT constrained |
| 1984 | packed-array type. */ |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | int |
| 1987 | ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1988 | { |
| 1989 | return ada_is_packed_array_type (type) |
| 1990 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1991 | } |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents an array descriptor for a |
| 1994 | unconstrained packed-array type. */ |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | static int |
| 1997 | ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1998 | { |
| 1999 | return ada_is_packed_array_type (type) |
| 2000 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 2001 | } |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | /* Given that TYPE encodes a packed array type (constrained or unconstrained), |
| 2004 | return the size of its elements in bits. */ |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 | static long |
| 2007 | decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 2008 | { |
| 2009 | const char *raw_name; |
| 2010 | const char *tail; |
| 2011 | long bits; |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | /* Access to arrays implemented as fat pointers are encoded as a typedef |
| 2014 | of the fat pointer type. We need the name of the fat pointer type |
| 2015 | to do the decoding, so strip the typedef layer. */ |
| 2016 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 2017 | type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | raw_name = ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type)); |
| 2020 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2021 | raw_name = ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)); |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2024 | return 0; |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 | tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); |
| 2027 | gdb_assert (tail != NULL); |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1) |
| 2030 | { |
| 2031 | lim_warning |
| 2032 | (_("could not understand bit size information on packed array")); |
| 2033 | return 0; |
| 2034 | } |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | return bits; |
| 2037 | } |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled |
| 2040 | in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents |
| 2041 | (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its |
| 2042 | elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type, |
| 2043 | but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any |
| 2044 | constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its |
| 2045 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size |
| 2046 | in bits. */ |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | static struct type * |
| 2049 | constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits) |
| 2050 | { |
| 2051 | struct type *new_elt_type; |
| 2052 | struct type *new_type; |
| 2053 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 2054 | struct type *index_type; |
| 2055 | LONGEST low_bound, high_bound; |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2058 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2059 | return type; |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); |
| 2062 | if (index_type_desc) |
| 2063 | index_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, 0), |
| 2064 | NULL); |
| 2065 | else |
| 2066 | index_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type); |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | new_type = alloc_type_copy (type); |
| 2069 | new_elt_type = |
| 2070 | constrained_packed_array_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 2071 | elt_bits); |
| 2072 | create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, index_type); |
| 2073 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits; |
| 2074 | TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | if (get_discrete_bounds (index_type, &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0) |
| 2077 | low_bound = high_bound = 0; |
| 2078 | if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 2079 | *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0; |
| 2080 | else |
| 2081 | { |
| 2082 | *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1); |
| 2083 | TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = |
| 2084 | (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2085 | } |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (new_type) = 1; |
| 2088 | return new_type; |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where |
| 2092 | ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (TYPE). */ |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | static struct type * |
| 2095 | decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 2096 | { |
| 2097 | const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type)); |
| 2098 | char *name; |
| 2099 | const char *tail; |
| 2100 | struct type *shadow_type; |
| 2101 | long bits; |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2104 | raw_name = ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)); |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2107 | return NULL; |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1); |
| 2110 | tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); |
| 2111 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name); |
| 2114 | name[tail - raw_name] = '\000'; |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | shadow_type = ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type, name); |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | if (shadow_type == NULL) |
| 2119 | { |
| 2120 | lim_warning (_("could not find bounds information on packed array")); |
| 2121 | return NULL; |
| 2122 | } |
| 2123 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (shadow_type); |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2126 | { |
| 2127 | lim_warning (_("could not understand bounds " |
| 2128 | "information on packed array")); |
| 2129 | return NULL; |
| 2130 | } |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | bits = decode_packed_array_bitsize (type); |
| 2133 | return constrained_packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits); |
| 2134 | } |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT constrained packed |
| 2137 | array, returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a |
| 2138 | standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array |
| 2139 | target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the |
| 2140 | type length is set appropriately. */ |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | static struct value * |
| 2143 | decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value *arr) |
| 2144 | { |
| 2145 | struct type *type; |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | arr = ada_coerce_ref (arr); |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | /* If our value is a pointer, then dererence it. Make sure that |
| 2150 | this operation does not cause the target type to be fixed, as |
| 2151 | this would indirectly cause this array to be decoded. The rest |
| 2152 | of the routine assumes that the array hasn't been decoded yet, |
| 2153 | so we use the basic "value_ind" routine to perform the dereferencing, |
| 2154 | as opposed to using "ada_value_ind". */ |
| 2155 | if (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2156 | arr = value_ind (arr); |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | type = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)); |
| 2159 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2160 | { |
| 2161 | error (_("can't unpack array")); |
| 2162 | return NULL; |
| 2163 | } |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (arr))) |
| 2166 | && ada_is_modular_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 2167 | { |
| 2168 | /* This is a (right-justified) modular type representing a packed |
| 2169 | array with no wrapper. In order to interpret the value through |
| 2170 | the (left-justified) packed array type we just built, we must |
| 2171 | first left-justify it. */ |
| 2172 | int bit_size, bit_pos; |
| 2173 | ULONGEST mod; |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | mod = ada_modulus (value_type (arr)) - 1; |
| 2176 | bit_size = 0; |
| 2177 | while (mod > 0) |
| 2178 | { |
| 2179 | bit_size += 1; |
| 2180 | mod >>= 1; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | bit_pos = HOST_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arr)) - bit_size; |
| 2183 | arr = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, |
| 2184 | bit_pos / HOST_CHAR_BIT, |
| 2185 | bit_pos % HOST_CHAR_BIT, |
| 2186 | bit_size, |
| 2187 | type); |
| 2188 | } |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, type); |
| 2191 | } |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices |
| 2195 | given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */ |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | static struct value * |
| 2198 | value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 2199 | { |
| 2200 | int i; |
| 2201 | int bits, elt_off, bit_off; |
| 2202 | long elt_total_bit_offset; |
| 2203 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 2204 | struct value *v; |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | bits = 0; |
| 2207 | elt_total_bit_offset = 0; |
| 2208 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 2209 | for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1) |
| 2210 | { |
| 2211 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2212 | || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0) |
| 2213 | error |
| 2214 | (_("attempt to do packed indexing of " |
| 2215 | "something other than a packed array")); |
| 2216 | else |
| 2217 | { |
| 2218 | struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 2219 | LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound; |
| 2220 | LONGEST idx; |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0) |
| 2223 | { |
| 2224 | lim_warning (_("don't know bounds of array")); |
| 2225 | lowerbound = upperbound = 0; |
| 2226 | } |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | idx = pos_atr (ind[i]); |
| 2229 | if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound) |
| 2230 | lim_warning (_("packed array index %ld out of bounds"), |
| 2231 | (long) idx); |
| 2232 | bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); |
| 2233 | elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits; |
| 2234 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type)); |
| 2235 | } |
| 2236 | } |
| 2237 | elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2238 | bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off, |
| 2241 | bits, elt_type); |
| 2242 | return v; |
| 2243 | } |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */ |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | static int |
| 2248 | has_negatives (struct type *type) |
| 2249 | { |
| 2250 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2251 | { |
| 2252 | default: |
| 2253 | return 0; |
| 2254 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2255 | return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); |
| 2256 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2257 | return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting |
| 2263 | at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte, |
| 2264 | proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then |
| 2265 | assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. |
| 2266 | VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case, |
| 2267 | VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the |
| 2268 | packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval. |
| 2269 | Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */ |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | struct value * |
| 2272 | ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 2273 | long offset, int bit_offset, int bit_size, |
| 2274 | struct type *type) |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | struct value *v; |
| 2277 | int src, /* Index into the source area */ |
| 2278 | targ, /* Index into the target area */ |
| 2279 | srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move */ |
| 2280 | nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes */ |
| 2281 | unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant |
| 2282 | byte of source that are unused */ |
| 2283 | accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */ |
| 2284 | unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack */ |
| 2285 | unsigned char *unpacked; |
| 2286 | unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */ |
| 2287 | unsigned char sign; |
| 2288 | int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8; |
| 2289 | /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction |
| 2290 | the indices move. */ |
| 2291 | int delta = gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type)) ? -1 : 1; |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | if (obj == NULL) |
| 2296 | { |
| 2297 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 2298 | bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset); |
| 2299 | } |
| 2300 | else if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_memory && value_lazy (obj)) |
| 2301 | { |
| 2302 | v = value_at (type, value_address (obj)); |
| 2303 | bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len); |
| 2304 | read_memory (value_address (v) + offset, bytes, len); |
| 2305 | } |
| 2306 | else |
| 2307 | { |
| 2308 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 2309 | bytes = (unsigned char *) value_contents (obj) + offset; |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | if (obj != NULL) |
| 2313 | { |
| 2314 | long new_offset = offset; |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | set_value_component_location (v, obj); |
| 2317 | set_value_bitpos (v, bit_offset + value_bitpos (obj)); |
| 2318 | set_value_bitsize (v, bit_size); |
| 2319 | if (value_bitpos (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2320 | { |
| 2321 | ++new_offset; |
| 2322 | set_value_bitpos (v, value_bitpos (v) - HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 2323 | } |
| 2324 | set_value_offset (v, new_offset); |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | /* Also set the parent value. This is needed when trying to |
| 2327 | assign a new value (in inferior memory). */ |
| 2328 | set_value_parent (v, obj); |
| 2329 | } |
| 2330 | else |
| 2331 | set_value_bitsize (v, bit_size); |
| 2332 | unpacked = (unsigned char *) value_contents (v); |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | srcBitsLeft = bit_size; |
| 2335 | nsrc = len; |
| 2336 | ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 2337 | sign = 0; |
| 2338 | if (bit_size == 0) |
| 2339 | { |
| 2340 | memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 2341 | return v; |
| 2342 | } |
| 2343 | else if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type))) |
| 2344 | { |
| 2345 | src = len - 1; |
| 2346 | if (has_negatives (type) |
| 2347 | && ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1)))) |
| 2348 | sign = ~0; |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | unusedLS = |
| 2351 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2352 | % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2355 | { |
| 2356 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 2357 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 2358 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 2359 | /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */ |
| 2360 | accumSize = |
| 2361 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2362 | /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes |
| 2363 | of the target. */ |
| 2364 | targ = (bit_size + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1; |
| 2365 | ntarg = targ + 1; |
| 2366 | break; |
| 2367 | default: |
| 2368 | accumSize = 0; |
| 2369 | targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1; |
| 2370 | break; |
| 2371 | } |
| 2372 | } |
| 2373 | else |
| 2374 | { |
| 2375 | int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8; |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | src = targ = 0; |
| 2378 | unusedLS = bit_offset; |
| 2379 | accumSize = 0; |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset))) |
| 2382 | sign = ~0; |
| 2383 | } |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | accum = 0; |
| 2386 | while (nsrc > 0) |
| 2387 | { |
| 2388 | /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not |
| 2389 | part of the value. */ |
| 2390 | unsigned int unusedMSMask = |
| 2391 | (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) - |
| 2392 | 1; |
| 2393 | /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */ |
| 2394 | unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask; |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | accum |= |
| 2397 | (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize; |
| 2398 | accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 2399 | if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 2402 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2403 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2404 | ntarg -= 1; |
| 2405 | targ += delta; |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 2408 | unusedLS = 0; |
| 2409 | nsrc -= 1; |
| 2410 | src += delta; |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | while (ntarg > 0) |
| 2413 | { |
| 2414 | accum |= sign << accumSize; |
| 2415 | unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 2416 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2417 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2418 | ntarg -= 1; |
| 2419 | targ += delta; |
| 2420 | } |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | return v; |
| 2423 | } |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to |
| 2426 | TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must |
| 2427 | not overlap. */ |
| 2428 | static void |
| 2429 | move_bits (gdb_byte *target, int targ_offset, const gdb_byte *source, |
| 2430 | int src_offset, int n, int bits_big_endian_p) |
| 2431 | { |
| 2432 | unsigned int accum, mask; |
| 2433 | int accum_bits, chunk_size; |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2436 | targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2437 | source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2438 | src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2439 | if (bits_big_endian_p) |
| 2440 | { |
| 2441 | accum = (unsigned char) *source; |
| 2442 | source += 1; |
| 2443 | accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | while (n > 0) |
| 2446 | { |
| 2447 | int unused_right; |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source; |
| 2450 | accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2451 | source += 1; |
| 2452 | chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; |
| 2453 | if (chunk_size > n) |
| 2454 | chunk_size = n; |
| 2455 | unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset); |
| 2456 | mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right; |
| 2457 | *target = |
| 2458 | (*target & ~mask) |
| 2459 | | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask); |
| 2460 | n -= chunk_size; |
| 2461 | accum_bits -= chunk_size; |
| 2462 | target += 1; |
| 2463 | targ_offset = 0; |
| 2464 | } |
| 2465 | } |
| 2466 | else |
| 2467 | { |
| 2468 | accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset; |
| 2469 | source += 1; |
| 2470 | accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | while (n > 0) |
| 2473 | { |
| 2474 | accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits); |
| 2475 | accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2476 | source += 1; |
| 2477 | chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; |
| 2478 | if (chunk_size > n) |
| 2479 | chunk_size = n; |
| 2480 | mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset; |
| 2481 | *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask); |
| 2482 | n -= chunk_size; |
| 2483 | accum_bits -= chunk_size; |
| 2484 | accum >>= chunk_size; |
| 2485 | target += 1; |
| 2486 | targ_offset = 0; |
| 2487 | } |
| 2488 | } |
| 2489 | } |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL. |
| 2492 | Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of |
| 2493 | FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have |
| 2494 | floating-point or non-scalar types. */ |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | static struct value * |
| 2497 | ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval) |
| 2498 | { |
| 2499 | struct type *type = value_type (toval); |
| 2500 | int bits = value_bitsize (toval); |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | toval = ada_coerce_ref (toval); |
| 2503 | fromval = ada_coerce_ref (fromval); |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (toval))) |
| 2506 | toval = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (toval); |
| 2507 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (fromval))) |
| 2508 | fromval = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (fromval); |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (toval)) |
| 2511 | error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.")); |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory |
| 2514 | && bits > 0 |
| 2515 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT |
| 2516 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)) |
| 2517 | { |
| 2518 | int len = (value_bitpos (toval) |
| 2519 | + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2520 | int from_size; |
| 2521 | gdb_byte *buffer = alloca (len); |
| 2522 | struct value *val; |
| 2523 | CORE_ADDR to_addr = value_address (toval); |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 2526 | fromval = value_cast (type, fromval); |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | read_memory (to_addr, buffer, len); |
| 2529 | from_size = value_bitsize (fromval); |
| 2530 | if (from_size == 0) |
| 2531 | from_size = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2532 | if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type))) |
| 2533 | move_bits (buffer, value_bitpos (toval), |
| 2534 | value_contents (fromval), from_size - bits, bits, 1); |
| 2535 | else |
| 2536 | move_bits (buffer, value_bitpos (toval), |
| 2537 | value_contents (fromval), 0, bits, 0); |
| 2538 | write_memory_with_notification (to_addr, buffer, len); |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | val = value_copy (toval); |
| 2541 | memcpy (value_contents_raw (val), value_contents (fromval), |
| 2542 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 2543 | deprecated_set_value_type (val, type); |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | return val; |
| 2546 | } |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | return value_assign (toval, fromval); |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | /* Given that COMPONENT is a memory lvalue that is part of the lvalue |
| 2553 | * CONTAINER, assign the contents of VAL to COMPONENTS's place in |
| 2554 | * CONTAINER. Modifies the VALUE_CONTENTS of CONTAINER only, not |
| 2555 | * COMPONENT, and not the inferior's memory. The current contents |
| 2556 | * of COMPONENT are ignored. */ |
| 2557 | static void |
| 2558 | value_assign_to_component (struct value *container, struct value *component, |
| 2559 | struct value *val) |
| 2560 | { |
| 2561 | LONGEST offset_in_container = |
| 2562 | (LONGEST) (value_address (component) - value_address (container)); |
| 2563 | int bit_offset_in_container = |
| 2564 | value_bitpos (component) - value_bitpos (container); |
| 2565 | int bits; |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | val = value_cast (value_type (component), val); |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | if (value_bitsize (component) == 0) |
| 2570 | bits = TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component)); |
| 2571 | else |
| 2572 | bits = value_bitsize (component); |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (container)))) |
| 2575 | move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container) + offset_in_container, |
| 2576 | value_bitpos (container) + bit_offset_in_container, |
| 2577 | value_contents (val), |
| 2578 | TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT - bits, |
| 2579 | bits, 1); |
| 2580 | else |
| 2581 | move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container) + offset_in_container, |
| 2582 | value_bitpos (container) + bit_offset_in_container, |
| 2583 | value_contents (val), 0, bits, 0); |
| 2584 | } |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. |
| 2587 | ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer |
| 2588 | thereto. */ |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | struct value * |
| 2591 | ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 2592 | { |
| 2593 | int k; |
| 2594 | struct value *elt; |
| 2595 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr); |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt)); |
| 2600 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2601 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0) |
| 2602 | return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind); |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 2605 | { |
| 2606 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2607 | error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k); |
| 2608 | elt = value_subscript (elt, pos_atr (ind[k])); |
| 2609 | } |
| 2610 | return elt; |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the |
| 2614 | value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in |
| 2615 | IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */ |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | static struct value * |
| 2618 | ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity, |
| 2619 | struct value **ind) |
| 2620 | { |
| 2621 | int k; |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 2624 | { |
| 2625 | LONGEST lwb, upb; |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2628 | error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k); |
| 2629 | arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 2630 | value_copy (arr)); |
| 2631 | get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb); |
| 2632 | arr = value_ptradd (arr, pos_atr (ind[k]) - lwb); |
| 2633 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2634 | } |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | return value_ind (arr); |
| 2637 | } |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | /* Given that ARRAY_PTR is a pointer or reference to an array of type TYPE (the |
| 2640 | actual type of ARRAY_PTR is ignored), returns the Ada slice of HIGH-LOW+1 |
| 2641 | elements starting at index LOW. The lower bound of this array is LOW, as |
| 2642 | per Ada rules. */ |
| 2643 | static struct value * |
| 2644 | ada_value_slice_from_ptr (struct value *array_ptr, struct type *type, |
| 2645 | int low, int high) |
| 2646 | { |
| 2647 | struct type *type0 = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2648 | CORE_ADDR base = value_as_address (array_ptr) |
| 2649 | + ((low - ada_discrete_type_low_bound (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0))) |
| 2650 | * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))); |
| 2651 | struct type *index_type = |
| 2652 | create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)), |
| 2653 | low, high); |
| 2654 | struct type *slice_type = |
| 2655 | create_array_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), index_type); |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | return value_at_lazy (slice_type, base); |
| 2658 | } |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | static struct value * |
| 2662 | ada_value_slice (struct value *array, int low, int high) |
| 2663 | { |
| 2664 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)); |
| 2665 | struct type *index_type = |
| 2666 | create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), low, high); |
| 2667 | struct type *slice_type = |
| 2668 | create_array_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), index_type); |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | return value_cast (slice_type, value_slice (array, low, high - low + 1)); |
| 2671 | } |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 2674 | descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a |
| 2675 | simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its |
| 2676 | type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */ |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | int |
| 2679 | ada_array_arity (struct type *type) |
| 2680 | { |
| 2681 | int arity; |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2684 | return 0; |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | arity = 0; |
| 2689 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 2690 | return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)); |
| 2691 | else |
| 2692 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | arity += 1; |
| 2695 | type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 2696 | } |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | return arity; |
| 2699 | } |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 2702 | descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for |
| 2703 | TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if |
| 2704 | NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */ |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | struct type * |
| 2707 | ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices) |
| 2708 | { |
| 2709 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 2712 | { |
| 2713 | int k; |
| 2714 | struct type *p_array_type; |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | p_array_type = desc_data_target_type (type); |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | k = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 2719 | if (k == 0) |
| 2720 | return NULL; |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */ |
| 2723 | if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices) |
| 2724 | k = nindices; |
| 2725 | while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL) |
| 2726 | { |
| 2727 | p_array_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type)); |
| 2728 | k -= 1; |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | return p_array_type; |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2733 | { |
| 2734 | while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2735 | { |
| 2736 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2737 | nindices -= 1; |
| 2738 | } |
| 2739 | return type; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | return NULL; |
| 2743 | } |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). |
| 2746 | Does not examine memory. Throws an error if N is invalid or TYPE |
| 2747 | is not an array type. NAME is the name of the Ada attribute being |
| 2748 | evaluated ('range, 'first, 'last, or 'length); it is used in building |
| 2749 | the error message. */ |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | static struct type * |
| 2752 | ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n, const char *name) |
| 2753 | { |
| 2754 | struct type *result_type; |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 | if (n < 0 || n > ada_array_arity (type)) |
| 2759 | error (_("invalid dimension number to '%s"), name); |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type)) |
| 2762 | { |
| 2763 | int i; |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1) |
| 2766 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2767 | result_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type)); |
| 2768 | /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type |
| 2769 | has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but |
| 2770 | perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */ |
| 2771 | if (result_type && TYPE_CODE (result_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 2772 | result_type = NULL; |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | else |
| 2775 | { |
| 2776 | result_type = desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n); |
| 2777 | if (result_type == NULL) |
| 2778 | error (_("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array")); |
| 2779 | } |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | return result_type; |
| 2782 | } |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the |
| 2785 | Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 2786 | WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an |
| 2787 | array-descriptor type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied |
| 2788 | by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | static LONGEST |
| 2791 | ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which) |
| 2792 | { |
| 2793 | struct type *type, *elt_type, *index_type_desc, *index_type; |
| 2794 | int i; |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | gdb_assert (which == 0 || which == 1); |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2799 | arr_type = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type); |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2802 | return (LONGEST) - which; |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2805 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type); |
| 2806 | else |
| 2807 | type = arr_type; |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | elt_type = type; |
| 2810 | for (i = n; i > 1; i--) |
| 2811 | elt_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); |
| 2814 | ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc); |
| 2815 | if (index_type_desc != NULL) |
| 2816 | index_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, n - 1), |
| 2817 | NULL); |
| 2818 | else |
| 2819 | index_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | return |
| 2822 | (LONGEST) (which == 0 |
| 2823 | ? ada_discrete_type_low_bound (index_type) |
| 2824 | : ada_discrete_type_high_bound (index_type)); |
| 2825 | } |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the |
| 2828 | nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 2829 | WHICH is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 2830 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | static LONGEST |
| 2833 | ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which) |
| 2834 | { |
| 2835 | struct type *arr_type = value_type (arr); |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2838 | return ada_array_bound (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr), n, which); |
| 2839 | else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2840 | return ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which); |
| 2841 | else |
| 2842 | return value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which)); |
| 2843 | } |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the |
| 2846 | nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 2847 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. |
| 2848 | Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation |
| 2849 | clauses at the moment. */ |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | static LONGEST |
| 2852 | ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n) |
| 2853 | { |
| 2854 | struct type *arr_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2857 | return ada_array_length (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr), n); |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2860 | return (ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1) |
| 2861 | - ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0) + 1); |
| 2862 | else |
| 2863 | return (value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, 1)) |
| 2864 | - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, 0)) + 1); |
| 2865 | } |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /* An empty array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type), |
| 2868 | with bounds LOW to LOW-1. */ |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | static struct value * |
| 2871 | empty_array (struct type *arr_type, int low) |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | struct type *arr_type0 = ada_check_typedef (arr_type); |
| 2874 | struct type *index_type = |
| 2875 | create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type0)), |
| 2876 | low, low - 1); |
| 2877 | struct type *elt_type = ada_array_element_type (arr_type0, 1); |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | return allocate_value (create_array_type (NULL, elt_type, index_type)); |
| 2880 | } |
| 2881 | \f |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | /* Name resolution */ |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding |
| 2886 | to OP. */ |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | static const char * |
| 2889 | ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op) |
| 2890 | { |
| 2891 | int i; |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].encoded != NULL; i += 1) |
| 2894 | { |
| 2895 | if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op) |
| 2896 | return ada_opname_table[i].decoded; |
| 2897 | } |
| 2898 | error (_("Could not find operator name for opcode")); |
| 2899 | } |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol |
| 2903 | references (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an |
| 2904 | undefined namespace) and converts operators that are |
| 2905 | user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is |
| 2906 | non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only |
| 2907 | type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over |
| 2908 | functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void |
| 2909 | return type is preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */ |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | static void |
| 2912 | resolve (struct expression **expp, int void_context_p) |
| 2913 | { |
| 2914 | struct type *context_type = NULL; |
| 2915 | int pc = 0; |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | if (void_context_p) |
| 2918 | context_type = builtin_type ((*expp)->gdbarch)->builtin_void; |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type); |
| 2921 | } |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at |
| 2924 | position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing |
| 2925 | the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes |
| 2926 | with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with |
| 2927 | function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and, |
| 2928 | when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables |
| 2929 | into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions |
| 2930 | are as in ada_resolve, above. */ |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | static struct value * |
| 2933 | resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p, |
| 2934 | struct type *context_type) |
| 2935 | { |
| 2936 | int pc = *pos; |
| 2937 | int i; |
| 2938 | struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp. */ |
| 2939 | enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 2940 | struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */ |
| 2941 | int nargs; /* Number of operands. */ |
| 2942 | int oplen; |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | argvec = NULL; |
| 2945 | nargs = 0; |
| 2946 | exp = *expp; |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos, |
| 2949 | if needed. */ |
| 2950 | switch (op) |
| 2951 | { |
| 2952 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 2953 | if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 2954 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 2955 | *pos += 7; |
| 2956 | else |
| 2957 | { |
| 2958 | *pos += 3; |
| 2959 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 2962 | break; |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | case UNOP_ADDR: |
| 2965 | *pos += 1; |
| 2966 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2967 | break; |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 2970 | *pos += 3; |
| 2971 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 1].type)); |
| 2972 | break; |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 2975 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 2976 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 2977 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 2978 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 2979 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 2980 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 2981 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 2982 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 2983 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 2984 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 2985 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 2986 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 2987 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 2988 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 2989 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 2990 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 2991 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 2992 | case OP_NAME: |
| 2993 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 2994 | *pos += oplen; |
| 2995 | break; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 2998 | { |
| 2999 | struct value *arg1; |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | *pos += 1; |
| 3002 | arg1 = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 3003 | if (arg1 == NULL) |
| 3004 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 3005 | else |
| 3006 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, value_type (arg1)); |
| 3007 | break; |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 3011 | *pos += 3; |
| 3012 | nargs = 1; |
| 3013 | break; |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 3016 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 3017 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 3018 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 3019 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 3020 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 3021 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 3022 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 3023 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| 3024 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| 3025 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 3026 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 3027 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 3030 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 3031 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 3032 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 3033 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 3034 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | case BINOP_REPEAT: |
| 3037 | case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT: |
| 3038 | case BINOP_COMMA: |
| 3039 | *pos += 1; |
| 3040 | nargs = 2; |
| 3041 | break; |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 3044 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 3045 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 3046 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 3047 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 3048 | *pos += 1; |
| 3049 | nargs = 1; |
| 3050 | break; |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | case OP_LONG: |
| 3053 | case OP_DOUBLE: |
| 3054 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 3055 | *pos += 4; |
| 3056 | break; |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 3059 | case OP_BOOL: |
| 3060 | case OP_LAST: |
| 3061 | case OP_INTERNALVAR: |
| 3062 | *pos += 3; |
| 3063 | break; |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | case UNOP_MEMVAL: |
| 3066 | *pos += 3; |
| 3067 | nargs = 1; |
| 3068 | break; |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | case OP_REGISTER: |
| 3071 | *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); |
| 3072 | break; |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 3075 | *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); |
| 3076 | nargs = 1; |
| 3077 | break; |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 3080 | *pos += 1; |
| 3081 | nargs = 3; |
| 3082 | break; |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | case OP_STRING: |
| 3085 | break; |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | default: |
| 3088 | error (_("Unexpected operator during name resolution")); |
| 3089 | } |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | argvec = (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1)); |
| 3092 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 3093 | argvec[i] = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 3094 | argvec[i] = NULL; |
| 3095 | exp = *expp; |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */ |
| 3098 | switch (op) |
| 3099 | { |
| 3100 | default: |
| 3101 | break; |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 3104 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 3105 | { |
| 3106 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 3107 | int n_candidates; |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | n_candidates = |
| 3110 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME |
| 3111 | (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), |
| 3112 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 3113 | &candidates); |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | if (n_candidates > 1) |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there |
| 3118 | are any local symbols that are not types, first filter |
| 3119 | out all types. */ |
| 3120 | int j; |
| 3121 | for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1) |
| 3122 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].sym)) |
| 3123 | { |
| 3124 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 3125 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 3126 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 3127 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 3128 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 3129 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 3130 | goto FoundNonType; |
| 3131 | default: |
| 3132 | break; |
| 3133 | } |
| 3134 | FoundNonType: |
| 3135 | if (j < n_candidates) |
| 3136 | { |
| 3137 | j = 0; |
| 3138 | while (j < n_candidates) |
| 3139 | { |
| 3140 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | candidates[j] = candidates[n_candidates - 1]; |
| 3143 | n_candidates -= 1; |
| 3144 | } |
| 3145 | else |
| 3146 | j += 1; |
| 3147 | } |
| 3148 | } |
| 3149 | } |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 3152 | error (_("No definition found for %s"), |
| 3153 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 3154 | else if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 3155 | i = 0; |
| 3156 | else if (deprocedure_p |
| 3157 | && !is_nonfunction (candidates, n_candidates)) |
| 3158 | { |
| 3159 | i = ada_resolve_function |
| 3160 | (candidates, n_candidates, NULL, 0, |
| 3161 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), |
| 3162 | context_type); |
| 3163 | if (i < 0) |
| 3164 | error (_("Could not find a match for %s"), |
| 3165 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | else |
| 3168 | { |
| 3169 | printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), |
| 3170 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 3171 | user_select_syms (candidates, n_candidates, 1); |
| 3172 | i = 0; |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidates[i].block; |
| 3176 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidates[i].sym; |
| 3177 | if (innermost_block == NULL |
| 3178 | || contained_in (candidates[i].block, innermost_block)) |
| 3179 | innermost_block = candidates[i].block; |
| 3180 | } |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | if (deprocedure_p |
| 3183 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) |
| 3184 | == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)) |
| 3185 | { |
| 3186 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0, |
| 3187 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol, |
| 3188 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block); |
| 3189 | exp = *expp; |
| 3190 | } |
| 3191 | break; |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 3194 | { |
| 3195 | if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 3196 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 3197 | { |
| 3198 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 3199 | int n_candidates; |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | n_candidates = |
| 3202 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME |
| 3203 | (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol), |
| 3204 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 3205 | &candidates); |
| 3206 | if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 3207 | i = 0; |
| 3208 | else |
| 3209 | { |
| 3210 | i = ada_resolve_function |
| 3211 | (candidates, n_candidates, |
| 3212 | argvec, nargs, |
| 3213 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol), |
| 3214 | context_type); |
| 3215 | if (i < 0) |
| 3216 | error (_("Could not find a match for %s"), |
| 3217 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol)); |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidates[i].block; |
| 3221 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidates[i].sym; |
| 3222 | if (innermost_block == NULL |
| 3223 | || contained_in (candidates[i].block, innermost_block)) |
| 3224 | innermost_block = candidates[i].block; |
| 3225 | } |
| 3226 | } |
| 3227 | break; |
| 3228 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 3229 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 3230 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 3231 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 3232 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 3233 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 3234 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 3235 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 3236 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 3237 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 3238 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 3239 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 3240 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 3241 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 3242 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 3243 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 3244 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 3245 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 3246 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 3247 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 3248 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 3249 | if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec)) |
| 3250 | { |
| 3251 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 3252 | int n_candidates; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | n_candidates = |
| 3255 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (ada_decoded_op_name (op)), |
| 3256 | (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 3257 | &candidates); |
| 3258 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, argvec, nargs, |
| 3259 | ada_decoded_op_name (op), NULL); |
| 3260 | if (i < 0) |
| 3261 | break; |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1, |
| 3264 | candidates[i].sym, candidates[i].block); |
| 3265 | exp = *expp; |
| 3266 | } |
| 3267 | break; |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 3270 | case OP_REGISTER: |
| 3271 | return NULL; |
| 3272 | } |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | *pos = pc; |
| 3275 | return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos); |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If |
| 3279 | MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual |
| 3280 | a non-pointer. */ |
| 3281 | /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and |
| 3282 | liberal. */ |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | static int |
| 3285 | ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref) |
| 3286 | { |
| 3287 | ftype = ada_check_typedef (ftype); |
| 3288 | atype = ada_check_typedef (atype); |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 3291 | ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype); |
| 3292 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 3293 | atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype); |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype)) |
| 3296 | { |
| 3297 | default: |
| 3298 | return TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE (atype); |
| 3299 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: |
| 3300 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3301 | return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), |
| 3302 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0); |
| 3303 | else |
| 3304 | return (may_deref |
| 3305 | && ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0)); |
| 3306 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3307 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3308 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3309 | switch (TYPE_CODE (atype)) |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3312 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3313 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3314 | return 1; |
| 3315 | default: |
| 3316 | return 0; |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 3320 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 3321 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 3324 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype)) |
| 3325 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 3326 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 3327 | else |
| 3328 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 3329 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 3332 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 3333 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype)); |
| 3334 | } |
| 3335 | } |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the |
| 3338 | vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC |
| 3339 | may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0- |
| 3340 | argument function. */ |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 | static int |
| 3343 | ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals) |
| 3344 | { |
| 3345 | int i; |
| 3346 | struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func); |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST |
| 3349 | && TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3350 | return (n_actuals == 0); |
| 3351 | else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3352 | return 0; |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals) |
| 3355 | return 0; |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1) |
| 3358 | { |
| 3359 | if (actuals[i] == NULL) |
| 3360 | return 0; |
| 3361 | else |
| 3362 | { |
| 3363 | struct type *ftype = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, |
| 3364 | i)); |
| 3365 | struct type *atype = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actuals[i])); |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | if (!ada_type_match (ftype, atype, 1)) |
| 3368 | return 0; |
| 3369 | } |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | return 1; |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value |
| 3375 | compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if |
| 3376 | FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type |
| 3377 | or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */ |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | static int |
| 3380 | return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type) |
| 3381 | { |
| 3382 | struct type *return_type; |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | if (func_type == NULL) |
| 3385 | return 1; |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3388 | return_type = get_base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type)); |
| 3389 | else |
| 3390 | return_type = get_base_type (func_type); |
| 3391 | if (return_type == NULL) |
| 3392 | return 1; |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | context_type = get_base_type (context_type); |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3397 | return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type; |
| 3398 | else if (context_type == NULL) |
| 3399 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID; |
| 3400 | else |
| 3401 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type); |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the |
| 3406 | function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in |
| 3407 | ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match |
| 3408 | that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If |
| 3409 | CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not |
| 3410 | return void, eliminate all matches that do. |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1 |
| 3413 | if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used |
| 3414 | solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in |
| 3415 | the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */ |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | static int |
| 3418 | ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], |
| 3419 | int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs, |
| 3420 | const char *name, struct type *context_type) |
| 3421 | { |
| 3422 | int fallback; |
| 3423 | int k; |
| 3424 | int m; /* Number of hits */ |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | m = 0; |
| 3427 | /* In the first pass of the loop, we only accept functions matching |
| 3428 | context_type. If none are found, we add a second pass of the loop |
| 3429 | where every function is accepted. */ |
| 3430 | for (fallback = 0; m == 0 && fallback < 2; fallback++) |
| 3431 | { |
| 3432 | for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 3433 | { |
| 3434 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k].sym)); |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | if (ada_args_match (syms[k].sym, args, nargs) |
| 3437 | && (fallback || return_match (type, context_type))) |
| 3438 | { |
| 3439 | syms[m] = syms[k]; |
| 3440 | m += 1; |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | } |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | if (m == 0) |
| 3446 | return -1; |
| 3447 | else if (m > 1) |
| 3448 | { |
| 3449 | printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), name); |
| 3450 | user_select_syms (syms, m, 1); |
| 3451 | return 0; |
| 3452 | } |
| 3453 | return 0; |
| 3454 | } |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1 |
| 3457 | in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). |
| 3458 | The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the |
| 3459 | same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering |
| 3460 | such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */ |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | static int |
| 3463 | encoded_ordered_before (const char *N0, const char *N1) |
| 3464 | { |
| 3465 | if (N1 == NULL) |
| 3466 | return 0; |
| 3467 | else if (N0 == NULL) |
| 3468 | return 1; |
| 3469 | else |
| 3470 | { |
| 3471 | int k0, k1; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1) |
| 3474 | ; |
| 3475 | for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1) |
| 3476 | ; |
| 3477 | if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000' |
| 3478 | && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000') |
| 3479 | { |
| 3480 | int n0, n1; |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | n0 = k0; |
| 3483 | while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_') |
| 3484 | n0 -= 1; |
| 3485 | n1 = k1; |
| 3486 | while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_') |
| 3487 | n1 -= 1; |
| 3488 | if (n0 == n1 && strncmp (N0, N1, n0) == 0) |
| 3489 | return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1)); |
| 3490 | } |
| 3491 | return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0); |
| 3492 | } |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the |
| 3496 | encoded names. */ |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | static void |
| 3499 | sort_choices (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int nsyms) |
| 3500 | { |
| 3501 | int i; |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 3504 | { |
| 3505 | struct ada_symbol_info sym = syms[i]; |
| 3506 | int j; |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 3509 | { |
| 3510 | if (encoded_ordered_before (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym), |
| 3511 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym.sym))) |
| 3512 | break; |
| 3513 | syms[j + 1] = syms[j]; |
| 3514 | } |
| 3515 | syms[j + 1] = sym; |
| 3516 | } |
| 3517 | } |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 |
| 3520 | by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected, |
| 3521 | and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols |
| 3522 | selected. */ |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought |
| 3525 | to be re-integrated one of these days. */ |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | int |
| 3528 | user_select_syms (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms, int max_results) |
| 3529 | { |
| 3530 | int i; |
| 3531 | int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms); |
| 3532 | int n_chosen; |
| 3533 | int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2; |
| 3534 | const char *select_mode = multiple_symbols_select_mode (); |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 | if (max_results < 1) |
| 3537 | error (_("Request to select 0 symbols!")); |
| 3538 | if (nsyms <= 1) |
| 3539 | return nsyms; |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_cancel) |
| 3542 | error (_("\ |
| 3543 | canceled because the command is ambiguous\n\ |
| 3544 | See set/show multiple-symbol.")); |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | /* If select_mode is "all", then return all possible symbols. |
| 3547 | Only do that if more than one symbol can be selected, of course. |
| 3548 | Otherwise, display the menu as usual. */ |
| 3549 | if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_all && max_results > 1) |
| 3550 | return nsyms; |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | printf_unfiltered (_("[0] cancel\n")); |
| 3553 | if (max_results > 1) |
| 3554 | printf_unfiltered (_("[1] all\n")); |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | sort_choices (syms, nsyms); |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 3559 | { |
| 3560 | if (syms[i].sym == NULL) |
| 3561 | continue; |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 3564 | { |
| 3565 | struct symtab_and_line sal = |
| 3566 | find_function_start_sal (syms[i].sym, 1); |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | if (sal.symtab == NULL) |
| 3569 | printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at <no source file available>:%d\n"), |
| 3570 | i + first_choice, |
| 3571 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3572 | sal.line); |
| 3573 | else |
| 3574 | printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"), i + first_choice, |
| 3575 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3576 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal.symtab), |
| 3577 | sal.line); |
| 3578 | continue; |
| 3579 | } |
| 3580 | else |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | int is_enumeral = |
| 3583 | (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_CONST |
| 3584 | && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym) != NULL |
| 3585 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); |
| 3586 | struct symtab *symtab = SYMBOL_SYMTAB (syms[i].sym); |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].sym) != 0 && symtab != NULL) |
| 3589 | printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"), |
| 3590 | i + first_choice, |
| 3591 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3592 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab), |
| 3593 | SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].sym)); |
| 3594 | else if (is_enumeral |
| 3595 | && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != NULL) |
| 3596 | { |
| 3597 | printf_unfiltered (("[%d] "), i + first_choice); |
| 3598 | ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym), NULL, |
| 3599 | gdb_stdout, -1, 0, &type_print_raw_options); |
| 3600 | printf_unfiltered (_("'(%s) (enumeral)\n"), |
| 3601 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym)); |
| 3602 | } |
| 3603 | else if (symtab != NULL) |
| 3604 | printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral |
| 3605 | ? _("[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n") |
| 3606 | : _("[%d] %s at %s:?\n"), |
| 3607 | i + first_choice, |
| 3608 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3609 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab)); |
| 3610 | else |
| 3611 | printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral |
| 3612 | ? _("[%d] %s (enumeral)\n") |
| 3613 | : _("[%d] %s at ?\n"), |
| 3614 | i + first_choice, |
| 3615 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym)); |
| 3616 | } |
| 3617 | } |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1, |
| 3620 | "overload-choice"); |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1) |
| 3623 | syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]]; |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | return n_chosen; |
| 3626 | } |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the |
| 3629 | range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing |
| 3630 | order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N. |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line |
| 3633 | separated by blanks, encoding them as follows: |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error. |
| 3636 | + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. |
| 3637 | + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1. |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values. |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input |
| 3642 | prompts (for use with the -f switch). */ |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | int |
| 3645 | get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results, |
| 3646 | int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix) |
| 3647 | { |
| 3648 | char *args; |
| 3649 | char *prompt; |
| 3650 | int n_chosen; |
| 3651 | int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1; |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | prompt = getenv ("PS2"); |
| 3654 | if (prompt == NULL) |
| 3655 | prompt = "> "; |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | args = command_line_input (prompt, 0, annotation_suffix); |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | if (args == NULL) |
| 3660 | error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers")); |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | n_chosen = 0; |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending |
| 3665 | order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */ |
| 3666 | while (1) |
| 3667 | { |
| 3668 | char *args2; |
| 3669 | int choice, j; |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 3672 | if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0) |
| 3673 | error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers")); |
| 3674 | else if (*args == '\0') |
| 3675 | break; |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10); |
| 3678 | if (args == args2 || choice < 0 |
| 3679 | || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1) |
| 3680 | error (_("Argument must be choice number")); |
| 3681 | args = args2; |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | if (choice == 0) |
| 3684 | error (_("cancelled")); |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | if (choice < first_choice) |
| 3687 | { |
| 3688 | n_chosen = n_choices; |
| 3689 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 3690 | choices[j] = j; |
| 3691 | break; |
| 3692 | } |
| 3693 | choice -= first_choice; |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1) |
| 3696 | { |
| 3697 | } |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j]) |
| 3700 | { |
| 3701 | int k; |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1) |
| 3704 | choices[k + 1] = choices[k]; |
| 3705 | choices[j + 1] = choice; |
| 3706 | n_chosen += 1; |
| 3707 | } |
| 3708 | } |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | if (n_chosen > max_results) |
| 3711 | error (_("Select no more than %d of the above"), max_results); |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | return n_chosen; |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call |
| 3717 | on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS |
| 3718 | arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */ |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | static void |
| 3721 | replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs, |
| 3722 | int oplen, struct symbol *sym, |
| 3723 | const struct block *block) |
| 3724 | { |
| 3725 | /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function |
| 3726 | symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */ |
| 3727 | struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *) |
| 3728 | xzalloc (sizeof (struct expression) |
| 3729 | + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen)); |
| 3730 | struct expression *exp = *expp; |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen; |
| 3733 | newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn; |
| 3734 | newexp->gdbarch = exp->gdbarch; |
| 3735 | memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc)); |
| 3736 | memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen, |
| 3737 | EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen)); |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL; |
| 3740 | newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs; |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; |
| 3743 | newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block; |
| 3744 | newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym; |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | *expp = newexp; |
| 3747 | xfree (exp); |
| 3748 | } |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | /* Type-class predicates */ |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), |
| 3753 | or FLOAT). */ |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 | static int |
| 3756 | numeric_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3757 | { |
| 3758 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3759 | return 0; |
| 3760 | else |
| 3761 | { |
| 3762 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3763 | { |
| 3764 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3765 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 3766 | return 1; |
| 3767 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3768 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 3769 | || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 3770 | default: |
| 3771 | return 0; |
| 3772 | } |
| 3773 | } |
| 3774 | } |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */ |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | static int |
| 3779 | integer_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3780 | { |
| 3781 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3782 | return 0; |
| 3783 | else |
| 3784 | { |
| 3785 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3786 | { |
| 3787 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3788 | return 1; |
| 3789 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3790 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 3791 | || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 3792 | default: |
| 3793 | return 0; |
| 3794 | } |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | } |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 | /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */ |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | static int |
| 3801 | scalar_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3802 | { |
| 3803 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3804 | return 0; |
| 3805 | else |
| 3806 | { |
| 3807 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3808 | { |
| 3809 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3810 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3811 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3812 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 3813 | return 1; |
| 3814 | default: |
| 3815 | return 0; |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | } |
| 3818 | } |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */ |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | static int |
| 3823 | discrete_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3824 | { |
| 3825 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3826 | return 0; |
| 3827 | else |
| 3828 | { |
| 3829 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3830 | { |
| 3831 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3832 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3833 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3834 | case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: |
| 3835 | return 1; |
| 3836 | default: |
| 3837 | return 0; |
| 3838 | } |
| 3839 | } |
| 3840 | } |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be |
| 3843 | a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators |
| 3844 | (i.e., result 0). */ |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | static int |
| 3847 | possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[]) |
| 3848 | { |
| 3849 | struct type *type0 = |
| 3850 | (args[0] == NULL) ? NULL : ada_check_typedef (value_type (args[0])); |
| 3851 | struct type *type1 = |
| 3852 | (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : ada_check_typedef (value_type (args[1])); |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 3855 | return 0; |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | switch (op) |
| 3858 | { |
| 3859 | default: |
| 3860 | return 0; |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 3863 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 3864 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 3865 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 3866 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1))); |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 3869 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 3870 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 3871 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 3872 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 3873 | return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 3876 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 3877 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 3878 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 3879 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 3880 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 3881 | return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1))); |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 3884 | return !ada_is_array_type (type0) || !ada_is_array_type (type1); |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 3887 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 3890 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 3891 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 3892 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 3893 | return (!numeric_type_p (type0)); |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | } |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | \f |
| 3898 | /* Renaming */ |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 | /* NOTES: |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | 1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may |
| 3903 | have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some |
| 3904 | point. |
| 3905 | 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of |
| 3906 | renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point, |
| 3907 | it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away |
| 3908 | (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). |
| 3909 | 3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS |
| 3910 | suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */ |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | /* If SYM encodes a renaming, |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | <renaming> renames <renamed entity>, |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | sets *LEN to the length of the renamed entity's name, |
| 3917 | *RENAMED_ENTITY to that name (not null-terminated), and *RENAMING_EXPR to |
| 3918 | the string describing the subcomponent selected from the renamed |
| 3919 | entity. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING if SYM does not encode a renaming |
| 3920 | (in which case, the values of *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR |
| 3921 | are undefined). Otherwise, returns a value indicating the category |
| 3922 | of entity renamed: an object (ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING), exception |
| 3923 | (ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING), package (ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING), or |
| 3924 | subprogram (ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING). Does no allocation; the |
| 3925 | strings returned in *RENAMED_ENTITY and *RENAMING_EXPR should not be |
| 3926 | deallocated. The values of RENAMED_ENTITY, LEN, or RENAMING_EXPR |
| 3927 | may be NULL, in which case they are not assigned. |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | [Currently, however, GCC does not generate subprogram renamings.] */ |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | enum ada_renaming_category |
| 3932 | ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol *sym, |
| 3933 | const char **renamed_entity, int *len, |
| 3934 | const char **renaming_expr) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | enum ada_renaming_category kind; |
| 3937 | const char *info; |
| 3938 | const char *suffix; |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 3941 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 3942 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 3943 | { |
| 3944 | default: |
| 3945 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 3946 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 3947 | return parse_old_style_renaming (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), |
| 3948 | renamed_entity, len, renaming_expr); |
| 3949 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 3950 | case LOC_STATIC: |
| 3951 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 3952 | case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT: |
| 3953 | info = strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), "___XR"); |
| 3954 | if (info == NULL) |
| 3955 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 3956 | switch (info[5]) |
| 3957 | { |
| 3958 | case '_': |
| 3959 | kind = ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING; |
| 3960 | info += 6; |
| 3961 | break; |
| 3962 | case 'E': |
| 3963 | kind = ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING; |
| 3964 | info += 7; |
| 3965 | break; |
| 3966 | case 'P': |
| 3967 | kind = ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING; |
| 3968 | info += 7; |
| 3969 | break; |
| 3970 | case 'S': |
| 3971 | kind = ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING; |
| 3972 | info += 7; |
| 3973 | break; |
| 3974 | default: |
| 3975 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 3976 | } |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | if (renamed_entity != NULL) |
| 3980 | *renamed_entity = info; |
| 3981 | suffix = strstr (info, "___XE"); |
| 3982 | if (suffix == NULL || suffix == info) |
| 3983 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 3984 | if (len != NULL) |
| 3985 | *len = strlen (info) - strlen (suffix); |
| 3986 | suffix += 5; |
| 3987 | if (renaming_expr != NULL) |
| 3988 | *renaming_expr = suffix; |
| 3989 | return kind; |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | /* Assuming TYPE encodes a renaming according to the old encoding in |
| 3993 | exp_dbug.ads, returns details of that renaming in *RENAMED_ENTITY, |
| 3994 | *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR, as for ada_parse_renaming, above. Returns |
| 3995 | ADA_NOT_RENAMING otherwise. */ |
| 3996 | static enum ada_renaming_category |
| 3997 | parse_old_style_renaming (struct type *type, |
| 3998 | const char **renamed_entity, int *len, |
| 3999 | const char **renaming_expr) |
| 4000 | { |
| 4001 | enum ada_renaming_category kind; |
| 4002 | const char *name; |
| 4003 | const char *info; |
| 4004 | const char *suffix; |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 4007 | || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) != 1) |
| 4008 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | name = type_name_no_tag (type); |
| 4011 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4012 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | name = strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 4015 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4016 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4017 | switch (name[5]) |
| 4018 | { |
| 4019 | case '\0': |
| 4020 | case '_': |
| 4021 | kind = ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING; |
| 4022 | break; |
| 4023 | case 'E': |
| 4024 | kind = ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING; |
| 4025 | break; |
| 4026 | case 'P': |
| 4027 | kind = ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING; |
| 4028 | break; |
| 4029 | case 'S': |
| 4030 | kind = ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING; |
| 4031 | break; |
| 4032 | default: |
| 4033 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4034 | } |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | info = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0); |
| 4037 | if (info == NULL) |
| 4038 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4039 | if (renamed_entity != NULL) |
| 4040 | *renamed_entity = info; |
| 4041 | suffix = strstr (info, "___XE"); |
| 4042 | if (renaming_expr != NULL) |
| 4043 | *renaming_expr = suffix + 5; |
| 4044 | if (suffix == NULL || suffix == info) |
| 4045 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4046 | if (len != NULL) |
| 4047 | *len = suffix - info; |
| 4048 | return kind; |
| 4049 | } |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | /* Compute the value of the given RENAMING_SYM, which is expected to |
| 4052 | be a symbol encoding a renaming expression. BLOCK is the block |
| 4053 | used to evaluate the renaming. */ |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | static struct value * |
| 4056 | ada_read_renaming_var_value (struct symbol *renaming_sym, |
| 4057 | struct block *block) |
| 4058 | { |
| 4059 | const char *sym_name; |
| 4060 | struct expression *expr; |
| 4061 | struct value *value; |
| 4062 | struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL; |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | sym_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (renaming_sym); |
| 4065 | expr = parse_exp_1 (&sym_name, 0, block, 0); |
| 4066 | old_chain = make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &expr); |
| 4067 | value = evaluate_expression (expr); |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4070 | return value; |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | \f |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | /* Evaluation: Function Calls */ |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on |
| 4077 | lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of allocating memory |
| 4078 | in the inferior where a copy of the value contents is copied. */ |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | static struct value * |
| 4081 | ensure_lval (struct value *val) |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == not_lval |
| 4084 | || VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_internalvar) |
| 4085 | { |
| 4086 | int len = TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (value_type (val))); |
| 4087 | const CORE_ADDR addr = |
| 4088 | value_as_long (value_allocate_space_in_inferior (len)); |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | set_value_address (val, addr); |
| 4091 | VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory; |
| 4092 | write_memory (addr, value_contents (val), len); |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | return val; |
| 4096 | } |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a |
| 4099 | formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for |
| 4100 | allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of |
| 4101 | values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */ |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | struct value * |
| 4104 | ada_convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0) |
| 4105 | { |
| 4106 | struct type *actual_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual)); |
| 4107 | struct type *formal_type = ada_check_typedef (formal_type0); |
| 4108 | struct type *formal_target = |
| 4109 | TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 4110 | ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type; |
| 4111 | struct type *actual_target = |
| 4112 | TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 4113 | ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type; |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target) |
| 4116 | && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 4117 | return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual); |
| 4118 | else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 4119 | || TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 4120 | { |
| 4121 | struct value *result; |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 4124 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target)) |
| 4125 | result = desc_data (actual); |
| 4126 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4127 | { |
| 4128 | if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory) |
| 4129 | { |
| 4130 | struct value *val; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | actual_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual)); |
| 4133 | val = allocate_value (actual_type); |
| 4134 | memcpy ((char *) value_contents_raw (val), |
| 4135 | (char *) value_contents (actual), |
| 4136 | TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type)); |
| 4137 | actual = ensure_lval (val); |
| 4138 | } |
| 4139 | result = value_addr (actual); |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | else |
| 4142 | return actual; |
| 4143 | return value_cast_pointers (formal_type, result, 0); |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4146 | return ada_value_ind (actual); |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | return actual; |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | /* Convert VALUE (which must be an address) to a CORE_ADDR that is a pointer of |
| 4152 | type TYPE. This is usually an inefficient no-op except on some targets |
| 4153 | (such as AVR) where the representation of a pointer and an address |
| 4154 | differs. */ |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 4157 | value_pointer (struct value *value, struct type *type) |
| 4158 | { |
| 4159 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_type_arch (type); |
| 4160 | unsigned len = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 4161 | gdb_byte *buf = alloca (len); |
| 4162 | CORE_ADDR addr; |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | addr = value_address (value); |
| 4165 | gdbarch_address_to_pointer (gdbarch, type, buf, addr); |
| 4166 | addr = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, len, gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch)); |
| 4167 | return addr; |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at |
| 4172 | *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either |
| 4173 | an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer- |
| 4174 | to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value * |
| 4175 | representing a pointer to this descriptor. */ |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | static struct value * |
| 4178 | make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr) |
| 4179 | { |
| 4180 | struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type); |
| 4181 | struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 4182 | struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type); |
| 4183 | struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type); |
| 4184 | int i; |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | for (i = ada_array_arity (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr))); |
| 4187 | i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 4188 | { |
| 4189 | modify_field (value_type (bounds), value_contents_writeable (bounds), |
| 4190 | ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0), |
| 4191 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0), |
| 4192 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0)); |
| 4193 | modify_field (value_type (bounds), value_contents_writeable (bounds), |
| 4194 | ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1), |
| 4195 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1), |
| 4196 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1)); |
| 4197 | } |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | bounds = ensure_lval (bounds); |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | modify_field (value_type (descriptor), |
| 4202 | value_contents_writeable (descriptor), |
| 4203 | value_pointer (ensure_lval (arr), |
| 4204 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, 0)), |
| 4205 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 4206 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | modify_field (value_type (descriptor), |
| 4209 | value_contents_writeable (descriptor), |
| 4210 | value_pointer (bounds, |
| 4211 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, 1)), |
| 4212 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 4213 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | descriptor = ensure_lval (descriptor); |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4218 | return value_addr (descriptor); |
| 4219 | else |
| 4220 | return descriptor; |
| 4221 | } |
| 4222 | \f |
| 4223 | /* Dummy definitions for an experimental caching module that is not |
| 4224 | * used in the public sources. */ |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | static int |
| 4227 | lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum namespace, |
| 4228 | struct symbol **sym, struct block **block) |
| 4229 | { |
| 4230 | return 0; |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | static void |
| 4234 | cache_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum namespace, struct symbol *sym, |
| 4235 | const struct block *block) |
| 4236 | { |
| 4237 | } |
| 4238 | \f |
| 4239 | /* Symbol Lookup */ |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | /* Return nonzero if wild matching should be used when searching for |
| 4242 | all symbols matching LOOKUP_NAME. |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | LOOKUP_NAME is expected to be a symbol name after transformation |
| 4245 | for Ada lookups (see ada_name_for_lookup). */ |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | static int |
| 4248 | should_use_wild_match (const char *lookup_name) |
| 4249 | { |
| 4250 | return (strstr (lookup_name, "__") == NULL); |
| 4251 | } |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 | /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in |
| 4254 | given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */ |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | static struct symbol * |
| 4257 | standard_lookup (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 4258 | domain_enum domain) |
| 4259 | { |
| 4260 | /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */ |
| 4261 | struct symbol *sym = NULL; |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | if (lookup_cached_symbol (name, domain, &sym, NULL)) |
| 4264 | return sym; |
| 4265 | sym = lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain, language_c, 0); |
| 4266 | cache_symbol (name, domain, sym, block_found); |
| 4267 | return sym; |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 | /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol |
| 4272 | in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, |
| 4273 | since they contend in overloading in the same way. */ |
| 4274 | static int |
| 4275 | is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int n) |
| 4276 | { |
| 4277 | int i; |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 4280 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC |
| 4281 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 4282 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) != LOC_CONST)) |
| 4283 | return 1; |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | return 0; |
| 4286 | } |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent |
| 4289 | struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */ |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | static int |
| 4292 | equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 4293 | { |
| 4294 | if (type0 == type1) |
| 4295 | return 1; |
| 4296 | if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL |
| 4297 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1)) |
| 4298 | return 0; |
| 4299 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 4300 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 4301 | && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL |
| 4302 | && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)) == 0) |
| 4303 | return 1; |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | return 0; |
| 4306 | } |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is |
| 4309 | no more defined than that of SYM1. */ |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | static int |
| 4312 | lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1) |
| 4313 | { |
| 4314 | if (sym0 == sym1) |
| 4315 | return 1; |
| 4316 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1) |
| 4317 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1)) |
| 4318 | return 0; |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0)) |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | case LOC_UNDEF: |
| 4323 | return 1; |
| 4324 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 4325 | { |
| 4326 | struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0); |
| 4327 | struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1); |
| 4328 | const char *name0 = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym0); |
| 4329 | const char *name1 = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym1); |
| 4330 | int len0 = strlen (name0); |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | return |
| 4333 | TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1) |
| 4334 | && (equiv_types (type0, type1) |
| 4335 | || (len0 < strlen (name1) && strncmp (name0, name1, len0) == 0 |
| 4336 | && strncmp (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5) == 0)); |
| 4337 | } |
| 4338 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 4339 | return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1) |
| 4340 | && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1)); |
| 4341 | default: |
| 4342 | return 0; |
| 4343 | } |
| 4344 | } |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct ada_symbol_info |
| 4347 | records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */ |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | static void |
| 4350 | add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 4351 | struct symbol *sym, |
| 4352 | struct block *block) |
| 4353 | { |
| 4354 | int i; |
| 4355 | struct ada_symbol_info *prevDefns = defns_collected (obstackp, 0); |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | /* Do not try to complete stub types, as the debugger is probably |
| 4358 | already scanning all symbols matching a certain name at the |
| 4359 | time when this function is called. Trying to replace the stub |
| 4360 | type by its associated full type will cause us to restart a scan |
| 4361 | which may lead to an infinite recursion. Instead, the client |
| 4362 | collecting the matching symbols will end up collecting several |
| 4363 | matches, with at least one of them complete. It can then filter |
| 4364 | out the stub ones if needed. */ |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | for (i = num_defns_collected (obstackp) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 4367 | { |
| 4368 | if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, prevDefns[i].sym)) |
| 4369 | return; |
| 4370 | else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns[i].sym, sym)) |
| 4371 | { |
| 4372 | prevDefns[i].sym = sym; |
| 4373 | prevDefns[i].block = block; |
| 4374 | return; |
| 4375 | } |
| 4376 | } |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | { |
| 4379 | struct ada_symbol_info info; |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | info.sym = sym; |
| 4382 | info.block = block; |
| 4383 | obstack_grow (obstackp, &info, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info)); |
| 4384 | } |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | /* Number of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in |
| 4388 | current vector in *OBSTACKP. */ |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | static int |
| 4391 | num_defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp) |
| 4392 | { |
| 4393 | return obstack_object_size (obstackp) / sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info); |
| 4394 | } |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | /* Vector of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in current |
| 4397 | vector in *OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return |
| 4398 | its final address. */ |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | static struct ada_symbol_info * |
| 4401 | defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp, int finish) |
| 4402 | { |
| 4403 | if (finish) |
| 4404 | return obstack_finish (obstackp); |
| 4405 | else |
| 4406 | return (struct ada_symbol_info *) obstack_base (obstackp); |
| 4407 | } |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | /* Return a bound minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada |
| 4410 | decoding rules. Returns an invalid symbol if there is no such |
| 4411 | minimal symbol. Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled |
| 4412 | specially: "standard__" is first stripped off, and only static and |
| 4413 | global symbols are searched. */ |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | struct bound_minimal_symbol |
| 4416 | ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name) |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | struct bound_minimal_symbol result; |
| 4419 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4420 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 4421 | const int wild_match_p = should_use_wild_match (name); |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 | memset (&result, 0, sizeof (result)); |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package |
| 4426 | Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without |
| 4427 | the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order |
| 4428 | to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions |
| 4429 | using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error |
| 4430 | is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error |
| 4431 | entity inside its program). */ |
| 4432 | if (strncmp (name, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0) |
| 4433 | name += sizeof ("standard__") - 1; |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 4436 | { |
| 4437 | if (match_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match_p) |
| 4438 | && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 4439 | { |
| 4440 | result.minsym = msymbol; |
| 4441 | result.objfile = objfile; |
| 4442 | break; |
| 4443 | } |
| 4444 | } |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | return result; |
| 4447 | } |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 | /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the |
| 4450 | selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN |
| 4451 | and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for |
| 4452 | ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD_MATCH_P, treat as NAME |
| 4453 | with a wildcard prefix. */ |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | static void |
| 4456 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 4457 | const char *name, domain_enum namespace, |
| 4458 | int wild_match_p) |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol |
| 4463 | for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */ |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | static int |
| 4466 | is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | return (name != NULL && strcmp (name, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0); |
| 4471 | } |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | /* Return nonzero if TYPE1 and TYPE2 are two enumeration types |
| 4474 | that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | This function assumes that TYPE1 and TYPE2 are both TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 4477 | types and that their number of enumerals is identical (in other |
| 4478 | words, TYPE_NFIELDS (type1) == TYPE_NFIELDS (type2)). */ |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | static int |
| 4481 | ada_identical_enum_types_p (struct type *type1, struct type *type2) |
| 4482 | { |
| 4483 | int i; |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | /* The heuristic we use here is fairly conservative. We consider |
| 4486 | that 2 enumerate types are identical if they have the same |
| 4487 | number of enumerals and that all enumerals have the same |
| 4488 | underlying value and name. */ |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | /* All enums in the type should have an identical underlying value. */ |
| 4491 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type1); i++) |
| 4492 | if (TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type1, i) != TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type2, i)) |
| 4493 | return 0; |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | /* All enumerals should also have the same name (modulo any numerical |
| 4496 | suffix). */ |
| 4497 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type1); i++) |
| 4498 | { |
| 4499 | const char *name_1 = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i); |
| 4500 | const char *name_2 = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i); |
| 4501 | int len_1 = strlen (name_1); |
| 4502 | int len_2 = strlen (name_2); |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i), &len_1); |
| 4505 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i), &len_2); |
| 4506 | if (len_1 != len_2 |
| 4507 | || strncmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i), |
| 4508 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i), |
| 4509 | len_1) != 0) |
| 4510 | return 0; |
| 4511 | } |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | return 1; |
| 4514 | } |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 | /* Return nonzero if all the symbols in SYMS are all enumeral symbols |
| 4517 | that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. Sometimes, |
| 4518 | enumerals are not strictly identical, but their types are so similar |
| 4519 | that they can be considered identical. |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | For instance, consider the following code: |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | type Color is (Black, Red, Green, Blue, White); |
| 4524 | type RGB_Color is new Color range Red .. Blue; |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | Type RGB_Color is a subrange of an implicit type which is a copy |
| 4527 | of type Color. If we call that implicit type RGB_ColorB ("B" is |
| 4528 | for "Base Type"), then type RGB_ColorB is a copy of type Color. |
| 4529 | As a result, when an expression references any of the enumeral |
| 4530 | by name (Eg. "print green"), the expression is technically |
| 4531 | ambiguous and the user should be asked to disambiguate. But |
| 4532 | doing so would only hinder the user, since it wouldn't matter |
| 4533 | what choice he makes, the outcome would always be the same. |
| 4534 | So, for practical purposes, we consider them as the same. */ |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | static int |
| 4537 | symbols_are_identical_enums (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms) |
| 4538 | { |
| 4539 | int i; |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | /* Before performing a thorough comparison check of each type, |
| 4542 | we perform a series of inexpensive checks. We expect that these |
| 4543 | checks will quickly fail in the vast majority of cases, and thus |
| 4544 | help prevent the unnecessary use of a more expensive comparison. |
| 4545 | Said comparison also expects us to make some of these checks |
| 4546 | (see ada_identical_enum_types_p). */ |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | /* Quick check: All symbols should have an enum type. */ |
| 4549 | for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++) |
| 4550 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 4551 | return 0; |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | /* Quick check: They should all have the same value. */ |
| 4554 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i++) |
| 4555 | if (SYMBOL_VALUE (syms[i].sym) != SYMBOL_VALUE (syms[0].sym)) |
| 4556 | return 0; |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | /* Quick check: They should all have the same number of enumerals. */ |
| 4559 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i++) |
| 4560 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) |
| 4561 | != TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[0].sym))) |
| 4562 | return 0; |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | /* All the sanity checks passed, so we might have a set of |
| 4565 | identical enumeration types. Perform a more complete |
| 4566 | comparison of the type of each symbol. */ |
| 4567 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i++) |
| 4568 | if (!ada_identical_enum_types_p (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym), |
| 4569 | SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[0].sym))) |
| 4570 | return 0; |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | return 1; |
| 4573 | } |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely |
| 4576 | duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where |
| 4577 | this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are |
| 4578 | linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no |
| 4579 | debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries. |
| 4580 | Returns the number of items in the modified list. */ |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | static int |
| 4583 | remove_extra_symbols (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms) |
| 4584 | { |
| 4585 | int i, j; |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | /* We should never be called with less than 2 symbols, as there |
| 4588 | cannot be any extra symbol in that case. But it's easy to |
| 4589 | handle, since we have nothing to do in that case. */ |
| 4590 | if (nsyms < 2) |
| 4591 | return nsyms; |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 | i = 0; |
| 4594 | while (i < nsyms) |
| 4595 | { |
| 4596 | int remove_p = 0; |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 | /* If two symbols have the same name and one of them is a stub type, |
| 4599 | the get rid of the stub. */ |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | if (TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) |
| 4602 | && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym) != NULL) |
| 4603 | { |
| 4604 | for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j++) |
| 4605 | { |
| 4606 | if (j != i |
| 4607 | && !TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[j].sym)) |
| 4608 | && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym) != NULL |
| 4609 | && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 4610 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym)) == 0) |
| 4611 | remove_p = 1; |
| 4612 | } |
| 4613 | } |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | /* Two symbols with the same name, same class and same address |
| 4616 | should be identical. */ |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym) != NULL |
| 4619 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_STATIC |
| 4620 | && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym))) |
| 4621 | { |
| 4622 | for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 4623 | { |
| 4624 | if (i != j |
| 4625 | && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym) != NULL |
| 4626 | && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 4627 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym)) == 0 |
| 4628 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j].sym) |
| 4629 | && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i].sym) |
| 4630 | == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j].sym)) |
| 4631 | remove_p = 1; |
| 4632 | } |
| 4633 | } |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 | if (remove_p) |
| 4636 | { |
| 4637 | for (j = i + 1; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 4638 | syms[j - 1] = syms[j]; |
| 4639 | nsyms -= 1; |
| 4640 | } |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | i += 1; |
| 4643 | } |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | /* If all the remaining symbols are identical enumerals, then |
| 4646 | just keep the first one and discard the rest. |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | Unlike what we did previously, we do not discard any entry |
| 4649 | unless they are ALL identical. This is because the symbol |
| 4650 | comparison is not a strict comparison, but rather a practical |
| 4651 | comparison. If all symbols are considered identical, then |
| 4652 | we can just go ahead and use the first one and discard the rest. |
| 4653 | But if we cannot reduce the list to a single element, we have |
| 4654 | to ask the user to disambiguate anyways. And if we have to |
| 4655 | present a multiple-choice menu, it's less confusing if the list |
| 4656 | isn't missing some choices that were identical and yet distinct. */ |
| 4657 | if (symbols_are_identical_enums (syms, nsyms)) |
| 4658 | nsyms = 1; |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | return nsyms; |
| 4661 | } |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name |
| 4664 | to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified, |
| 4665 | and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been |
| 4666 | defined. The string returned needs to be deallocated after use. */ |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | static char * |
| 4669 | xget_renaming_scope (struct type *renaming_type) |
| 4670 | { |
| 4671 | /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention: |
| 4672 | <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>. |
| 4673 | So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension, |
| 4674 | and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */ |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | const char *name = type_name_no_tag (renaming_type); |
| 4677 | char *suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 4678 | char *last; |
| 4679 | int scope_len; |
| 4680 | char *scope; |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking |
| 4683 | at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */ |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | for (last = suffix - 3; last > name; last--) |
| 4686 | if (last[0] == '_' && last[1] == '_') |
| 4687 | break; |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */ |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 | scope_len = last - name; |
| 4692 | scope = (char *) xmalloc ((scope_len + 1) * sizeof (char)); |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | strncpy (scope, name, scope_len); |
| 4695 | scope[scope_len] = '\0'; |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | return scope; |
| 4698 | } |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 | /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */ |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | static int |
| 4703 | is_package_name (const char *name) |
| 4704 | { |
| 4705 | /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated |
| 4706 | for packages, while symbols are generated for each function. |
| 4707 | So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent |
| 4708 | to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one |
| 4709 | small complication with library-level functions (see below). */ |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | char *fun_name; |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level, |
| 4714 | then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */ |
| 4715 | if (standard_lookup (name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) != NULL) |
| 4716 | return 0; |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function |
| 4719 | "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */ |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level |
| 4722 | functions names cannot contain "__" in them. */ |
| 4723 | if (strstr (name, "__") != NULL) |
| 4724 | return 0; |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | fun_name = xstrprintf ("_ada_%s", name); |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | return (standard_lookup (fun_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) == NULL); |
| 4729 | } |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is |
| 4732 | not visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */ |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | static int |
| 4735 | old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol *sym, const char *function_name) |
| 4736 | { |
| 4737 | char *scope; |
| 4738 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 4741 | return 0; |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | scope = xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 4744 | old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, scope); |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */ |
| 4747 | if (is_package_name (scope)) |
| 4748 | { |
| 4749 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4750 | return 0; |
| 4751 | } |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking |
| 4754 | that its name starts with SCOPE. */ |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is |
| 4757 | a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the |
| 4758 | comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain |
| 4759 | this prefix. */ |
| 4760 | if (strncmp (function_name, "_ada_", 5) == 0) |
| 4761 | function_name += 5; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | { |
| 4764 | int is_invisible = strncmp (function_name, scope, strlen (scope)) != 0; |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4767 | return is_invisible; |
| 4768 | } |
| 4769 | } |
| 4770 | |
| 4771 | /* Remove entries from SYMS that corresponds to a renaming entity that |
| 4772 | is not visible from the function associated with CURRENT_BLOCK or |
| 4773 | that is superfluous due to the presence of more specific renaming |
| 4774 | information. Places surviving symbols in the initial entries of |
| 4775 | SYMS and returns the number of surviving symbols. |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | Rationale: |
| 4778 | First, in cases where an object renaming is implemented as a |
| 4779 | reference variable, GNAT may produce both the actual reference |
| 4780 | variable and the renaming encoding. In this case, we discard the |
| 4781 | latter. |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | Second, GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming |
| 4784 | entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition |
| 4785 | of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types |
| 4786 | are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application |
| 4787 | contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to |
| 4788 | print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol |
| 4789 | lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type. |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to |
| 4792 | remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible |
| 4793 | from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable |
| 4794 | method with the current information available. The implementation |
| 4795 | below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12): |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 | - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there |
| 4798 | is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the |
| 4799 | rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the |
| 4800 | package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is |
| 4801 | currently not the case. |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if |
| 4804 | the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name |
| 4805 | has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence, |
| 4806 | the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */ |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | static int |
| 4809 | remove_irrelevant_renamings (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, |
| 4810 | int nsyms, const struct block *current_block) |
| 4811 | { |
| 4812 | struct symbol *current_function; |
| 4813 | const char *current_function_name; |
| 4814 | int i; |
| 4815 | int is_new_style_renaming; |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | /* If there is both a renaming foo___XR... encoded as a variable and |
| 4818 | a simple variable foo in the same block, discard the latter. |
| 4819 | First, zero out such symbols, then compress. */ |
| 4820 | is_new_style_renaming = 0; |
| 4821 | for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 4822 | { |
| 4823 | struct symbol *sym = syms[i].sym; |
| 4824 | const struct block *block = syms[i].block; |
| 4825 | const char *name; |
| 4826 | const char *suffix; |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | if (sym == NULL || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 4829 | continue; |
| 4830 | name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym); |
| 4831 | suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | if (suffix != NULL) |
| 4834 | { |
| 4835 | int name_len = suffix - name; |
| 4836 | int j; |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | is_new_style_renaming = 1; |
| 4839 | for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 4840 | if (i != j && syms[j].sym != NULL |
| 4841 | && strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym), |
| 4842 | name_len) == 0 |
| 4843 | && block == syms[j].block) |
| 4844 | syms[j].sym = NULL; |
| 4845 | } |
| 4846 | } |
| 4847 | if (is_new_style_renaming) |
| 4848 | { |
| 4849 | int j, k; |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | for (j = k = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 4852 | if (syms[j].sym != NULL) |
| 4853 | { |
| 4854 | syms[k] = syms[j]; |
| 4855 | k += 1; |
| 4856 | } |
| 4857 | return k; |
| 4858 | } |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK. |
| 4861 | Abort if unable to do so. */ |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | if (current_block == NULL) |
| 4864 | return nsyms; |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | current_function = block_linkage_function (current_block); |
| 4867 | if (current_function == NULL) |
| 4868 | return nsyms; |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 | current_function_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (current_function); |
| 4871 | if (current_function_name == NULL) |
| 4872 | return nsyms; |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is |
| 4875 | a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of |
| 4876 | the current block. */ |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | i = 0; |
| 4879 | while (i < nsyms) |
| 4880 | { |
| 4881 | if (ada_parse_renaming (syms[i].sym, NULL, NULL, NULL) |
| 4882 | == ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING |
| 4883 | && old_renaming_is_invisible (syms[i].sym, current_function_name)) |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | int j; |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | for (j = i + 1; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 4888 | syms[j - 1] = syms[j]; |
| 4889 | nsyms -= 1; |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | else |
| 4892 | i += 1; |
| 4893 | } |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | return nsyms; |
| 4896 | } |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | /* Add to OBSTACKP all symbols from BLOCK (and its super-blocks) |
| 4899 | whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively. |
| 4900 | If no match was found, then extend the search to "enclosing" |
| 4901 | routines (in other words, if we're inside a nested function, |
| 4902 | search the symbols defined inside the enclosing functions). |
| 4903 | If WILD_MATCH_P is nonzero, perform the naming matching in |
| 4904 | "wild" mode (see function "wild_match" for more info). |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | Note: This function assumes that OBSTACKP has 0 (zero) element in it. */ |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | static void |
| 4909 | ada_add_local_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, const char *name, |
| 4910 | struct block *block, domain_enum domain, |
| 4911 | int wild_match_p) |
| 4912 | { |
| 4913 | int block_depth = 0; |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | while (block != NULL) |
| 4916 | { |
| 4917 | block_depth += 1; |
| 4918 | ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp, block, name, domain, NULL, |
| 4919 | wild_match_p); |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */ |
| 4922 | if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (obstackp, 0), |
| 4923 | num_defns_collected (obstackp))) |
| 4924 | return; |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 4927 | } |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically |
| 4930 | enclosing subprogram. */ |
| 4931 | if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 && block_depth > 2) |
| 4932 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (obstackp, name, domain, wild_match_p); |
| 4933 | } |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | /* An object of this type is used as the user_data argument when |
| 4936 | calling the map_matching_symbols method. */ |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | struct match_data |
| 4939 | { |
| 4940 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4941 | struct obstack *obstackp; |
| 4942 | struct symbol *arg_sym; |
| 4943 | int found_sym; |
| 4944 | }; |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | /* A callback for add_matching_symbols that adds SYM, found in BLOCK, |
| 4947 | to a list of symbols. DATA0 is a pointer to a struct match_data * |
| 4948 | containing the obstack that collects the symbol list, the file that SYM |
| 4949 | must come from, a flag indicating whether a non-argument symbol has |
| 4950 | been found in the current block, and the last argument symbol |
| 4951 | passed in SYM within the current block (if any). When SYM is null, |
| 4952 | marking the end of a block, the argument symbol is added if no |
| 4953 | other has been found. */ |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | static int |
| 4956 | aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (struct block *block, struct symbol *sym, void *data0) |
| 4957 | { |
| 4958 | struct match_data *data = (struct match_data *) data0; |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 4961 | { |
| 4962 | if (!data->found_sym && data->arg_sym != NULL) |
| 4963 | add_defn_to_vec (data->obstackp, |
| 4964 | fixup_symbol_section (data->arg_sym, data->objfile), |
| 4965 | block); |
| 4966 | data->found_sym = 0; |
| 4967 | data->arg_sym = NULL; |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | else |
| 4970 | { |
| 4971 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 4972 | return 0; |
| 4973 | else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 4974 | data->arg_sym = sym; |
| 4975 | else |
| 4976 | { |
| 4977 | data->found_sym = 1; |
| 4978 | add_defn_to_vec (data->obstackp, |
| 4979 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, data->objfile), |
| 4980 | block); |
| 4981 | } |
| 4982 | } |
| 4983 | return 0; |
| 4984 | } |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | /* Implements compare_names, but only applying the comparision using |
| 4987 | the given CASING. */ |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | static int |
| 4990 | compare_names_with_case (const char *string1, const char *string2, |
| 4991 | enum case_sensitivity casing) |
| 4992 | { |
| 4993 | while (*string1 != '\0' && *string2 != '\0') |
| 4994 | { |
| 4995 | char c1, c2; |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | if (isspace (*string1) || isspace (*string2)) |
| 4998 | return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | if (casing == case_sensitive_off) |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | c1 = tolower (*string1); |
| 5003 | c2 = tolower (*string2); |
| 5004 | } |
| 5005 | else |
| 5006 | { |
| 5007 | c1 = *string1; |
| 5008 | c2 = *string2; |
| 5009 | } |
| 5010 | if (c1 != c2) |
| 5011 | break; |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | string1 += 1; |
| 5014 | string2 += 1; |
| 5015 | } |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | switch (*string1) |
| 5018 | { |
| 5019 | case '(': |
| 5020 | return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); |
| 5021 | case '_': |
| 5022 | if (*string2 == '\0') |
| 5023 | { |
| 5024 | if (is_name_suffix (string1)) |
| 5025 | return 0; |
| 5026 | else |
| 5027 | return 1; |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 5030 | default: |
| 5031 | if (*string2 == '(') |
| 5032 | return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); |
| 5033 | else |
| 5034 | { |
| 5035 | if (casing == case_sensitive_off) |
| 5036 | return tolower (*string1) - tolower (*string2); |
| 5037 | else |
| 5038 | return *string1 - *string2; |
| 5039 | } |
| 5040 | } |
| 5041 | } |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | /* Compare STRING1 to STRING2, with results as for strcmp. |
| 5044 | Compatible with strcmp_iw_ordered in that... |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | strcmp_iw_ordered (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0 |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | ... implies... |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | compare_names (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0 |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | (they may differ as to what symbols compare equal). */ |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | static int |
| 5055 | compare_names (const char *string1, const char *string2) |
| 5056 | { |
| 5057 | int result; |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | /* Similar to what strcmp_iw_ordered does, we need to perform |
| 5060 | a case-insensitive comparison first, and only resort to |
| 5061 | a second, case-sensitive, comparison if the first one was |
| 5062 | not sufficient to differentiate the two strings. */ |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | result = compare_names_with_case (string1, string2, case_sensitive_off); |
| 5065 | if (result == 0) |
| 5066 | result = compare_names_with_case (string1, string2, case_sensitive_on); |
| 5067 | |
| 5068 | return result; |
| 5069 | } |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | /* Add to OBSTACKP all non-local symbols whose name and domain match |
| 5072 | NAME and DOMAIN respectively. The search is performed on GLOBAL_BLOCK |
| 5073 | symbols if GLOBAL is non-zero, or on STATIC_BLOCK symbols otherwise. */ |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | static void |
| 5076 | add_nonlocal_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, const char *name, |
| 5077 | domain_enum domain, int global, |
| 5078 | int is_wild_match) |
| 5079 | { |
| 5080 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5081 | struct match_data data; |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof data); |
| 5084 | data.obstackp = obstackp; |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 5087 | { |
| 5088 | data.objfile = objfile; |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | if (is_wild_match) |
| 5091 | objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (objfile, name, domain, global, |
| 5092 | aux_add_nonlocal_symbols, &data, |
| 5093 | wild_match, NULL); |
| 5094 | else |
| 5095 | objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (objfile, name, domain, global, |
| 5096 | aux_add_nonlocal_symbols, &data, |
| 5097 | full_match, compare_names); |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 && global && !is_wild_match) |
| 5101 | { |
| 5102 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 5103 | { |
| 5104 | char *name1 = alloca (strlen (name) + sizeof ("_ada_")); |
| 5105 | strcpy (name1, "_ada_"); |
| 5106 | strcpy (name1 + sizeof ("_ada_") - 1, name); |
| 5107 | data.objfile = objfile; |
| 5108 | objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (objfile, name1, domain, |
| 5109 | global, |
| 5110 | aux_add_nonlocal_symbols, |
| 5111 | &data, |
| 5112 | full_match, compare_names); |
| 5113 | } |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | } |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME0, in BLOCK0 and, if full_search is |
| 5118 | non-zero, enclosing scope and in global scopes, returning the number of |
| 5119 | matches. |
| 5120 | Sets *RESULTS to point to a vector of (SYM,BLOCK) tuples, |
| 5121 | indicating the symbols found and the blocks and symbol tables (if |
| 5122 | any) in which they were found. This vector is transient---good only to |
| 5123 | the next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | When full_search is non-zero, any non-function/non-enumeral |
| 5126 | symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0, |
| 5127 | is the one match returned (no other matches in that or |
| 5128 | enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or |
| 5129 | surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" |
| 5132 | is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */ |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 | static int |
| 5135 | ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (const char *name0, const struct block *block0, |
| 5136 | domain_enum namespace, |
| 5137 | struct ada_symbol_info **results, |
| 5138 | int full_search) |
| 5139 | { |
| 5140 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5141 | struct block *block; |
| 5142 | const char *name; |
| 5143 | const int wild_match_p = should_use_wild_match (name0); |
| 5144 | int cacheIfUnique; |
| 5145 | int ndefns; |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | obstack_free (&symbol_list_obstack, NULL); |
| 5148 | obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | cacheIfUnique = 0; |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | /* Search specified block and its superiors. */ |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 | name = name0; |
| 5155 | block = (struct block *) block0; /* FIXME: No cast ought to be |
| 5156 | needed, but adding const will |
| 5157 | have a cascade effect. */ |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package |
| 5160 | Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without |
| 5161 | the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order |
| 5162 | to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions |
| 5163 | using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error |
| 5164 | is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error |
| 5165 | entity inside its program). */ |
| 5166 | if (strncmp (name0, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0) |
| 5167 | { |
| 5168 | block = NULL; |
| 5169 | name = name0 + sizeof ("standard__") - 1; |
| 5170 | } |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | /* Check the non-global symbols. If we have ANY match, then we're done. */ |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | if (block != NULL) |
| 5175 | { |
| 5176 | if (full_search) |
| 5177 | { |
| 5178 | ada_add_local_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, name, block, |
| 5179 | namespace, wild_match_p); |
| 5180 | } |
| 5181 | else |
| 5182 | { |
| 5183 | /* In the !full_search case we're are being called by |
| 5184 | ada_iterate_over_symbols, and we don't want to search |
| 5185 | superblocks. */ |
| 5186 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, name, |
| 5187 | namespace, NULL, wild_match_p); |
| 5188 | } |
| 5189 | if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) > 0 || !full_search) |
| 5190 | goto done; |
| 5191 | } |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | /* No non-global symbols found. Check our cache to see if we have |
| 5194 | already performed this search before. If we have, then return |
| 5195 | the same result. */ |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | cacheIfUnique = 1; |
| 5198 | if (lookup_cached_symbol (name0, namespace, &sym, &block)) |
| 5199 | { |
| 5200 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 5201 | add_defn_to_vec (&symbol_list_obstack, sym, block); |
| 5202 | goto done; |
| 5203 | } |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 | /* Search symbols from all global blocks. */ |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 | add_nonlocal_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, name, namespace, 1, |
| 5208 | wild_match_p); |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits |
| 5211 | (not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). */ |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 | if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) == 0) |
| 5214 | add_nonlocal_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, name, namespace, 0, |
| 5215 | wild_match_p); |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | done: |
| 5218 | ndefns = num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 5219 | *results = defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack, 1); |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (*results, ndefns); |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | if (ndefns == 0 && full_search) |
| 5224 | cache_symbol (name0, namespace, NULL, NULL); |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | if (ndefns == 1 && full_search && cacheIfUnique) |
| 5227 | cache_symbol (name0, namespace, (*results)[0].sym, (*results)[0].block); |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | ndefns = remove_irrelevant_renamings (*results, ndefns, block0); |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | return ndefns; |
| 5232 | } |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME0, in BLOCK0 and enclosing scope and |
| 5235 | in global scopes, returning the number of matches, and setting *RESULTS |
| 5236 | to a vector of (SYM,BLOCK) tuples. |
| 5237 | See ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker for further details. */ |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | int |
| 5240 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name0, const struct block *block0, |
| 5241 | domain_enum domain, struct ada_symbol_info **results) |
| 5242 | { |
| 5243 | return ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (name0, block0, domain, results, 1); |
| 5244 | } |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 | /* Implementation of the la_iterate_over_symbols method. */ |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | static void |
| 5249 | ada_iterate_over_symbols (const struct block *block, |
| 5250 | const char *name, domain_enum domain, |
| 5251 | symbol_found_callback_ftype *callback, |
| 5252 | void *data) |
| 5253 | { |
| 5254 | int ndefs, i; |
| 5255 | struct ada_symbol_info *results; |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | ndefs = ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (name, block, domain, &results, 0); |
| 5258 | for (i = 0; i < ndefs; ++i) |
| 5259 | { |
| 5260 | if (! (*callback) (results[i].sym, data)) |
| 5261 | break; |
| 5262 | } |
| 5263 | } |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | /* If NAME is the name of an entity, return a string that should |
| 5266 | be used to look that entity up in Ada units. This string should |
| 5267 | be deallocated after use using xfree. |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | NAME can have any form that the "break" or "print" commands might |
| 5270 | recognize. In other words, it does not have to be the "natural" |
| 5271 | name, or the "encoded" name. */ |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | char * |
| 5274 | ada_name_for_lookup (const char *name) |
| 5275 | { |
| 5276 | char *canon; |
| 5277 | int nlen = strlen (name); |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | if (name[0] == '<' && name[nlen - 1] == '>') |
| 5280 | { |
| 5281 | canon = xmalloc (nlen - 1); |
| 5282 | memcpy (canon, name + 1, nlen - 2); |
| 5283 | canon[nlen - 2] = '\0'; |
| 5284 | } |
| 5285 | else |
| 5286 | canon = xstrdup (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name))); |
| 5287 | return canon; |
| 5288 | } |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | /* The result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list with FULL_SEARCH set |
| 5291 | to 1, but choosing the first symbol found if there are multiple |
| 5292 | choices. |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | The result is stored in *INFO, which must be non-NULL. |
| 5295 | If no match is found, INFO->SYM is set to NULL. */ |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 | void |
| 5298 | ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 5299 | domain_enum namespace, |
| 5300 | struct ada_symbol_info *info) |
| 5301 | { |
| 5302 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 5303 | int n_candidates; |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | gdb_assert (info != NULL); |
| 5306 | memset (info, 0, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info)); |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, block, namespace, &candidates); |
| 5309 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 5310 | return; |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | *info = candidates[0]; |
| 5313 | info->sym = fixup_symbol_section (info->sym, NULL); |
| 5314 | } |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing |
| 5317 | scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and |
| 5318 | encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, |
| 5319 | choosing the first symbol if there are multiple choices. |
| 5320 | If IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is not NULL, it is set to zero. */ |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | struct symbol * |
| 5323 | ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block0, |
| 5324 | domain_enum namespace, int *is_a_field_of_this) |
| 5325 | { |
| 5326 | struct ada_symbol_info info; |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL) |
| 5329 | *is_a_field_of_this = 0; |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name)), |
| 5332 | block0, namespace, &info); |
| 5333 | return info.sym; |
| 5334 | } |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | static struct symbol * |
| 5337 | ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name, |
| 5338 | const struct block *block, |
| 5339 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 5340 | { |
| 5341 | return ada_lookup_symbol (name, block_static_block (block), domain, NULL); |
| 5342 | } |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name |
| 5346 | that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel |
| 5347 | names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes |
| 5348 | are given by any of the regular expressions: |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 | [.$][0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as GNU/Linux] |
| 5351 | ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX] |
| 5352 | TKB [subprogram suffix for task bodies] |
| 5353 | _E[0-9]+[bs]$ [protected object entry suffixes] |
| 5354 | (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(JM|LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$ |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | Also, any leading "__[0-9]+" sequence is skipped before the suffix |
| 5357 | match is performed. This sequence is used to differentiate homonyms, |
| 5358 | is an optional part of a valid name suffix. */ |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 | static int |
| 5361 | is_name_suffix (const char *str) |
| 5362 | { |
| 5363 | int k; |
| 5364 | const char *matching; |
| 5365 | const int len = strlen (str); |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | /* Skip optional leading __[0-9]+. */ |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && isdigit (str[2])) |
| 5370 | { |
| 5371 | str += 3; |
| 5372 | while (isdigit (str[0])) |
| 5373 | str += 1; |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | /* [.$][0-9]+ */ |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | if (str[0] == '.' || str[0] == '$') |
| 5379 | { |
| 5380 | matching = str + 1; |
| 5381 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 5382 | matching += 1; |
| 5383 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 5384 | return 1; |
| 5385 | } |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | /* ___[0-9]+ */ |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && str[2] == '_') |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | matching = str + 3; |
| 5392 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 5393 | matching += 1; |
| 5394 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 5395 | return 1; |
| 5396 | } |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | /* "TKB" suffixes are used for subprograms implementing task bodies. */ |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | if (strcmp (str, "TKB") == 0) |
| 5401 | return 1; |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | #if 0 |
| 5404 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-09-23: Protected Object subprograms end |
| 5405 | with a N at the end. Unfortunately, the compiler uses the same |
| 5406 | convention for other internal types it creates. So treating |
| 5407 | all entity names that end with an "N" as a name suffix causes |
| 5408 | some regressions. For instance, consider the case of an enumerated |
| 5409 | type. To support the 'Image attribute, it creates an array whose |
| 5410 | name ends with N. |
| 5411 | Having a single character like this as a suffix carrying some |
| 5412 | information is a bit risky. Perhaps we should change the encoding |
| 5413 | to be something like "_N" instead. In the meantime, do not do |
| 5414 | the following check. */ |
| 5415 | /* Protected Object Subprograms */ |
| 5416 | if (len == 1 && str [0] == 'N') |
| 5417 | return 1; |
| 5418 | #endif |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | /* _E[0-9]+[bs]$ */ |
| 5421 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str [1] == 'E' && isdigit (str[2])) |
| 5422 | { |
| 5423 | matching = str + 3; |
| 5424 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 5425 | matching += 1; |
| 5426 | if ((matching[0] == 'b' || matching[0] == 's') |
| 5427 | && matching [1] == '\0') |
| 5428 | return 1; |
| 5429 | } |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This |
| 5432 | is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find |
| 5433 | that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching |
| 5434 | another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we |
| 5435 | won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */ |
| 5436 | if (str[0] == 'X') |
| 5437 | { |
| 5438 | str += 1; |
| 5439 | while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0') |
| 5440 | { |
| 5441 | if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b') |
| 5442 | return 0; |
| 5443 | str += 1; |
| 5444 | } |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | if (str[0] == '\000') |
| 5448 | return 1; |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | if (str[0] == '_') |
| 5451 | { |
| 5452 | if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000') |
| 5453 | return 0; |
| 5454 | if (str[2] == '_') |
| 5455 | { |
| 5456 | if (strcmp (str + 3, "JM") == 0) |
| 5457 | return 1; |
| 5458 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-09-30: GNAT will soon stop using |
| 5459 | the LJM suffix in favor of the JM one. But we will |
| 5460 | still accept LJM as a valid suffix for a reasonable |
| 5461 | amount of time, just to allow ourselves to debug programs |
| 5462 | compiled using an older version of GNAT. */ |
| 5463 | if (strcmp (str + 3, "LJM") == 0) |
| 5464 | return 1; |
| 5465 | if (str[3] != 'X') |
| 5466 | return 0; |
| 5467 | if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' |
| 5468 | || str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P') |
| 5469 | return 1; |
| 5470 | if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T') |
| 5471 | return 1; |
| 5472 | return 0; |
| 5473 | } |
| 5474 | if (!isdigit (str[2])) |
| 5475 | return 0; |
| 5476 | for (k = 3; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 5477 | if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') |
| 5478 | return 0; |
| 5479 | return 1; |
| 5480 | } |
| 5481 | if (str[0] == '$' && isdigit (str[1])) |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 5484 | if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') |
| 5485 | return 0; |
| 5486 | return 1; |
| 5487 | } |
| 5488 | return 0; |
| 5489 | } |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | /* Return non-zero if the string starting at NAME and ending before |
| 5492 | NAME_END contains no capital letters. */ |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | static int |
| 5495 | is_valid_name_for_wild_match (const char *name0) |
| 5496 | { |
| 5497 | const char *decoded_name = ada_decode (name0); |
| 5498 | int i; |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | /* If the decoded name starts with an angle bracket, it means that |
| 5501 | NAME0 does not follow the GNAT encoding format. It should then |
| 5502 | not be allowed as a possible wild match. */ |
| 5503 | if (decoded_name[0] == '<') |
| 5504 | return 0; |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | for (i=0; decoded_name[i] != '\0'; i++) |
| 5507 | if (isalpha (decoded_name[i]) && !islower (decoded_name[i])) |
| 5508 | return 0; |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 | return 1; |
| 5511 | } |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | /* Advance *NAMEP to next occurrence of TARGET0 in the string NAME0 |
| 5514 | that could start a simple name. Assumes that *NAMEP points into |
| 5515 | the string beginning at NAME0. */ |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | static int |
| 5518 | advance_wild_match (const char **namep, const char *name0, int target0) |
| 5519 | { |
| 5520 | const char *name = *namep; |
| 5521 | |
| 5522 | while (1) |
| 5523 | { |
| 5524 | int t0, t1; |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | t0 = *name; |
| 5527 | if (t0 == '_') |
| 5528 | { |
| 5529 | t1 = name[1]; |
| 5530 | if ((t1 >= 'a' && t1 <= 'z') || (t1 >= '0' && t1 <= '9')) |
| 5531 | { |
| 5532 | name += 1; |
| 5533 | if (name == name0 + 5 && strncmp (name0, "_ada", 4) == 0) |
| 5534 | break; |
| 5535 | else |
| 5536 | name += 1; |
| 5537 | } |
| 5538 | else if (t1 == '_' && ((name[2] >= 'a' && name[2] <= 'z') |
| 5539 | || name[2] == target0)) |
| 5540 | { |
| 5541 | name += 2; |
| 5542 | break; |
| 5543 | } |
| 5544 | else |
| 5545 | return 0; |
| 5546 | } |
| 5547 | else if ((t0 >= 'a' && t0 <= 'z') || (t0 >= '0' && t0 <= '9')) |
| 5548 | name += 1; |
| 5549 | else |
| 5550 | return 0; |
| 5551 | } |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | *namep = name; |
| 5554 | return 1; |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /* Return 0 iff NAME encodes a name of the form prefix.PATN. Ignores any |
| 5558 | informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is |
| 5559 | true). Assumes that PATN is a lower-cased Ada simple name. */ |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | static int |
| 5562 | wild_match (const char *name, const char *patn) |
| 5563 | { |
| 5564 | const char *p; |
| 5565 | const char *name0 = name; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | while (1) |
| 5568 | { |
| 5569 | const char *match = name; |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | if (*name == *patn) |
| 5572 | { |
| 5573 | for (name += 1, p = patn + 1; *p != '\0'; name += 1, p += 1) |
| 5574 | if (*p != *name) |
| 5575 | break; |
| 5576 | if (*p == '\0' && is_name_suffix (name)) |
| 5577 | return match != name0 && !is_valid_name_for_wild_match (name0); |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | if (name[-1] == '_') |
| 5580 | name -= 1; |
| 5581 | } |
| 5582 | if (!advance_wild_match (&name, name0, *patn)) |
| 5583 | return 1; |
| 5584 | } |
| 5585 | } |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | /* Returns 0 iff symbol name SYM_NAME matches SEARCH_NAME, apart from |
| 5588 | informational suffix. */ |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | static int |
| 5591 | full_match (const char *sym_name, const char *search_name) |
| 5592 | { |
| 5593 | return !match_name (sym_name, search_name, 0); |
| 5594 | } |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to |
| 5598 | vector *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP |
| 5599 | (if necessary). If WILD, treat as NAME with a wildcard prefix. |
| 5600 | OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */ |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | static void |
| 5603 | ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 5604 | struct block *block, const char *name, |
| 5605 | domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile, |
| 5606 | int wild) |
| 5607 | { |
| 5608 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 5609 | int name_len = strlen (name); |
| 5610 | /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */ |
| 5611 | struct symbol *arg_sym; |
| 5612 | /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */ |
| 5613 | int found_sym; |
| 5614 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 5617 | found_sym = 0; |
| 5618 | if (wild) |
| 5619 | { |
| 5620 | for (sym = block_iter_match_first (block, name, wild_match, &iter); |
| 5621 | sym != NULL; sym = block_iter_match_next (name, wild_match, &iter)) |
| 5622 | { |
| 5623 | if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), |
| 5624 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain) |
| 5625 | && wild_match (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name) == 0) |
| 5626 | { |
| 5627 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 5628 | continue; |
| 5629 | else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 5630 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 5631 | else |
| 5632 | { |
| 5633 | found_sym = 1; |
| 5634 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5635 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 5636 | block); |
| 5637 | } |
| 5638 | } |
| 5639 | } |
| 5640 | } |
| 5641 | else |
| 5642 | { |
| 5643 | for (sym = block_iter_match_first (block, name, full_match, &iter); |
| 5644 | sym != NULL; sym = block_iter_match_next (name, full_match, &iter)) |
| 5645 | { |
| 5646 | if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), |
| 5647 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) |
| 5648 | { |
| 5649 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 5650 | { |
| 5651 | if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 5652 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 5653 | else |
| 5654 | { |
| 5655 | found_sym = 1; |
| 5656 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5657 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 5658 | block); |
| 5659 | } |
| 5660 | } |
| 5661 | } |
| 5662 | } |
| 5663 | } |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 5666 | { |
| 5667 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5668 | fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), |
| 5669 | block); |
| 5670 | } |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | if (!wild) |
| 5673 | { |
| 5674 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 5675 | found_sym = 0; |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), |
| 5680 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) |
| 5681 | { |
| 5682 | int cmp; |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0]; |
| 5685 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 5686 | { |
| 5687 | cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), 5); |
| 5688 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 5689 | cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + 5, |
| 5690 | name_len); |
| 5691 | } |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 | if (cmp == 0 |
| 5694 | && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5)) |
| 5695 | { |
| 5696 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 5697 | { |
| 5698 | if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 5699 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 5700 | else |
| 5701 | { |
| 5702 | found_sym = 1; |
| 5703 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5704 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 5705 | block); |
| 5706 | } |
| 5707 | } |
| 5708 | } |
| 5709 | } |
| 5710 | } |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols. |
| 5713 | They aren't parameters, right? */ |
| 5714 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 5715 | { |
| 5716 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5717 | fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), |
| 5718 | block); |
| 5719 | } |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | } |
| 5722 | \f |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | /* Symbol Completion */ |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 | /* If SYM_NAME is a completion candidate for TEXT, return this symbol |
| 5727 | name in a form that's appropriate for the completion. The result |
| 5728 | does not need to be deallocated, but is only good until the next call. |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | TEXT_LEN is equal to the length of TEXT. |
| 5731 | Perform a wild match if WILD_MATCH_P is set. |
| 5732 | ENCODED_P should be set if TEXT represents the start of a symbol name |
| 5733 | in its encoded form. */ |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | static const char * |
| 5736 | symbol_completion_match (const char *sym_name, |
| 5737 | const char *text, int text_len, |
| 5738 | int wild_match_p, int encoded_p) |
| 5739 | { |
| 5740 | const int verbatim_match = (text[0] == '<'); |
| 5741 | int match = 0; |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | if (verbatim_match) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | /* Strip the leading angle bracket. */ |
| 5746 | text = text + 1; |
| 5747 | text_len--; |
| 5748 | } |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */ |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 | if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 5753 | match = 1; |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 | if (match && !encoded_p) |
| 5756 | { |
| 5757 | /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify |
| 5758 | that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version |
| 5759 | of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name |
| 5760 | is not a suitable completion. */ |
| 5761 | const char *sym_name_copy = sym_name; |
| 5762 | int has_angle_bracket; |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | sym_name = ada_decode (sym_name); |
| 5765 | has_angle_bracket = (sym_name[0] == '<'); |
| 5766 | match = (has_angle_bracket == verbatim_match); |
| 5767 | sym_name = sym_name_copy; |
| 5768 | } |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | if (match && !verbatim_match) |
| 5771 | { |
| 5772 | /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to |
| 5773 | be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name |
| 5774 | does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would |
| 5775 | not be able to understand these symbol names without the |
| 5776 | angle bracket notation. */ |
| 5777 | const char *tmp; |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | for (tmp = sym_name; *tmp != '\0' && !isupper (*tmp); tmp++); |
| 5780 | if (*tmp != '\0') |
| 5781 | match = 0; |
| 5782 | } |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | /* Second: Try wild matching... */ |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | if (!match && wild_match_p) |
| 5787 | { |
| 5788 | /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT |
| 5789 | may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must |
| 5790 | also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */ |
| 5791 | sym_name = ada_unqualified_name (ada_decode (sym_name)); |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 5794 | match = 1; |
| 5795 | } |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | /* Finally: If we found a mach, prepare the result to return. */ |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 | if (!match) |
| 5800 | return NULL; |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | if (verbatim_match) |
| 5803 | sym_name = add_angle_brackets (sym_name); |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | if (!encoded_p) |
| 5806 | sym_name = ada_decode (sym_name); |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | return sym_name; |
| 5809 | } |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | /* A companion function to ada_make_symbol_completion_list(). |
| 5812 | Check if SYM_NAME represents a symbol which name would be suitable |
| 5813 | to complete TEXT (TEXT_LEN is the length of TEXT), in which case |
| 5814 | it is appended at the end of the given string vector SV. |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 | ORIG_TEXT is the string original string from the user command |
| 5817 | that needs to be completed. WORD is the entire command on which |
| 5818 | completion should be performed. These two parameters are used to |
| 5819 | determine which part of the symbol name should be added to the |
| 5820 | completion vector. |
| 5821 | if WILD_MATCH_P is set, then wild matching is performed. |
| 5822 | ENCODED_P should be set if TEXT represents a symbol name in its |
| 5823 | encoded formed (in which case the completion should also be |
| 5824 | encoded). */ |
| 5825 | |
| 5826 | static void |
| 5827 | symbol_completion_add (VEC(char_ptr) **sv, |
| 5828 | const char *sym_name, |
| 5829 | const char *text, int text_len, |
| 5830 | const char *orig_text, const char *word, |
| 5831 | int wild_match_p, int encoded_p) |
| 5832 | { |
| 5833 | const char *match = symbol_completion_match (sym_name, text, text_len, |
| 5834 | wild_match_p, encoded_p); |
| 5835 | char *completion; |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | if (match == NULL) |
| 5838 | return; |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | /* We found a match, so add the appropriate completion to the given |
| 5841 | string vector. */ |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | if (word == orig_text) |
| 5844 | { |
| 5845 | completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + 5); |
| 5846 | strcpy (completion, match); |
| 5847 | } |
| 5848 | else if (word > orig_text) |
| 5849 | { |
| 5850 | /* Return some portion of sym_name. */ |
| 5851 | completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + 5); |
| 5852 | strcpy (completion, match + (word - orig_text)); |
| 5853 | } |
| 5854 | else |
| 5855 | { |
| 5856 | /* Return some of ORIG_TEXT plus sym_name. */ |
| 5857 | completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + (orig_text - word) + 5); |
| 5858 | strncpy (completion, word, orig_text - word); |
| 5859 | completion[orig_text - word] = '\0'; |
| 5860 | strcat (completion, match); |
| 5861 | } |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, *sv, completion); |
| 5864 | } |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | /* An object of this type is passed as the user_data argument to the |
| 5867 | expand_partial_symbol_names method. */ |
| 5868 | struct add_partial_datum |
| 5869 | { |
| 5870 | VEC(char_ptr) **completions; |
| 5871 | const char *text; |
| 5872 | int text_len; |
| 5873 | const char *text0; |
| 5874 | const char *word; |
| 5875 | int wild_match; |
| 5876 | int encoded; |
| 5877 | }; |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | /* A callback for expand_partial_symbol_names. */ |
| 5880 | static int |
| 5881 | ada_expand_partial_symbol_name (const char *name, void *user_data) |
| 5882 | { |
| 5883 | struct add_partial_datum *data = user_data; |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 | return symbol_completion_match (name, data->text, data->text_len, |
| 5886 | data->wild_match, data->encoded) != NULL; |
| 5887 | } |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | /* Return a list of possible symbol names completing TEXT0. WORD is |
| 5890 | the entire command on which completion is made. */ |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 | static VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5893 | ada_make_symbol_completion_list (const char *text0, const char *word, |
| 5894 | enum type_code code) |
| 5895 | { |
| 5896 | char *text; |
| 5897 | int text_len; |
| 5898 | int wild_match_p; |
| 5899 | int encoded_p; |
| 5900 | VEC(char_ptr) *completions = VEC_alloc (char_ptr, 128); |
| 5901 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5902 | struct symtab *s; |
| 5903 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 5904 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5905 | struct block *b, *surrounding_static_block = 0; |
| 5906 | int i; |
| 5907 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 5908 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | if (text0[0] == '<') |
| 5913 | { |
| 5914 | text = xstrdup (text0); |
| 5915 | make_cleanup (xfree, text); |
| 5916 | text_len = strlen (text); |
| 5917 | wild_match_p = 0; |
| 5918 | encoded_p = 1; |
| 5919 | } |
| 5920 | else |
| 5921 | { |
| 5922 | text = xstrdup (ada_encode (text0)); |
| 5923 | make_cleanup (xfree, text); |
| 5924 | text_len = strlen (text); |
| 5925 | for (i = 0; i < text_len; i++) |
| 5926 | text[i] = tolower (text[i]); |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | encoded_p = (strstr (text0, "__") != NULL); |
| 5929 | /* If the name contains a ".", then the user is entering a fully |
| 5930 | qualified entity name, and the match must not be done in wild |
| 5931 | mode. Similarly, if the user wants to complete what looks like |
| 5932 | an encoded name, the match must not be done in wild mode. */ |
| 5933 | wild_match_p = (strchr (text0, '.') == NULL && !encoded_p); |
| 5934 | } |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */ |
| 5937 | { |
| 5938 | struct add_partial_datum data; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | data.completions = &completions; |
| 5941 | data.text = text; |
| 5942 | data.text_len = text_len; |
| 5943 | data.text0 = text0; |
| 5944 | data.word = word; |
| 5945 | data.wild_match = wild_match_p; |
| 5946 | data.encoded = encoded_p; |
| 5947 | expand_partial_symbol_names (ada_expand_partial_symbol_name, &data); |
| 5948 | } |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each |
| 5951 | symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore |
| 5952 | anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be |
| 5953 | handled by the psymtab code above). */ |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 5956 | { |
| 5957 | QUIT; |
| 5958 | symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), |
| 5959 | text, text_len, text0, word, wild_match_p, |
| 5960 | encoded_p); |
| 5961 | } |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 | /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can |
| 5964 | complete on local vars. */ |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | for (b = get_selected_block (0); b != NULL; b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) |
| 5967 | { |
| 5968 | if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) |
| 5969 | surrounding_static_block = b; /* For elmin of dups */ |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 5972 | { |
| 5973 | symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), |
| 5974 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 5975 | wild_match_p, encoded_p); |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | } |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 | /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for |
| 5980 | symbols which match. */ |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 5983 | { |
| 5984 | QUIT; |
| 5985 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 5986 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 5987 | { |
| 5988 | symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), |
| 5989 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 5990 | wild_match_p, encoded_p); |
| 5991 | } |
| 5992 | } |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 5995 | { |
| 5996 | QUIT; |
| 5997 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 5998 | /* Don't do this block twice. */ |
| 5999 | if (b == surrounding_static_block) |
| 6000 | continue; |
| 6001 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 6002 | { |
| 6003 | symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), |
| 6004 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 6005 | wild_match_p, encoded_p); |
| 6006 | } |
| 6007 | } |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 6010 | return completions; |
| 6011 | } |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | /* Field Access */ |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 | /* Return non-zero if TYPE is a pointer to the GNAT dispatch table used |
| 6016 | for tagged types. */ |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | static int |
| 6019 | ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (struct type *type) |
| 6020 | { |
| 6021 | const char *name; |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6024 | return 0; |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | name = TYPE_NAME (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 6027 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6028 | return 0; |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | return (strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); |
| 6031 | } |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 | /* Return non-zero if TYPE is an interface tag. */ |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | static int |
| 6036 | ada_is_interface_tag (struct type *type) |
| 6037 | { |
| 6038 | const char *name = TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6041 | return 0; |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | return (strcmp (name, "ada__tags__interface_tag") == 0); |
| 6044 | } |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed |
| 6047 | to be invisible to users. */ |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | int |
| 6050 | ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6051 | { |
| 6052 | if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 6053 | return 1; |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | /* Check the name of that field. */ |
| 6056 | { |
| 6057 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | /* Anonymous field names should not be printed. |
| 6060 | brobecker/2007-02-20: I don't think this can actually happen |
| 6061 | but we don't want to print the value of annonymous fields anyway. */ |
| 6062 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6063 | return 1; |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | /* Normally, fields whose name start with an underscore ("_") |
| 6066 | are fields that have been internally generated by the compiler, |
| 6067 | and thus should not be printed. The "_parent" field is special, |
| 6068 | however: This is a field internally generated by the compiler |
| 6069 | for tagged types, and it contains the components inherited from |
| 6070 | the parent type. This field should not be printed as is, but |
| 6071 | should not be ignored either. */ |
| 6072 | if (name[0] == '_' && strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) != 0) |
| 6073 | return 1; |
| 6074 | } |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | /* If this is the dispatch table of a tagged type or an interface tag, |
| 6077 | then ignore. */ |
| 6078 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type, 1) |
| 6079 | && (ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num)) |
| 6080 | || ada_is_interface_tag (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num)))) |
| 6081 | return 1; |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | /* Not a special field, so it should not be ignored. */ |
| 6084 | return 0; |
| 6085 | } |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 | /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a |
| 6088 | pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */ |
| 6089 | |
| 6090 | int |
| 6091 | ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type, int refok) |
| 6092 | { |
| 6093 | return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", refok, 1, NULL) != NULL); |
| 6094 | } |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */ |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | int |
| 6099 | ada_is_tag_type (struct type *type) |
| 6100 | { |
| 6101 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6102 | return 0; |
| 6103 | else |
| 6104 | { |
| 6105 | const char *name = ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 | return (name != NULL |
| 6108 | && strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); |
| 6109 | } |
| 6110 | } |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | /* The type of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | struct type * |
| 6115 | ada_tag_type (struct value *val) |
| 6116 | { |
| 6117 | return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (value_type (val), "_tag", 1, 0, NULL); |
| 6118 | } |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 | /* Return 1 if TAG follows the old scheme for Ada tags (used for Ada 95, |
| 6121 | retired at Ada 05). */ |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | static int |
| 6124 | is_ada95_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6125 | { |
| 6126 | return ada_value_struct_elt (tag, "tsd", 1) != NULL; |
| 6127 | } |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | /* The value of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | struct value * |
| 6132 | ada_value_tag (struct value *val) |
| 6133 | { |
| 6134 | return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", 0); |
| 6135 | } |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are |
| 6138 | saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address |
| 6139 | ADDRESS. */ |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 | static struct value * |
| 6142 | value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, |
| 6143 | const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 6144 | CORE_ADDR address) |
| 6145 | { |
| 6146 | int tag_byte_offset; |
| 6147 | struct type *tag_type; |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type, 0, &tag_type, &tag_byte_offset, |
| 6150 | NULL, NULL, NULL)) |
| 6151 | { |
| 6152 | const gdb_byte *valaddr1 = ((valaddr == NULL) |
| 6153 | ? NULL |
| 6154 | : valaddr + tag_byte_offset); |
| 6155 | CORE_ADDR address1 = (address == 0) ? 0 : address + tag_byte_offset; |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 | return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type, valaddr1, address1); |
| 6158 | } |
| 6159 | return NULL; |
| 6160 | } |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | static struct type * |
| 6163 | type_from_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6164 | { |
| 6165 | const char *type_name = ada_tag_name (tag); |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | if (type_name != NULL) |
| 6168 | return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name)); |
| 6169 | return NULL; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | /* Given a value OBJ of a tagged type, return a value of this |
| 6173 | type at the base address of the object. The base address, as |
| 6174 | defined in Ada.Tags, it is the address of the primary tag of |
| 6175 | the object, and therefore where the field values of its full |
| 6176 | view can be fetched. */ |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | struct value * |
| 6179 | ada_tag_value_at_base_address (struct value *obj) |
| 6180 | { |
| 6181 | volatile struct gdb_exception e; |
| 6182 | struct value *val; |
| 6183 | LONGEST offset_to_top = 0; |
| 6184 | struct type *ptr_type, *obj_type; |
| 6185 | struct value *tag; |
| 6186 | CORE_ADDR base_address; |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | obj_type = value_type (obj); |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | /* It is the responsability of the caller to deref pointers. */ |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 | if (TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 6193 | || TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 6194 | return obj; |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 | tag = ada_value_tag (obj); |
| 6197 | if (!tag) |
| 6198 | return obj; |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | /* Base addresses only appeared with Ada 05 and multiple inheritance. */ |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | if (is_ada95_tag (tag)) |
| 6203 | return obj; |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 | ptr_type = builtin_type (target_gdbarch ())->builtin_data_ptr; |
| 6206 | ptr_type = lookup_pointer_type (ptr_type); |
| 6207 | val = value_cast (ptr_type, tag); |
| 6208 | if (!val) |
| 6209 | return obj; |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while |
| 6212 | trying to determine the base address, just like for the tag; |
| 6213 | see ada_tag_name for more details. We do not print the error |
| 6214 | message for the same reason. */ |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| 6217 | { |
| 6218 | offset_to_top = value_as_long (value_ind (value_ptradd (val, -2))); |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | if (e.reason < 0) |
| 6222 | return obj; |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | /* If offset is null, nothing to do. */ |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | if (offset_to_top == 0) |
| 6227 | return obj; |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 | /* -1 is a special case in Ada.Tags; however, what should be done |
| 6230 | is not quite clear from the documentation. So do nothing for |
| 6231 | now. */ |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 | if (offset_to_top == -1) |
| 6234 | return obj; |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | base_address = value_address (obj) - offset_to_top; |
| 6237 | tag = value_tag_from_contents_and_address (obj_type, NULL, base_address); |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | /* Make sure that we have a proper tag at the new address. |
| 6240 | Otherwise, offset_to_top is bogus (which can happen when |
| 6241 | the object is not initialized yet). */ |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 | if (!tag) |
| 6244 | return obj; |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | obj_type = type_from_tag (tag); |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | if (!obj_type) |
| 6249 | return obj; |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 | return value_from_contents_and_address (obj_type, NULL, base_address); |
| 6252 | } |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | /* Return the "ada__tags__type_specific_data" type. */ |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | static struct type * |
| 6257 | ada_get_tsd_type (struct inferior *inf) |
| 6258 | { |
| 6259 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (inf); |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | if (data->tsd_type == 0) |
| 6262 | data->tsd_type = ada_find_any_type ("ada__tags__type_specific_data"); |
| 6263 | return data->tsd_type; |
| 6264 | } |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | /* Return the TSD (type-specific data) associated to the given TAG. |
| 6267 | TAG is assumed to be the tag of a tagged-type entity. |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | May return NULL if we are unable to get the TSD. */ |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | static struct value * |
| 6272 | ada_get_tsd_from_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6273 | { |
| 6274 | struct value *val; |
| 6275 | struct type *type; |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 | /* First option: The TSD is simply stored as a field of our TAG. |
| 6278 | Only older versions of GNAT would use this format, but we have |
| 6279 | to test it first, because there are no visible markers for |
| 6280 | the current approach except the absence of that field. */ |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | val = ada_value_struct_elt (tag, "tsd", 1); |
| 6283 | if (val) |
| 6284 | return val; |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 | /* Try the second representation for the dispatch table (in which |
| 6287 | there is no explicit 'tsd' field in the referent of the tag pointer, |
| 6288 | and instead the tsd pointer is stored just before the dispatch |
| 6289 | table. */ |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | type = ada_get_tsd_type (current_inferior()); |
| 6292 | if (type == NULL) |
| 6293 | return NULL; |
| 6294 | type = lookup_pointer_type (lookup_pointer_type (type)); |
| 6295 | val = value_cast (type, tag); |
| 6296 | if (val == NULL) |
| 6297 | return NULL; |
| 6298 | return value_ind (value_ptradd (val, -1)); |
| 6299 | } |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | /* Given the TSD of a tag (type-specific data), return a string |
| 6302 | containing the name of the associated type. |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | The returned value is good until the next call. May return NULL |
| 6305 | if we are unable to determine the tag name. */ |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 | static char * |
| 6308 | ada_tag_name_from_tsd (struct value *tsd) |
| 6309 | { |
| 6310 | static char name[1024]; |
| 6311 | char *p; |
| 6312 | struct value *val; |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | val = ada_value_struct_elt (tsd, "expanded_name", 1); |
| 6315 | if (val == NULL) |
| 6316 | return NULL; |
| 6317 | read_memory_string (value_as_address (val), name, sizeof (name) - 1); |
| 6318 | for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 6319 | if (isalpha (*p)) |
| 6320 | *p = tolower (*p); |
| 6321 | return name; |
| 6322 | } |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as |
| 6325 | a C string. |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 | Return NULL if the TAG is not an Ada tag, or if we were unable to |
| 6328 | determine the name of that tag. The result is good until the next |
| 6329 | call. */ |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | const char * |
| 6332 | ada_tag_name (struct value *tag) |
| 6333 | { |
| 6334 | volatile struct gdb_exception e; |
| 6335 | char *name = NULL; |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | if (!ada_is_tag_type (value_type (tag))) |
| 6338 | return NULL; |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while trying |
| 6341 | to determine the TAG's name, even under normal circumstances: |
| 6342 | The associated variable may be uninitialized or corrupted, for |
| 6343 | instance. We do not let any exception propagate past this point. |
| 6344 | instead we return NULL. |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 | We also do not print the error message either (which often is very |
| 6347 | low-level (Eg: "Cannot read memory at 0x[...]"), but instead let |
| 6348 | the caller print a more meaningful message if necessary. */ |
| 6349 | TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| 6350 | { |
| 6351 | struct value *tsd = ada_get_tsd_from_tag (tag); |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | if (tsd != NULL) |
| 6354 | name = ada_tag_name_from_tsd (tsd); |
| 6355 | } |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | return name; |
| 6358 | } |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */ |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | struct type * |
| 6363 | ada_parent_type (struct type *type) |
| 6364 | { |
| 6365 | int i; |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 6370 | return NULL; |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6373 | if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 6374 | { |
| 6375 | struct type *parent_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | /* If the _parent field is a pointer, then dereference it. */ |
| 6378 | if (TYPE_CODE (parent_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6379 | parent_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent_type); |
| 6380 | /* If there is a parallel XVS type, get the actual base type. */ |
| 6381 | parent_type = ada_get_base_type (parent_type); |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 | return ada_check_typedef (parent_type); |
| 6384 | } |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | return NULL; |
| 6387 | } |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the |
| 6390 | parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is |
| 6391 | a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 | int |
| 6394 | ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6395 | { |
| 6396 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ada_check_typedef (type), field_num); |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | return (name != NULL |
| 6399 | && (strncmp (name, "PARENT", 6) == 0 |
| 6400 | || strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) == 0)); |
| 6401 | } |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a |
| 6404 | transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing |
| 6405 | field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a |
| 6406 | structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always |
| 6407 | structures. */ |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | int |
| 6410 | ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6411 | { |
| 6412 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | return (name != NULL |
| 6415 | && (strncmp (name, "PARENT", 6) == 0 |
| 6416 | || strcmp (name, "REP") == 0 |
| 6417 | || strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) == 0 |
| 6418 | || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O')); |
| 6419 | } |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE |
| 6422 | is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least |
| 6423 | FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 | int |
| 6426 | ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6427 | { |
| 6428 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num); |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION |
| 6431 | || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num) |
| 6432 | && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) |
| 6433 | == TYPE_CODE_UNION))); |
| 6434 | } |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part) |
| 6437 | whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE, |
| 6438 | returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. |
| 6439 | May return NULL if the type could not be found. */ |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | struct type * |
| 6442 | ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) |
| 6443 | { |
| 6444 | char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, 1, NULL); |
| 6447 | } |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a |
| 6450 | valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE |
| 6451 | represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */ |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | int |
| 6454 | ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6455 | { |
| 6456 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O'); |
| 6459 | } |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record, |
| 6462 | returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. |
| 6463 | The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */ |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | char * |
| 6466 | ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0) |
| 6467 | { |
| 6468 | static char *result = NULL; |
| 6469 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 6470 | struct type *type; |
| 6471 | const char *name; |
| 6472 | const char *discrim_end; |
| 6473 | const char *discrim_start; |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6476 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 6477 | else |
| 6478 | type = type0; |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000') |
| 6483 | return ""; |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 | for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name; |
| 6486 | discrim_end -= 1) |
| 6487 | { |
| 6488 | if (strncmp (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6) == 0) |
| 6489 | break; |
| 6490 | } |
| 6491 | if (discrim_end == name) |
| 6492 | return ""; |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3; |
| 6495 | discrim_start -= 1) |
| 6496 | { |
| 6497 | if (discrim_start == name + 1) |
| 6498 | return ""; |
| 6499 | if ((discrim_start > name + 3 |
| 6500 | && strncmp (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3) == 0) |
| 6501 | || discrim_start[-1] == '.') |
| 6502 | break; |
| 6503 | } |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1); |
| 6506 | strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start); |
| 6507 | result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0'; |
| 6508 | return result; |
| 6509 | } |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. |
| 6512 | Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in |
| 6513 | *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. |
| 6514 | Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 |
| 6515 | otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value |
| 6516 | in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. |
| 6517 | Assumes 0m does not occur. */ |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | int |
| 6520 | ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k) |
| 6521 | { |
| 6522 | ULONGEST RU; |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | if (!isdigit (str[k])) |
| 6525 | return 0; |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about |
| 6528 | the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and |
| 6529 | LONGEST. */ |
| 6530 | RU = 0; |
| 6531 | while (isdigit (str[k])) |
| 6532 | { |
| 6533 | RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0'); |
| 6534 | k += 1; |
| 6535 | } |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | if (str[k] == 'm') |
| 6538 | { |
| 6539 | if (R != NULL) |
| 6540 | *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1; |
| 6541 | k += 1; |
| 6542 | } |
| 6543 | else if (R != NULL) |
| 6544 | *R = (LONGEST) RU; |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 | /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of |
| 6547 | - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive |
| 6548 | number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work |
| 6549 | in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch |
| 6550 | above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */ |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | if (new_k != NULL) |
| 6553 | *new_k = k; |
| 6554 | return 1; |
| 6555 | } |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 | /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field), |
| 6558 | and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is |
| 6559 | in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */ |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 | int |
| 6562 | ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6563 | { |
| 6564 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6565 | int p; |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | p = 0; |
| 6568 | while (1) |
| 6569 | { |
| 6570 | switch (name[p]) |
| 6571 | { |
| 6572 | case '\0': |
| 6573 | return 0; |
| 6574 | case 'S': |
| 6575 | { |
| 6576 | LONGEST W; |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p)) |
| 6579 | return 0; |
| 6580 | if (val == W) |
| 6581 | return 1; |
| 6582 | break; |
| 6583 | } |
| 6584 | case 'R': |
| 6585 | { |
| 6586 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p) |
| 6589 | || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p)) |
| 6590 | return 0; |
| 6591 | if (val >= L && val <= U) |
| 6592 | return 1; |
| 6593 | break; |
| 6594 | } |
| 6595 | case 'O': |
| 6596 | return 1; |
| 6597 | default: |
| 6598 | return 0; |
| 6599 | } |
| 6600 | } |
| 6601 | } |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */ |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type |
| 6606 | ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) |
| 6607 | fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field |
| 6608 | only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */ |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | static struct value * |
| 6611 | ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno, |
| 6612 | struct type *arg_type) |
| 6613 | { |
| 6614 | struct type *type; |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | arg_type = ada_check_typedef (arg_type); |
| 6617 | type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | /* Handle packed fields. */ |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0) |
| 6622 | { |
| 6623 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 6624 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 | return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, value_contents (arg1), |
| 6627 | offset + bit_pos / 8, |
| 6628 | bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type); |
| 6629 | } |
| 6630 | else |
| 6631 | return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type); |
| 6632 | } |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found, |
| 6635 | set the following for each argument that is non-null: |
| 6636 | - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type; |
| 6637 | - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within |
| 6638 | an object of that type; |
| 6639 | - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field; |
| 6640 | - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and |
| 6641 | 0 otherwise; |
| 6642 | If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible |
| 6643 | fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total |
| 6644 | number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never |
| 6645 | matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case. |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 | Returns 1 if found, 0 otherwise. */ |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 | static int |
| 6650 | find_struct_field (const char *name, struct type *type, int offset, |
| 6651 | struct type **field_type_p, |
| 6652 | int *byte_offset_p, int *bit_offset_p, int *bit_size_p, |
| 6653 | int *index_p) |
| 6654 | { |
| 6655 | int i; |
| 6656 | |
| 6657 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | if (field_type_p != NULL) |
| 6660 | *field_type_p = NULL; |
| 6661 | if (byte_offset_p != NULL) |
| 6662 | *byte_offset_p = 0; |
| 6663 | if (bit_offset_p != NULL) |
| 6664 | *bit_offset_p = 0; |
| 6665 | if (bit_size_p != NULL) |
| 6666 | *bit_size_p = 0; |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6669 | { |
| 6670 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i); |
| 6671 | int fld_offset = offset + bit_pos / 8; |
| 6672 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 6675 | continue; |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 | else if (name != NULL && field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 6678 | { |
| 6679 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i); |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | if (field_type_p != NULL) |
| 6682 | *field_type_p = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); |
| 6683 | if (byte_offset_p != NULL) |
| 6684 | *byte_offset_p = fld_offset; |
| 6685 | if (bit_offset_p != NULL) |
| 6686 | *bit_offset_p = bit_pos % 8; |
| 6687 | if (bit_size_p != NULL) |
| 6688 | *bit_size_p = bit_size; |
| 6689 | return 1; |
| 6690 | } |
| 6691 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 6692 | { |
| 6693 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), fld_offset, |
| 6694 | field_type_p, byte_offset_p, bit_offset_p, |
| 6695 | bit_size_p, index_p)) |
| 6696 | return 1; |
| 6697 | } |
| 6698 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 6699 | { |
| 6700 | /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of |
| 6701 | fixed type?? */ |
| 6702 | int j; |
| 6703 | struct type *field_type |
| 6704 | = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | for (j = 0; j < TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type); j += 1) |
| 6707 | { |
| 6708 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), |
| 6709 | fld_offset |
| 6710 | + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j) / 8, |
| 6711 | field_type_p, byte_offset_p, |
| 6712 | bit_offset_p, bit_size_p, index_p)) |
| 6713 | return 1; |
| 6714 | } |
| 6715 | } |
| 6716 | else if (index_p != NULL) |
| 6717 | *index_p += 1; |
| 6718 | } |
| 6719 | return 0; |
| 6720 | } |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 | /* Number of user-visible fields in record type TYPE. */ |
| 6723 | |
| 6724 | static int |
| 6725 | num_visible_fields (struct type *type) |
| 6726 | { |
| 6727 | int n; |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 | n = 0; |
| 6730 | find_struct_field (NULL, type, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &n); |
| 6731 | return n; |
| 6732 | } |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes, |
| 6735 | and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. |
| 6736 | If found, return value, else return NULL. |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */ |
| 6739 | |
| 6740 | static struct value * |
| 6741 | ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 6742 | struct type *type) |
| 6743 | { |
| 6744 | int i; |
| 6745 | |
| 6746 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6747 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6748 | { |
| 6749 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 6752 | continue; |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 6755 | return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 6758 | { |
| 6759 | struct value *v = /* Do not let indent join lines here. */ |
| 6760 | ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, |
| 6761 | offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, |
| 6762 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 | if (v != NULL) |
| 6765 | return v; |
| 6766 | } |
| 6767 | |
| 6768 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 6769 | { |
| 6770 | /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See find_struct_field. */ |
| 6771 | int j; |
| 6772 | struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, |
| 6773 | i)); |
| 6774 | int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 | for (j = 0; j < TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type); j += 1) |
| 6777 | { |
| 6778 | struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field /* Force line |
| 6779 | break. */ |
| 6780 | (name, arg, |
| 6781 | var_offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j) / 8, |
| 6782 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j)); |
| 6783 | |
| 6784 | if (v != NULL) |
| 6785 | return v; |
| 6786 | } |
| 6787 | } |
| 6788 | } |
| 6789 | return NULL; |
| 6790 | } |
| 6791 | |
| 6792 | static struct value *ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *, struct value *, |
| 6793 | int, struct type *); |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 | /* Return field #INDEX in ARG, where the index is that returned by |
| 6797 | * find_struct_field through its INDEX_P argument. Adjust the address |
| 6798 | * of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. |
| 6799 | * If found, return value, else return NULL. */ |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | static struct value * |
| 6802 | ada_index_struct_field (int index, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 6803 | struct type *type) |
| 6804 | { |
| 6805 | return ada_index_struct_field_1 (&index, arg, offset, type); |
| 6806 | } |
| 6807 | |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 | /* Auxiliary function for ada_index_struct_field. Like |
| 6810 | * ada_index_struct_field, but takes index from *INDEX_P and modifies |
| 6811 | * *INDEX_P. */ |
| 6812 | |
| 6813 | static struct value * |
| 6814 | ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *index_p, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 6815 | struct type *type) |
| 6816 | { |
| 6817 | int i; |
| 6818 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6821 | { |
| 6822 | if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i) == NULL) |
| 6823 | continue; |
| 6824 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 6825 | { |
| 6826 | struct value *v = /* Do not let indent join lines here. */ |
| 6827 | ada_index_struct_field_1 (index_p, arg, |
| 6828 | offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, |
| 6829 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 | if (v != NULL) |
| 6832 | return v; |
| 6833 | } |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 6836 | { |
| 6837 | /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See ada_search_struct_field, |
| 6838 | find_struct_field. */ |
| 6839 | error (_("Cannot assign this kind of variant record")); |
| 6840 | } |
| 6841 | else if (*index_p == 0) |
| 6842 | return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); |
| 6843 | else |
| 6844 | *index_p -= 1; |
| 6845 | } |
| 6846 | return NULL; |
| 6847 | } |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 | /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)* |
| 6850 | structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate |
| 6851 | target structure/union and return it as a value with its |
| 6852 | appropriate type. |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 | The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself |
| 6855 | and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members |
| 6856 | (e.g., '_parent'). |
| 6857 | |
| 6858 | If NO_ERR, then simply return NULL in case of error, rather than |
| 6859 | calling error. */ |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 | struct value * |
| 6862 | ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, int no_err) |
| 6863 | { |
| 6864 | struct type *t, *t1; |
| 6865 | struct value *v; |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | v = NULL; |
| 6868 | t1 = t = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg)); |
| 6869 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 6870 | { |
| 6871 | t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 6872 | if (t1 == NULL) |
| 6873 | goto BadValue; |
| 6874 | t1 = ada_check_typedef (t1); |
| 6875 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6876 | { |
| 6877 | arg = coerce_ref (arg); |
| 6878 | t = t1; |
| 6879 | } |
| 6880 | } |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6883 | { |
| 6884 | t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 6885 | if (t1 == NULL) |
| 6886 | goto BadValue; |
| 6887 | t1 = ada_check_typedef (t1); |
| 6888 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6889 | { |
| 6890 | arg = value_ind (arg); |
| 6891 | t = t1; |
| 6892 | } |
| 6893 | else |
| 6894 | break; |
| 6895 | } |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 6898 | goto BadValue; |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 | if (t1 == t) |
| 6901 | v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t); |
| 6902 | else |
| 6903 | { |
| 6904 | int bit_offset, bit_size, byte_offset; |
| 6905 | struct type *field_type; |
| 6906 | CORE_ADDR address; |
| 6907 | |
| 6908 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6909 | address = value_address (ada_value_ind (arg)); |
| 6910 | else |
| 6911 | address = value_address (ada_coerce_ref (arg)); |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | t1 = ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1), NULL, address, NULL, 1); |
| 6914 | if (find_struct_field (name, t1, 0, |
| 6915 | &field_type, &byte_offset, &bit_offset, |
| 6916 | &bit_size, NULL)) |
| 6917 | { |
| 6918 | if (bit_size != 0) |
| 6919 | { |
| 6920 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 6921 | arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg); |
| 6922 | else |
| 6923 | arg = ada_value_ind (arg); |
| 6924 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg, NULL, byte_offset, |
| 6925 | bit_offset, bit_size, |
| 6926 | field_type); |
| 6927 | } |
| 6928 | else |
| 6929 | v = value_at_lazy (field_type, address + byte_offset); |
| 6930 | } |
| 6931 | } |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | if (v != NULL || no_err) |
| 6934 | return v; |
| 6935 | else |
| 6936 | error (_("There is no member named %s."), name); |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | BadValue: |
| 6939 | if (no_err) |
| 6940 | return NULL; |
| 6941 | else |
| 6942 | error (_("Attempt to extract a component of " |
| 6943 | "a value that is not a record.")); |
| 6944 | } |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME. |
| 6947 | If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a |
| 6948 | structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not |
| 6949 | work for packed fields). |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly |
| 6952 | followed by "___". |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also |
| 6955 | be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the |
| 6956 | ultimate target type will be searched. |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 | Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types. |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or |
| 6961 | TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */ |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | static struct type * |
| 6964 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int refok, |
| 6965 | int noerr, int *dispp) |
| 6966 | { |
| 6967 | int i; |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6970 | goto BadName; |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | if (refok && type != NULL) |
| 6973 | while (1) |
| 6974 | { |
| 6975 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6976 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 6977 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 6978 | break; |
| 6979 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 6980 | } |
| 6981 | |
| 6982 | if (type == NULL |
| 6983 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 6984 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)) |
| 6985 | { |
| 6986 | if (noerr) |
| 6987 | return NULL; |
| 6988 | else |
| 6989 | { |
| 6990 | target_terminal_ours (); |
| 6991 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 6992 | if (type == NULL) |
| 6993 | error (_("Type (null) is not a structure or union type")); |
| 6994 | else |
| 6995 | { |
| 6996 | /* XXX: type_sprint */ |
| 6997 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, _("Type ")); |
| 6998 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 6999 | error (_(" is not a structure or union type")); |
| 7000 | } |
| 7001 | } |
| 7002 | } |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 7005 | |
| 7006 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 7007 | { |
| 7008 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 7009 | struct type *t; |
| 7010 | int disp; |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 7013 | continue; |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 7016 | { |
| 7017 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 7018 | *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7019 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 7020 | } |
| 7021 | |
| 7022 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 7023 | { |
| 7024 | disp = 0; |
| 7025 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name, |
| 7026 | 0, 1, &disp); |
| 7027 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7028 | { |
| 7029 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 7030 | *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7031 | return t; |
| 7032 | } |
| 7033 | } |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 7036 | { |
| 7037 | int j; |
| 7038 | struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, |
| 7039 | i)); |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 7042 | { |
| 7043 | /* FIXME pnh 2008/01/26: We check for a field that is |
| 7044 | NOT wrapped in a struct, since the compiler sometimes |
| 7045 | generates these for unchecked variant types. Revisit |
| 7046 | if the compiler changes this practice. */ |
| 7047 | const char *v_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (field_type, j); |
| 7048 | disp = 0; |
| 7049 | if (v_field_name != NULL |
| 7050 | && field_name_match (v_field_name, name)) |
| 7051 | t = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j)); |
| 7052 | else |
| 7053 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, |
| 7054 | j), |
| 7055 | name, 0, 1, &disp); |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7058 | { |
| 7059 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 7060 | *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7061 | return t; |
| 7062 | } |
| 7063 | } |
| 7064 | } |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 | } |
| 7067 | |
| 7068 | BadName: |
| 7069 | if (!noerr) |
| 7070 | { |
| 7071 | target_terminal_ours (); |
| 7072 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 7073 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7074 | { |
| 7075 | /* XXX: type_sprint */ |
| 7076 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, _("Type ")); |
| 7077 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 7078 | error (_(" has no component named <null>")); |
| 7079 | } |
| 7080 | else |
| 7081 | { |
| 7082 | /* XXX: type_sprint */ |
| 7083 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, _("Type ")); |
| 7084 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 7085 | error (_(" has no component named %s"), name); |
| 7086 | } |
| 7087 | } |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | return NULL; |
| 7090 | } |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), |
| 7093 | within a value of type OUTER_TYPE, return true iff VAR_TYPE |
| 7094 | represents an unchecked union (that is, the variant part of a |
| 7095 | record that is named in an Unchecked_Union pragma). */ |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 | static int |
| 7098 | is_unchecked_variant (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) |
| 7099 | { |
| 7100 | char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 7101 | |
| 7102 | return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 0, 1, NULL) |
| 7103 | == NULL); |
| 7104 | } |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 | |
| 7107 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), |
| 7108 | within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at |
| 7109 | OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE, |
| 7110 | numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */ |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 | int |
| 7113 | ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type, |
| 7114 | const gdb_byte *outer_valaddr) |
| 7115 | { |
| 7116 | int others_clause; |
| 7117 | int i; |
| 7118 | char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 7119 | struct value *outer; |
| 7120 | struct value *discrim; |
| 7121 | LONGEST discrim_val; |
| 7122 | |
| 7123 | outer = value_from_contents_and_address (outer_type, outer_valaddr, 0); |
| 7124 | discrim = ada_value_struct_elt (outer, discrim_name, 1); |
| 7125 | if (discrim == NULL) |
| 7126 | return -1; |
| 7127 | discrim_val = value_as_long (discrim); |
| 7128 | |
| 7129 | others_clause = -1; |
| 7130 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1) |
| 7131 | { |
| 7132 | if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i)) |
| 7133 | others_clause = i; |
| 7134 | else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i)) |
| 7135 | return i; |
| 7136 | } |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 | return others_clause; |
| 7139 | } |
| 7140 | \f |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | /* Dynamic-Sized Records */ |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 | /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size |
| 7146 | (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging |
| 7147 | data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value. |
| 7148 | Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate, |
| 7149 | conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */ |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot |
| 7152 | determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However, |
| 7153 | the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent |
| 7154 | quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size |
| 7155 | of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space |
| 7156 | for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the |
| 7157 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters, |
| 7158 | rather than struct value*s. |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are |
| 7161 | struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in |
| 7162 | general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in |
| 7163 | the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all |
| 7164 | conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described |
| 7165 | above), so that we don't usually have to perform the |
| 7166 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values. |
| 7167 | Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal |
| 7168 | history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained |
| 7169 | records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each |
| 7170 | element selected. */ |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 | /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host |
| 7173 | address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value. |
| 7174 | The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal |
| 7175 | copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the |
| 7176 | target at the target address. */ |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 | /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of |
| 7179 | dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of |
| 7180 | dynamic-sized types. */ |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 | struct value * |
| 7183 | ada_value_ind (struct value *val0) |
| 7184 | { |
| 7185 | struct value *val = value_ind (val0); |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val), 0)) |
| 7188 | val = ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val); |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | return ada_to_fixed_value (val); |
| 7191 | } |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to" |
| 7194 | qualifiers on VAL0. */ |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | static struct value * |
| 7197 | ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0) |
| 7198 | { |
| 7199 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 7200 | { |
| 7201 | struct value *val = val0; |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 | val = coerce_ref (val); |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val), 0)) |
| 7206 | val = ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val); |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 | return ada_to_fixed_value (val); |
| 7209 | } |
| 7210 | else |
| 7211 | return val0; |
| 7212 | } |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of |
| 7215 | ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */ |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 | static unsigned int |
| 7218 | align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment) |
| 7219 | { |
| 7220 | return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1); |
| 7221 | } |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 | /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */ |
| 7224 | |
| 7225 | static unsigned int |
| 7226 | field_alignment (struct type *type, int f) |
| 7227 | { |
| 7228 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7229 | int len; |
| 7230 | int align_offset; |
| 7231 | |
| 7232 | /* The field name should never be null, unless the debugging information |
| 7233 | is somehow malformed. In this case, we assume the field does not |
| 7234 | require any alignment. */ |
| 7235 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7236 | return 1; |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | len = strlen (name); |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 | if (!isdigit (name[len - 1])) |
| 7241 | return 1; |
| 7242 | |
| 7243 | if (isdigit (name[len - 2])) |
| 7244 | align_offset = len - 2; |
| 7245 | else |
| 7246 | align_offset = len - 1; |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 | if (align_offset < 7 || strncmp ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5) != 0) |
| 7249 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7250 | |
| 7251 | return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7252 | } |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 | /* Find a typedef or tag symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */ |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 | static struct symbol * |
| 7257 | ada_find_any_type_symbol (const char *name) |
| 7258 | { |
| 7259 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 | sym = standard_lookup (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 7262 | if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 7263 | return sym; |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | sym = standard_lookup (name, NULL, STRUCT_DOMAIN); |
| 7266 | return sym; |
| 7267 | } |
| 7268 | |
| 7269 | /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. This routine will look |
| 7270 | solely for types defined by debug info, it will not search the GDB |
| 7271 | primitive types. */ |
| 7272 | |
| 7273 | static struct type * |
| 7274 | ada_find_any_type (const char *name) |
| 7275 | { |
| 7276 | struct symbol *sym = ada_find_any_type_symbol (name); |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 7279 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 7280 | |
| 7281 | return NULL; |
| 7282 | } |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | /* Given NAME_SYM and an associated BLOCK, find a "renaming" symbol |
| 7285 | associated with NAME_SYM's name. NAME_SYM may itself be a renaming |
| 7286 | symbol, in which case it is returned. Otherwise, this looks for |
| 7287 | symbols whose name is that of NAME_SYM suffixed with "___XR". |
| 7288 | Return symbol if found, and NULL otherwise. */ |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | struct symbol * |
| 7291 | ada_find_renaming_symbol (struct symbol *name_sym, const struct block *block) |
| 7292 | { |
| 7293 | const char *name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (name_sym); |
| 7294 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | if (strstr (name, "___XR") != NULL) |
| 7297 | return name_sym; |
| 7298 | |
| 7299 | sym = find_old_style_renaming_symbol (name, block); |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 7302 | return sym; |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | /* Not right yet. FIXME pnh 7/20/2007. */ |
| 7305 | sym = ada_find_any_type_symbol (name); |
| 7306 | if (sym != NULL && strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), "___XR") != NULL) |
| 7307 | return sym; |
| 7308 | else |
| 7309 | return NULL; |
| 7310 | } |
| 7311 | |
| 7312 | static struct symbol * |
| 7313 | find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block) |
| 7314 | { |
| 7315 | const struct symbol *function_sym = block_linkage_function (block); |
| 7316 | char *rename; |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 | if (function_sym != NULL) |
| 7319 | { |
| 7320 | /* If the symbol is defined inside a function, NAME is not fully |
| 7321 | qualified. This means we need to prepend the function name |
| 7322 | as well as adding the ``___XR'' suffix to build the name of |
| 7323 | the associated renaming symbol. */ |
| 7324 | const char *function_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (function_sym); |
| 7325 | /* Function names sometimes contain suffixes used |
| 7326 | for instance to qualify nested subprograms. When building |
| 7327 | the XR type name, we need to make sure that this suffix is |
| 7328 | not included. So do not include any suffix in the function |
| 7329 | name length below. */ |
| 7330 | int function_name_len = ada_name_prefix_len (function_name); |
| 7331 | const int rename_len = function_name_len + 2 /* "__" */ |
| 7332 | + strlen (name) + 6 /* "___XR\0" */ ; |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 | /* Strip the suffix if necessary. */ |
| 7335 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (function_name, &function_name_len); |
| 7336 | ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (function_name, &function_name_len); |
| 7337 | ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (function_name, &function_name_len); |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | /* Library-level functions are a special case, as GNAT adds |
| 7340 | a ``_ada_'' prefix to the function name to avoid namespace |
| 7341 | pollution. However, the renaming symbols themselves do not |
| 7342 | have this prefix, so we need to skip this prefix if present. */ |
| 7343 | if (function_name_len > 5 /* "_ada_" */ |
| 7344 | && strstr (function_name, "_ada_") == function_name) |
| 7345 | { |
| 7346 | function_name += 5; |
| 7347 | function_name_len -= 5; |
| 7348 | } |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 | rename = (char *) alloca (rename_len * sizeof (char)); |
| 7351 | strncpy (rename, function_name, function_name_len); |
| 7352 | xsnprintf (rename + function_name_len, rename_len - function_name_len, |
| 7353 | "__%s___XR", name); |
| 7354 | } |
| 7355 | else |
| 7356 | { |
| 7357 | const int rename_len = strlen (name) + 6; |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | rename = (char *) alloca (rename_len * sizeof (char)); |
| 7360 | xsnprintf (rename, rename_len * sizeof (char), "%s___XR", name); |
| 7361 | } |
| 7362 | |
| 7363 | return ada_find_any_type_symbol (rename); |
| 7364 | } |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 | /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a |
| 7367 | given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to |
| 7368 | that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero; |
| 7369 | otherwise return 0. */ |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 | int |
| 7372 | ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 7373 | { |
| 7374 | if (type1 == NULL) |
| 7375 | return 1; |
| 7376 | else if (type0 == NULL) |
| 7377 | return 0; |
| 7378 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 7379 | return 1; |
| 7380 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 7381 | return 0; |
| 7382 | else if (TYPE_NAME (type1) == NULL && TYPE_NAME (type0) != NULL) |
| 7383 | return 1; |
| 7384 | else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0)) |
| 7385 | return 1; |
| 7386 | else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0) |
| 7387 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1)) |
| 7388 | return 1; |
| 7389 | else |
| 7390 | { |
| 7391 | const char *type0_name = type_name_no_tag (type0); |
| 7392 | const char *type1_name = type_name_no_tag (type1); |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 | if (type0_name != NULL && strstr (type0_name, "___XR") != NULL |
| 7395 | && (type1_name == NULL || strstr (type1_name, "___XR") == NULL)) |
| 7396 | return 1; |
| 7397 | } |
| 7398 | return 0; |
| 7399 | } |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is |
| 7402 | null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */ |
| 7403 | |
| 7404 | const char * |
| 7405 | ada_type_name (struct type *type) |
| 7406 | { |
| 7407 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7408 | return NULL; |
| 7409 | else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL) |
| 7410 | return TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 7411 | else |
| 7412 | return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); |
| 7413 | } |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | /* Search the list of "descriptive" types associated to TYPE for a type |
| 7416 | whose name is NAME. */ |
| 7417 | |
| 7418 | static struct type * |
| 7419 | find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (struct type *type, const char *name) |
| 7420 | { |
| 7421 | struct type *result; |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | /* If there no descriptive-type info, then there is no parallel type |
| 7424 | to be found. */ |
| 7425 | if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) |
| 7426 | return NULL; |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 | result = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (type); |
| 7429 | while (result != NULL) |
| 7430 | { |
| 7431 | const char *result_name = ada_type_name (result); |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 | if (result_name == NULL) |
| 7434 | { |
| 7435 | warning (_("unexpected null name on descriptive type")); |
| 7436 | return NULL; |
| 7437 | } |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | /* If the names match, stop. */ |
| 7440 | if (strcmp (result_name, name) == 0) |
| 7441 | break; |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 | /* Otherwise, look at the next item on the list, if any. */ |
| 7444 | if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result)) |
| 7445 | result = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result); |
| 7446 | else |
| 7447 | result = NULL; |
| 7448 | } |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 | /* If we didn't find a match, see whether this is a packed array. With |
| 7451 | older compilers, the descriptive type information is either absent or |
| 7452 | irrelevant when it comes to packed arrays so the above lookup fails. |
| 7453 | Fall back to using a parallel lookup by name in this case. */ |
| 7454 | if (result == NULL && ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) |
| 7455 | return ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | return result; |
| 7458 | } |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | /* Find a parallel type to TYPE with the specified NAME, using the |
| 7461 | descriptive type taken from the debugging information, if available, |
| 7462 | and otherwise using the (slower) name-based method. */ |
| 7463 | |
| 7464 | static struct type * |
| 7465 | ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type *type, const char *name) |
| 7466 | { |
| 7467 | struct type *result = NULL; |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 | if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) |
| 7470 | result = find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (type, name); |
| 7471 | else |
| 7472 | result = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 7473 | |
| 7474 | return result; |
| 7475 | } |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | /* Same as above, but specify the name of the parallel type by appending |
| 7478 | SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */ |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | struct type * |
| 7481 | ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix) |
| 7482 | { |
| 7483 | char *name; |
| 7484 | const char *typename = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7485 | int len; |
| 7486 | |
| 7487 | if (typename == NULL) |
| 7488 | return NULL; |
| 7489 | |
| 7490 | len = strlen (typename); |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | name = (char *) alloca (len + strlen (suffix) + 1); |
| 7493 | |
| 7494 | strcpy (name, typename); |
| 7495 | strcpy (name + len, suffix); |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | return ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type, name); |
| 7498 | } |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template |
| 7501 | type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 | static struct type * |
| 7504 | dynamic_template_type (struct type *type) |
| 7505 | { |
| 7506 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 7507 | |
| 7508 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 7509 | || ada_type_name (type) == NULL) |
| 7510 | return NULL; |
| 7511 | else |
| 7512 | { |
| 7513 | int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type)); |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 | if (len > 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE") == 0) |
| 7516 | return type; |
| 7517 | else |
| 7518 | return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE"); |
| 7519 | } |
| 7520 | } |
| 7521 | |
| 7522 | /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns |
| 7523 | non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */ |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 | static int |
| 7526 | is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num) |
| 7527 | { |
| 7528 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num); |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 | return name != NULL |
| 7531 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 7532 | && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL; |
| 7533 | } |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not |
| 7536 | represent a variant record type. */ |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 | static int |
| 7539 | variant_field_index (struct type *type) |
| 7540 | { |
| 7541 | int f; |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 7544 | return -1; |
| 7545 | |
| 7546 | for (f = 0; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); f += 1) |
| 7547 | { |
| 7548 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 7549 | return f; |
| 7550 | } |
| 7551 | return -1; |
| 7552 | } |
| 7553 | |
| 7554 | /* A record type with no fields. */ |
| 7555 | |
| 7556 | static struct type * |
| 7557 | empty_record (struct type *template) |
| 7558 | { |
| 7559 | struct type *type = alloc_type_copy (template); |
| 7560 | |
| 7561 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 7562 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; |
| 7563 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL; |
| 7564 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 7565 | TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>"; |
| 7566 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; |
| 7567 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 7568 | return type; |
| 7569 | } |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 7572 | the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at |
| 7573 | the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions. |
| 7574 | DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any |
| 7575 | necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if value_type (VAL) is |
| 7576 | an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A |
| 7577 | variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch |
| 7578 | of the variant. |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or |
| 7581 | length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence, |
| 7582 | VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored. |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 | NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and |
| 7585 | variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be |
| 7586 | byte-aligned. */ |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 | struct type * |
| 7589 | ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type *type, |
| 7590 | const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 7591 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0, |
| 7592 | int keep_dynamic_fields) |
| 7593 | { |
| 7594 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 7595 | struct value *dval; |
| 7596 | struct type *rtype; |
| 7597 | int nfields, bit_len; |
| 7598 | int variant_field; |
| 7599 | long off; |
| 7600 | int fld_bit_len; |
| 7601 | int f; |
| 7602 | |
| 7603 | /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going |
| 7604 | to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only |
| 7605 | fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */ |
| 7606 | if (keep_dynamic_fields) |
| 7607 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 7608 | else |
| 7609 | { |
| 7610 | nfields = 0; |
| 7611 | while (nfields < TYPE_NFIELDS (type) |
| 7612 | && !ada_is_variant_part (type, nfields) |
| 7613 | && !is_dynamic_field (type, nfields)) |
| 7614 | nfields++; |
| 7615 | } |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 | rtype = alloc_type_copy (type); |
| 7618 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 7619 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 7620 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 7621 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *) |
| 7622 | TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 7623 | memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 7624 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7625 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; |
| 7626 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype) = 1; |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | off = 0; |
| 7629 | bit_len = 0; |
| 7630 | variant_field = -1; |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 7633 | { |
| 7634 | off = align_value (off, field_alignment (type, f)) |
| 7635 | + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f); |
| 7636 | SET_FIELD_BITPOS (TYPE_FIELD (rtype, f), off); |
| 7637 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0; |
| 7638 | |
| 7639 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 7640 | { |
| 7641 | variant_field = f; |
| 7642 | fld_bit_len = 0; |
| 7643 | } |
| 7644 | else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f)) |
| 7645 | { |
| 7646 | const gdb_byte *field_valaddr = valaddr; |
| 7647 | CORE_ADDR field_address = address; |
| 7648 | struct type *field_type = |
| 7649 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)); |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 7652 | { |
| 7653 | /* rtype's length is computed based on the run-time |
| 7654 | value of discriminants. If the discriminants are not |
| 7655 | initialized, the type size may be completely bogus and |
| 7656 | GDB may fail to allocate a value for it. So check the |
| 7657 | size first before creating the value. */ |
| 7658 | check_size (rtype); |
| 7659 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); |
| 7660 | } |
| 7661 | else |
| 7662 | dval = dval0; |
| 7663 | |
| 7664 | /* If the type referenced by this field is an aligner type, we need |
| 7665 | to unwrap that aligner type, because its size might not be set. |
| 7666 | Keeping the aligner type would cause us to compute the wrong |
| 7667 | size for this field, impacting the offset of the all the fields |
| 7668 | that follow this one. */ |
| 7669 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (field_type)) |
| 7670 | { |
| 7671 | long field_offset = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, f); |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 | field_valaddr = cond_offset_host (field_valaddr, field_offset); |
| 7674 | field_address = cond_offset_target (field_address, field_offset); |
| 7675 | field_type = ada_aligned_type (field_type); |
| 7676 | } |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 | field_valaddr = cond_offset_host (field_valaddr, |
| 7679 | off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 7680 | field_address = cond_offset_target (field_address, |
| 7681 | off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 | /* Get the fixed type of the field. Note that, in this case, |
| 7684 | we do not want to get the real type out of the tag: if |
| 7685 | the current field is the parent part of a tagged record, |
| 7686 | we will get the tag of the object. Clearly wrong: the real |
| 7687 | type of the parent is not the real type of the child. We |
| 7688 | would end up in an infinite loop. */ |
| 7689 | field_type = ada_get_base_type (field_type); |
| 7690 | field_type = ada_to_fixed_type (field_type, field_valaddr, |
| 7691 | field_address, dval, 0); |
| 7692 | /* If the field size is already larger than the maximum |
| 7693 | object size, then the record itself will necessarily |
| 7694 | be larger than the maximum object size. We need to make |
| 7695 | this check now, because the size might be so ridiculously |
| 7696 | large (due to an uninitialized variable in the inferior) |
| 7697 | that it would cause an overflow when adding it to the |
| 7698 | record size. */ |
| 7699 | check_size (field_type); |
| 7700 | |
| 7701 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = field_type; |
| 7702 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7703 | /* The multiplication can potentially overflow. But because |
| 7704 | the field length has been size-checked just above, and |
| 7705 | assuming that the maximum size is a reasonable value, |
| 7706 | an overflow should not happen in practice. So rather than |
| 7707 | adding overflow recovery code to this already complex code, |
| 7708 | we just assume that it's not going to happen. */ |
| 7709 | fld_bit_len = |
| 7710 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7711 | } |
| 7712 | else |
| 7713 | { |
| 7714 | /* Note: If this field's type is a typedef, it is important |
| 7715 | to preserve the typedef layer. |
| 7716 | |
| 7717 | Otherwise, we might be transforming a typedef to a fat |
| 7718 | pointer (encoding a pointer to an unconstrained array), |
| 7719 | into a basic fat pointer (encoding an unconstrained |
| 7720 | array). As both types are implemented using the same |
| 7721 | structure, the typedef is the only clue which allows us |
| 7722 | to distinguish between the two options. Stripping it |
| 7723 | would prevent us from printing this field appropriately. */ |
| 7724 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); |
| 7725 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7726 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0) |
| 7727 | fld_bit_len = |
| 7728 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f); |
| 7729 | else |
| 7730 | { |
| 7731 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | /* We need to be careful of typedefs when computing |
| 7734 | the length of our field. If this is a typedef, |
| 7735 | get the length of the target type, not the length |
| 7736 | of the typedef. */ |
| 7737 | if (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 7738 | field_type = ada_typedef_target_type (field_type); |
| 7739 | |
| 7740 | fld_bit_len = |
| 7741 | TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (field_type)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7742 | } |
| 7743 | } |
| 7744 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 7745 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 7746 | off += fld_bit_len; |
| 7747 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = |
| 7748 | align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7749 | } |
| 7750 | |
| 7751 | /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain |
| 7752 | odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT to be the last field of |
| 7753 | the record. This can happen in the presence of representation |
| 7754 | clauses. */ |
| 7755 | if (variant_field >= 0) |
| 7756 | { |
| 7757 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | off = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, variant_field); |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 7762 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); |
| 7763 | else |
| 7764 | dval = dval0; |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | branch_type = |
| 7767 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 7768 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), |
| 7769 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 7770 | cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 7771 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 7772 | { |
| 7773 | for (f = variant_field + 1; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype); f += 1) |
| 7774 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; |
| 7775 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 7776 | } |
| 7777 | else |
| 7778 | { |
| 7779 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; |
| 7780 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; |
| 7781 | fld_bit_len = |
| 7782 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field)) * |
| 7783 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7784 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 7785 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 7786 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = |
| 7787 | align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7788 | } |
| 7789 | } |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 | /* According to exp_dbug.ads, the size of TYPE for variable-size records |
| 7792 | should contain the alignment of that record, which should be a strictly |
| 7793 | positive value. If null or negative, then something is wrong, most |
| 7794 | probably in the debug info. In that case, we don't round up the size |
| 7795 | of the resulting type. If this record is not part of another structure, |
| 7796 | the current RTYPE length might be good enough for our purposes. */ |
| 7797 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) <= 0) |
| 7798 | { |
| 7799 | if (TYPE_NAME (rtype)) |
| 7800 | warning (_("Invalid type size for `%s' detected: %d."), |
| 7801 | TYPE_NAME (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 7802 | else |
| 7803 | warning (_("Invalid type size for <unnamed> detected: %d."), |
| 7804 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 7805 | } |
| 7806 | else |
| 7807 | { |
| 7808 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), |
| 7809 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 7810 | } |
| 7811 | |
| 7812 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 7813 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit) |
| 7814 | error (_("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit")); |
| 7815 | return rtype; |
| 7816 | } |
| 7817 | |
| 7818 | /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS |
| 7819 | of 1. */ |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | static struct type * |
| 7822 | template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 7823 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 7824 | { |
| 7825 | return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type, valaddr, |
| 7826 | address, dval0, 1); |
| 7827 | } |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and |
| 7830 | ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with |
| 7831 | static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses |
| 7832 | no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK, |
| 7833 | since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both |
| 7834 | structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize |
| 7835 | the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the |
| 7836 | template type. */ |
| 7837 | |
| 7838 | static struct type * |
| 7839 | template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 7840 | { |
| 7841 | struct type *type; |
| 7842 | int nfields; |
| 7843 | int f; |
| 7844 | |
| 7845 | if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) != NULL) |
| 7846 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 7847 | |
| 7848 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type0); |
| 7849 | type = type0; |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 7852 | { |
| 7853 | struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type0, f)); |
| 7854 | struct type *new_type; |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 | if (is_dynamic_field (type0, f)) |
| 7857 | new_type = to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)); |
| 7858 | else |
| 7859 | new_type = static_unwrap_type (field_type); |
| 7860 | if (type == type0 && new_type != field_type) |
| 7861 | { |
| 7862 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) = type = alloc_type_copy (type0); |
| 7863 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (type0); |
| 7864 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 7865 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; |
| 7866 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 7867 | TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 7868 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (type), TYPE_FIELDS (type0), |
| 7869 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 7870 | TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (type0); |
| 7871 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; |
| 7872 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type) = 1; |
| 7873 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 7874 | } |
| 7875 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) = new_type; |
| 7876 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0, f); |
| 7877 | } |
| 7878 | return type; |
| 7879 | } |
| 7880 | |
| 7881 | /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and |
| 7882 | whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE, |
| 7883 | which should be a non-dynamic-sized record, in which the variant |
| 7884 | part, if any, is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks |
| 7885 | for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record |
| 7886 | contains the necessary discriminant values. */ |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 | static struct type * |
| 7889 | to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 7890 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 7891 | { |
| 7892 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 7893 | struct value *dval; |
| 7894 | struct type *rtype; |
| 7895 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 7896 | int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 7897 | int variant_field = variant_field_index (type); |
| 7898 | |
| 7899 | if (variant_field == -1) |
| 7900 | return type; |
| 7901 | |
| 7902 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 7903 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address); |
| 7904 | else |
| 7905 | dval = dval0; |
| 7906 | |
| 7907 | rtype = alloc_type_copy (type); |
| 7908 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 7909 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 7910 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 7911 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = |
| 7912 | (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 7913 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type), |
| 7914 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 7915 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7916 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; |
| 7917 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype) = 1; |
| 7918 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 | branch_type = to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 7921 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), |
| 7922 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, |
| 7923 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) |
| 7924 | / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 7925 | cond_offset_target (address, |
| 7926 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) |
| 7927 | / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 7928 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 7929 | { |
| 7930 | int f; |
| 7931 | |
| 7932 | for (f = variant_field + 1; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 7933 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; |
| 7934 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 7935 | } |
| 7936 | else |
| 7937 | { |
| 7938 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; |
| 7939 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; |
| 7940 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, variant_field) = 0; |
| 7941 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type); |
| 7942 | } |
| 7943 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field)); |
| 7944 | |
| 7945 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 7946 | return rtype; |
| 7947 | } |
| 7948 | |
| 7949 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 7950 | the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at |
| 7951 | beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values |
| 7952 | should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object |
| 7953 | at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. |
| 7954 | Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant |
| 7955 | values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL, |
| 7956 | VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless |
| 7957 | unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant. |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 | NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0 |
| 7960 | is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the |
| 7961 | processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the |
| 7962 | variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in |
| 7963 | such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention |
| 7964 | when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this |
| 7965 | shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */ |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 | static struct type * |
| 7968 | to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 7969 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 7970 | { |
| 7971 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 7974 | return type0; |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 7979 | return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 7980 | else if (variant_field_index (type0) >= 0) |
| 7981 | { |
| 7982 | if (dval == NULL && valaddr == NULL && address == 0) |
| 7983 | return type0; |
| 7984 | return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, |
| 7985 | dval); |
| 7986 | } |
| 7987 | else |
| 7988 | { |
| 7989 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0) = 1; |
| 7990 | return type0; |
| 7991 | } |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | } |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 7996 | the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a |
| 7997 | union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL, |
| 7998 | a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate |
| 7999 | branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value |
| 8000 | indicated in the union's type name. Returns VAR_TYPE0 itself if |
| 8001 | it represents a variant subject to a pragma Unchecked_Union. */ |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 | static struct type * |
| 8004 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8005 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 8006 | { |
| 8007 | int which; |
| 8008 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 8009 | struct type *var_type; |
| 8010 | |
| 8011 | if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 8012 | var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0); |
| 8013 | else |
| 8014 | var_type = var_type0; |
| 8015 | |
| 8016 | templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU"); |
| 8017 | |
| 8018 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 8019 | var_type = templ_type; |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 | if (is_unchecked_variant (var_type, value_type (dval))) |
| 8022 | return var_type0; |
| 8023 | which = |
| 8024 | ada_which_variant_applies (var_type, |
| 8025 | value_type (dval), value_contents (dval)); |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | if (which < 0) |
| 8028 | return empty_record (var_type); |
| 8029 | else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which)) |
| 8030 | return to_fixed_record_type |
| 8031 | (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)), |
| 8032 | valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8033 | else if (variant_field_index (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)) >= 0) |
| 8034 | return |
| 8035 | to_fixed_record_type |
| 8036 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8037 | else |
| 8038 | return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which); |
| 8039 | } |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value |
| 8042 | at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any |
| 8043 | discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that |
| 8044 | contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes |
| 8045 | are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is |
| 8046 | true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over |
| 8047 | varsize_limit. */ |
| 8048 | |
| 8049 | static struct type * |
| 8050 | to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval, |
| 8051 | int ignore_too_big) |
| 8052 | { |
| 8053 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 8054 | struct type *result; |
| 8055 | int constrained_packed_array_p; |
| 8056 | |
| 8057 | type0 = ada_check_typedef (type0); |
| 8058 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 8059 | return type0; |
| 8060 | |
| 8061 | constrained_packed_array_p = ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0); |
| 8062 | if (constrained_packed_array_p) |
| 8063 | type0 = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type0); |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA"); |
| 8066 | ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc); |
| 8067 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 8068 | { |
| 8069 | struct type *elt_type0 = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)); |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 8072 | depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 8073 | debugging data. */ |
| 8074 | /* Create a fixed version of the array element type. |
| 8075 | We're not providing the address of an element here, |
| 8076 | and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do |
| 8077 | the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of |
| 8078 | unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all |
| 8079 | the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of |
| 8080 | the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to |
| 8081 | consult the object tag. */ |
| 8082 | struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval, 1); |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 | /* Make sure we always create a new array type when dealing with |
| 8085 | packed array types, since we're going to fix-up the array |
| 8086 | type length and element bitsize a little further down. */ |
| 8087 | if (elt_type0 == elt_type && !constrained_packed_array_p) |
| 8088 | result = type0; |
| 8089 | else |
| 8090 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (type0), |
| 8091 | elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); |
| 8092 | } |
| 8093 | else |
| 8094 | { |
| 8095 | int i; |
| 8096 | struct type *elt_type0; |
| 8097 | |
| 8098 | elt_type0 = type0; |
| 8099 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 8100 | elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); |
| 8101 | |
| 8102 | /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 8103 | depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 8104 | debugging data. */ |
| 8105 | /* Create a fixed version of the array element type. |
| 8106 | We're not providing the address of an element here, |
| 8107 | and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do |
| 8108 | the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of |
| 8109 | unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all |
| 8110 | the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of |
| 8111 | the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to |
| 8112 | consult the object tag. */ |
| 8113 | result = |
| 8114 | ada_to_fixed_type (ada_check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval, 1); |
| 8115 | |
| 8116 | elt_type0 = type0; |
| 8117 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 8118 | { |
| 8119 | struct type *range_type = |
| 8120 | to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, i), dval); |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (elt_type0), |
| 8123 | result, range_type); |
| 8124 | elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); |
| 8125 | } |
| 8126 | if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit) |
| 8127 | error (_("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit")); |
| 8128 | } |
| 8129 | |
| 8130 | /* We want to preserve the type name. This can be useful when |
| 8131 | trying to get the type name of a value that has already been |
| 8132 | printed (for instance, if the user did "print VAR; whatis $". */ |
| 8133 | TYPE_NAME (result) = TYPE_NAME (type0); |
| 8134 | |
| 8135 | if (constrained_packed_array_p) |
| 8136 | { |
| 8137 | /* So far, the resulting type has been created as if the original |
| 8138 | type was a regular (non-packed) array type. As a result, the |
| 8139 | bitsize of the array elements needs to be set again, and the array |
| 8140 | length needs to be recomputed based on that bitsize. */ |
| 8141 | int len = TYPE_LENGTH (result) / TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result)); |
| 8142 | int elt_bitsize = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0); |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (result, 0) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0); |
| 8145 | TYPE_LENGTH (result) = len * elt_bitsize / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8146 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (result) * HOST_CHAR_BIT < len * elt_bitsize) |
| 8147 | TYPE_LENGTH (result)++; |
| 8148 | } |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (result) = 1; |
| 8151 | return result; |
| 8152 | } |
| 8153 | |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components) |
| 8156 | corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS) |
| 8157 | DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0, |
| 8158 | and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at |
| 8159 | ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants. |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function |
| 8162 | attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual |
| 8163 | type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the |
| 8164 | location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type. |
| 8165 | So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */ |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 | static struct type * |
| 8168 | ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8169 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag) |
| 8170 | { |
| 8171 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 8172 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 8173 | { |
| 8174 | default: |
| 8175 | return type; |
| 8176 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8177 | { |
| 8178 | struct type *static_type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8179 | struct type *fixed_record_type = |
| 8180 | to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL); |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | /* If STATIC_TYPE is a tagged type and we know the object's address, |
| 8183 | then we can determine its tag, and compute the object's actual |
| 8184 | type from there. Note that we have to use the fixed record |
| 8185 | type (the parent part of the record may have dynamic fields |
| 8186 | and the way the location of _tag is expressed may depend on |
| 8187 | them). */ |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 | if (check_tag && address != 0 && ada_is_tagged_type (static_type, 0)) |
| 8190 | { |
| 8191 | struct value *tag = |
| 8192 | value_tag_from_contents_and_address |
| 8193 | (fixed_record_type, |
| 8194 | valaddr, |
| 8195 | address); |
| 8196 | struct type *real_type = type_from_tag (tag); |
| 8197 | struct value *obj = |
| 8198 | value_from_contents_and_address (fixed_record_type, |
| 8199 | valaddr, |
| 8200 | address); |
| 8201 | if (real_type != NULL) |
| 8202 | return to_fixed_record_type |
| 8203 | (real_type, NULL, |
| 8204 | value_address (ada_tag_value_at_base_address (obj)), NULL); |
| 8205 | } |
| 8206 | |
| 8207 | /* Check to see if there is a parallel ___XVZ variable. |
| 8208 | If there is, then it provides the actual size of our type. */ |
| 8209 | else if (ada_type_name (fixed_record_type) != NULL) |
| 8210 | { |
| 8211 | const char *name = ada_type_name (fixed_record_type); |
| 8212 | char *xvz_name = alloca (strlen (name) + 7 /* "___XVZ\0" */); |
| 8213 | int xvz_found = 0; |
| 8214 | LONGEST size; |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 | xsnprintf (xvz_name, strlen (name) + 7, "%s___XVZ", name); |
| 8217 | size = get_int_var_value (xvz_name, &xvz_found); |
| 8218 | if (xvz_found && TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type) != size) |
| 8219 | { |
| 8220 | fixed_record_type = copy_type (fixed_record_type); |
| 8221 | TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type) = size; |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | /* The FIXED_RECORD_TYPE may have be a stub. We have |
| 8224 | observed this when the debugging info is STABS, and |
| 8225 | apparently it is something that is hard to fix. |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 | In practice, we don't need the actual type definition |
| 8228 | at all, because the presence of the XVZ variable allows us |
| 8229 | to assume that there must be a XVS type as well, which we |
| 8230 | should be able to use later, when we need the actual type |
| 8231 | definition. |
| 8232 | |
| 8233 | In the meantime, pretend that the "fixed" type we are |
| 8234 | returning is NOT a stub, because this can cause trouble |
| 8235 | when using this type to create new types targeting it. |
| 8236 | Indeed, the associated creation routines often check |
| 8237 | whether the target type is a stub and will try to replace |
| 8238 | it, thus using a type with the wrong size. This, in turn, |
| 8239 | might cause the new type to have the wrong size too. |
| 8240 | Consider the case of an array, for instance, where the size |
| 8241 | of the array is computed from the number of elements in |
| 8242 | our array multiplied by the size of its element. */ |
| 8243 | TYPE_STUB (fixed_record_type) = 0; |
| 8244 | } |
| 8245 | } |
| 8246 | return fixed_record_type; |
| 8247 | } |
| 8248 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 8249 | return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 1); |
| 8250 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 8251 | if (dval == NULL) |
| 8252 | return type; |
| 8253 | else |
| 8254 | return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8255 | } |
| 8256 | } |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 | /* The same as ada_to_fixed_type_1, except that it preserves the type |
| 8259 | if it is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a type that is already fixed. |
| 8260 | |
| 8261 | The typedef layer needs be preserved in order to differentiate between |
| 8262 | arrays and array pointers when both types are implemented using the same |
| 8263 | fat pointer. In the array pointer case, the pointer is encoded as |
| 8264 | a typedef of the pointer type. For instance, considering: |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | type String_Access is access String; |
| 8267 | S1 : String_Access := null; |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | To the debugger, S1 is defined as a typedef of type String. But |
| 8270 | to the user, it is a pointer. So if the user tries to print S1, |
| 8271 | we should not dereference the array, but print the array address |
| 8272 | instead. |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 | If we didn't preserve the typedef layer, we would lose the fact that |
| 8275 | the type is to be presented as a pointer (needs de-reference before |
| 8276 | being printed). And we would also use the source-level type name. */ |
| 8277 | |
| 8278 | struct type * |
| 8279 | ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8280 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag) |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | { |
| 8283 | struct type *fixed_type = |
| 8284 | ada_to_fixed_type_1 (type, valaddr, address, dval, check_tag); |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 | /* If TYPE is a typedef and its target type is the same as the FIXED_TYPE, |
| 8287 | then preserve the typedef layer. |
| 8288 | |
| 8289 | Implementation note: We can only check the main-type portion of |
| 8290 | the TYPE and FIXED_TYPE, because eliminating the typedef layer |
| 8291 | from TYPE now returns a type that has the same instance flags |
| 8292 | as TYPE. For instance, if TYPE is a "typedef const", and its |
| 8293 | target type is a "struct", then the typedef elimination will return |
| 8294 | a "const" version of the target type. See check_typedef for more |
| 8295 | details about how the typedef layer elimination is done. |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 | brobecker/2010-11-19: It seems to me that the only case where it is |
| 8298 | useful to preserve the typedef layer is when dealing with fat pointers. |
| 8299 | Perhaps, we could add a check for that and preserve the typedef layer |
| 8300 | only in that situation. But this seems unecessary so far, probably |
| 8301 | because we call check_typedef/ada_check_typedef pretty much everywhere. |
| 8302 | */ |
| 8303 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF |
| 8304 | && (TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (ada_typedef_target_type (type)) |
| 8305 | == TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (fixed_type))) |
| 8306 | return type; |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 | return fixed_type; |
| 8309 | } |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 | /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to |
| 8312 | TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */ |
| 8313 | |
| 8314 | static struct type * |
| 8315 | to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 8316 | { |
| 8317 | struct type *type; |
| 8318 | |
| 8319 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 8320 | return NULL; |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 8323 | return type0; |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | type0 = ada_check_typedef (type0); |
| 8326 | |
| 8327 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type0)) |
| 8328 | { |
| 8329 | default: |
| 8330 | return type0; |
| 8331 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8332 | type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 8333 | if (type != NULL) |
| 8334 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8335 | else |
| 8336 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); |
| 8337 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 8338 | type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU"); |
| 8339 | if (type != NULL) |
| 8340 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8341 | else |
| 8342 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); |
| 8343 | } |
| 8344 | } |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */ |
| 8347 | |
| 8348 | static struct type * |
| 8349 | static_unwrap_type (struct type *type) |
| 8350 | { |
| 8351 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8352 | { |
| 8353 | struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (type), 0); |
| 8354 | if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL) |
| 8355 | TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8356 | |
| 8357 | return static_unwrap_type (type1); |
| 8358 | } |
| 8359 | else |
| 8360 | { |
| 8361 | struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 | if (raw_real_type == type) |
| 8364 | return type; |
| 8365 | else |
| 8366 | return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type); |
| 8367 | } |
| 8368 | } |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 | /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require |
| 8371 | cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example, |
| 8372 | type Foo; |
| 8373 | type FooP is access Foo; |
| 8374 | V: FooP; |
| 8375 | type Foo is array ...; |
| 8376 | ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing |
| 8377 | cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a |
| 8378 | stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is |
| 8379 | the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */ |
| 8380 | |
| 8381 | /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one |
| 8382 | exists, otherwise TYPE. */ |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 | struct type * |
| 8385 | ada_check_typedef (struct type *type) |
| 8386 | { |
| 8387 | if (type == NULL) |
| 8388 | return NULL; |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 | /* If our type is a typedef type of a fat pointer, then we're done. |
| 8391 | We don't want to strip the TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF layer, because this is |
| 8392 | what allows us to distinguish between fat pointers that represent |
| 8393 | array types, and fat pointers that represent array access types |
| 8394 | (in both cases, the compiler implements them as fat pointers). */ |
| 8395 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF |
| 8396 | && is_thick_pntr (ada_typedef_target_type (type))) |
| 8397 | return type; |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 8400 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 8401 | || !TYPE_STUB (type) |
| 8402 | || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL) |
| 8403 | return type; |
| 8404 | else |
| 8405 | { |
| 8406 | const char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); |
| 8407 | struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 | if (type1 == NULL) |
| 8410 | return type; |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | /* TYPE1 might itself be a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF (this can happen with |
| 8413 | stubs pointing to arrays, as we don't create symbols for array |
| 8414 | types, only for the typedef-to-array types). If that's the case, |
| 8415 | strip the typedef layer. */ |
| 8416 | if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 8417 | type1 = ada_check_typedef (type1); |
| 8418 | |
| 8419 | return type1; |
| 8420 | } |
| 8421 | } |
| 8422 | |
| 8423 | /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by |
| 8424 | type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly |
| 8425 | describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard |
| 8426 | type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant |
| 8427 | creation of struct values]. */ |
| 8428 | |
| 8429 | static struct value * |
| 8430 | ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *type0, CORE_ADDR address, |
| 8431 | struct value *val0) |
| 8432 | { |
| 8433 | struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, 0, address, NULL, 1); |
| 8434 | |
| 8435 | if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL) |
| 8436 | return val0; |
| 8437 | else |
| 8438 | return value_from_contents_and_address (type, 0, address); |
| 8439 | } |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 | /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type |
| 8442 | that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new |
| 8443 | value. */ |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 | struct value * |
| 8446 | ada_to_fixed_value (struct value *val) |
| 8447 | { |
| 8448 | val = unwrap_value (val); |
| 8449 | val = ada_to_fixed_value_create (value_type (val), |
| 8450 | value_address (val), |
| 8451 | val); |
| 8452 | return val; |
| 8453 | } |
| 8454 | \f |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 | /* Attributes */ |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 | /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names. |
| 8459 | NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */ |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 | static const char *attribute_names[] = { |
| 8462 | "<?>", |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 | "first", |
| 8465 | "last", |
| 8466 | "length", |
| 8467 | "image", |
| 8468 | "max", |
| 8469 | "min", |
| 8470 | "modulus", |
| 8471 | "pos", |
| 8472 | "size", |
| 8473 | "tag", |
| 8474 | "val", |
| 8475 | 0 |
| 8476 | }; |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 | const char * |
| 8479 | ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n) |
| 8480 | { |
| 8481 | if (n >= OP_ATR_FIRST && n <= (int) OP_ATR_VAL) |
| 8482 | return attribute_names[n - OP_ATR_FIRST + 1]; |
| 8483 | else |
| 8484 | return attribute_names[0]; |
| 8485 | } |
| 8486 | |
| 8487 | /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 8488 | |
| 8489 | static LONGEST |
| 8490 | pos_atr (struct value *arg) |
| 8491 | { |
| 8492 | struct value *val = coerce_ref (arg); |
| 8493 | struct type *type = value_type (val); |
| 8494 | |
| 8495 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 8496 | error (_("'POS only defined on discrete types")); |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 8499 | { |
| 8500 | int i; |
| 8501 | LONGEST v = value_as_long (val); |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 8504 | { |
| 8505 | if (v == TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, i)) |
| 8506 | return i; |
| 8507 | } |
| 8508 | error (_("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS")); |
| 8509 | } |
| 8510 | else |
| 8511 | return value_as_long (val); |
| 8512 | } |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 | static struct value * |
| 8515 | value_pos_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 8516 | { |
| 8517 | return value_from_longest (type, pos_atr (arg)); |
| 8518 | } |
| 8519 | |
| 8520 | /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 | static struct value * |
| 8523 | value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 8524 | { |
| 8525 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 8526 | error (_("'VAL only defined on discrete types")); |
| 8527 | if (!integer_type_p (value_type (arg))) |
| 8528 | error (_("'VAL requires integral argument")); |
| 8529 | |
| 8530 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 8531 | { |
| 8532 | long pos = value_as_long (arg); |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 | if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 8535 | error (_("argument to 'VAL out of range")); |
| 8536 | return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, pos)); |
| 8537 | } |
| 8538 | else |
| 8539 | return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg)); |
| 8540 | } |
| 8541 | \f |
| 8542 | |
| 8543 | /* Evaluation */ |
| 8544 | |
| 8545 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type. |
| 8546 | [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character; |
| 8547 | It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */ |
| 8548 | |
| 8549 | int |
| 8550 | ada_is_character_type (struct type *type) |
| 8551 | { |
| 8552 | const char *name; |
| 8553 | |
| 8554 | /* If the type code says it's a character, then assume it really is, |
| 8555 | and don't check any further. */ |
| 8556 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR) |
| 8557 | return 1; |
| 8558 | |
| 8559 | /* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type |
| 8560 | with a known character type name. */ |
| 8561 | name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8562 | return (name != NULL |
| 8563 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 8564 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 8565 | && (strcmp (name, "character") == 0 |
| 8566 | || strcmp (name, "wide_character") == 0 |
| 8567 | || strcmp (name, "wide_wide_character") == 0 |
| 8568 | || strcmp (name, "unsigned char") == 0)); |
| 8569 | } |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */ |
| 8572 | |
| 8573 | int |
| 8574 | ada_is_string_type (struct type *type) |
| 8575 | { |
| 8576 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 8577 | if (type != NULL |
| 8578 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 8579 | && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type) |
| 8580 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 8581 | && ada_array_arity (type) == 1) |
| 8582 | { |
| 8583 | struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1); |
| 8584 | |
| 8585 | return ada_is_character_type (elttype); |
| 8586 | } |
| 8587 | else |
| 8588 | return 0; |
| 8589 | } |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 | /* The compiler sometimes provides a parallel XVS type for a given |
| 8592 | PAD type. Normally, it is safe to follow the PAD type directly, |
| 8593 | but older versions of the compiler have a bug that causes the offset |
| 8594 | of its "F" field to be wrong. Following that field in that case |
| 8595 | would lead to incorrect results, but this can be worked around |
| 8596 | by ignoring the PAD type and using the associated XVS type instead. |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 | Set to True if the debugger should trust the contents of PAD types. |
| 8599 | Otherwise, ignore the PAD type if there is a parallel XVS type. */ |
| 8600 | static int trust_pad_over_xvs = 1; |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 | /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the |
| 8603 | alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a |
| 8604 | distinctive name. */ |
| 8605 | |
| 8606 | int |
| 8607 | ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type) |
| 8608 | { |
| 8609 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 8610 | |
| 8611 | if (!trust_pad_over_xvs && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVS") != NULL) |
| 8612 | return 0; |
| 8613 | |
| 8614 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 8615 | && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1 |
| 8616 | && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F") == 0); |
| 8617 | } |
| 8618 | |
| 8619 | /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return |
| 8620 | the parallel type. */ |
| 8621 | |
| 8622 | struct type * |
| 8623 | ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type) |
| 8624 | { |
| 8625 | struct type *real_type_namer; |
| 8626 | struct type *raw_real_type; |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 8629 | return raw_type; |
| 8630 | |
| 8631 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (raw_type)) |
| 8632 | /* The encoding specifies that we should always use the aligner type. |
| 8633 | So, even if this aligner type has an associated XVS type, we should |
| 8634 | simply ignore it. |
| 8635 | |
| 8636 | According to the compiler gurus, an XVS type parallel to an aligner |
| 8637 | type may exist because of a stabs limitation. In stabs, aligner |
| 8638 | types are empty because the field has a variable-sized type, and |
| 8639 | thus cannot actually be used as an aligner type. As a result, |
| 8640 | we need the associated parallel XVS type to decode the type. |
| 8641 | Since the policy in the compiler is to not change the internal |
| 8642 | representation based on the debugging info format, we sometimes |
| 8643 | end up having a redundant XVS type parallel to the aligner type. */ |
| 8644 | return raw_type; |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 | real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS"); |
| 8647 | if (real_type_namer == NULL |
| 8648 | || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 8649 | || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1) |
| 8650 | return raw_type; |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 | if (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer, 0)) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 8653 | { |
| 8654 | /* This is an older encoding form where the base type needs to be |
| 8655 | looked up by name. We prefer the newer enconding because it is |
| 8656 | more efficient. */ |
| 8657 | raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0)); |
| 8658 | if (raw_real_type == NULL) |
| 8659 | return raw_type; |
| 8660 | else |
| 8661 | return raw_real_type; |
| 8662 | } |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | /* The field in our XVS type is a reference to the base type. */ |
| 8665 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer, 0)); |
| 8666 | } |
| 8667 | |
| 8668 | /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */ |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 | struct type * |
| 8671 | ada_aligned_type (struct type *type) |
| 8672 | { |
| 8673 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8674 | return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 8675 | else |
| 8676 | return ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 8677 | } |
| 8678 | |
| 8679 | |
| 8680 | /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR |
| 8681 | having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */ |
| 8682 | |
| 8683 | const gdb_byte * |
| 8684 | ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr) |
| 8685 | { |
| 8686 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8687 | return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), |
| 8688 | valaddr + |
| 8689 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 8690 | 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 8691 | else |
| 8692 | return valaddr; |
| 8693 | } |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | |
| 8697 | /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded |
| 8698 | name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */ |
| 8699 | const char * |
| 8700 | ada_enum_name (const char *name) |
| 8701 | { |
| 8702 | static char *result; |
| 8703 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 8704 | char *tmp; |
| 8705 | |
| 8706 | /* First, unqualify the enumeration name: |
| 8707 | 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip |
| 8708 | all the preceding characters, the unqualified name starts |
| 8709 | right after that dot. |
| 8710 | 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler |
| 8711 | translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores, |
| 8712 | but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is |
| 8713 | of the form "__" followed by digits. */ |
| 8714 | |
| 8715 | tmp = strrchr (name, '.'); |
| 8716 | if (tmp != NULL) |
| 8717 | name = tmp + 1; |
| 8718 | else |
| 8719 | { |
| 8720 | while ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL) |
| 8721 | { |
| 8722 | if (isdigit (tmp[2])) |
| 8723 | break; |
| 8724 | else |
| 8725 | name = tmp + 2; |
| 8726 | } |
| 8727 | } |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 | if (name[0] == 'Q') |
| 8730 | { |
| 8731 | int v; |
| 8732 | |
| 8733 | if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W') |
| 8734 | { |
| 8735 | if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1) |
| 8736 | return name; |
| 8737 | } |
| 8738 | else |
| 8739 | return name; |
| 8740 | |
| 8741 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, 16); |
| 8742 | if (isascii (v) && isprint (v)) |
| 8743 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "'%c'", v); |
| 8744 | else if (name[1] == 'U') |
| 8745 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "[\"%02x\"]", v); |
| 8746 | else |
| 8747 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "[\"%04x\"]", v); |
| 8748 | |
| 8749 | return result; |
| 8750 | } |
| 8751 | else |
| 8752 | { |
| 8753 | tmp = strstr (name, "__"); |
| 8754 | if (tmp == NULL) |
| 8755 | tmp = strstr (name, "$"); |
| 8756 | if (tmp != NULL) |
| 8757 | { |
| 8758 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, tmp - name + 1); |
| 8759 | strncpy (result, name, tmp - name); |
| 8760 | result[tmp - name] = '\0'; |
| 8761 | return result; |
| 8762 | } |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 | return name; |
| 8765 | } |
| 8766 | } |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for |
| 8769 | evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated |
| 8770 | expression. */ |
| 8771 | |
| 8772 | static struct value * |
| 8773 | evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos) |
| 8774 | { |
| 8775 | return evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); |
| 8776 | } |
| 8777 | |
| 8778 | /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the |
| 8779 | value it wraps. */ |
| 8780 | |
| 8781 | static struct value * |
| 8782 | unwrap_value (struct value *val) |
| 8783 | { |
| 8784 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (val)); |
| 8785 | |
| 8786 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8787 | { |
| 8788 | struct value *v = ada_value_struct_elt (val, "F", 0); |
| 8789 | struct type *val_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (v)); |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 | if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL) |
| 8792 | TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 | return unwrap_value (v); |
| 8795 | } |
| 8796 | else |
| 8797 | { |
| 8798 | struct type *raw_real_type = |
| 8799 | ada_check_typedef (ada_get_base_type (type)); |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | /* If there is no parallel XVS or XVE type, then the value is |
| 8802 | already unwrapped. Return it without further modification. */ |
| 8803 | if ((type == raw_real_type) |
| 8804 | && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE") == NULL) |
| 8805 | return val; |
| 8806 | |
| 8807 | return |
| 8808 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type |
| 8809 | (val, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0, |
| 8810 | value_address (val), |
| 8811 | NULL, 1)); |
| 8812 | } |
| 8813 | } |
| 8814 | |
| 8815 | static struct value * |
| 8816 | cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 8817 | { |
| 8818 | LONGEST val; |
| 8819 | |
| 8820 | if (type == value_type (arg)) |
| 8821 | return arg; |
| 8822 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg))) |
| 8823 | val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, |
| 8824 | ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg), |
| 8825 | value_as_long (arg))); |
| 8826 | else |
| 8827 | { |
| 8828 | DOUBLEST argd = value_as_double (arg); |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 | val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd); |
| 8831 | } |
| 8832 | |
| 8833 | return value_from_longest (type, val); |
| 8834 | } |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | static struct value * |
| 8837 | cast_from_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 8838 | { |
| 8839 | DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg), |
| 8840 | value_as_long (arg)); |
| 8841 | |
| 8842 | return value_from_double (type, val); |
| 8843 | } |
| 8844 | |
| 8845 | /* Given two array types T1 and T2, return nonzero iff both arrays |
| 8846 | contain the same number of elements. */ |
| 8847 | |
| 8848 | static int |
| 8849 | ada_same_array_size_p (struct type *t1, struct type *t2) |
| 8850 | { |
| 8851 | LONGEST lo1, hi1, lo2, hi2; |
| 8852 | |
| 8853 | /* Get the array bounds in order to verify that the size of |
| 8854 | the two arrays match. */ |
| 8855 | if (!get_array_bounds (t1, &lo1, &hi1) |
| 8856 | || !get_array_bounds (t2, &lo2, &hi2)) |
| 8857 | error (_("unable to determine array bounds")); |
| 8858 | |
| 8859 | /* To make things easier for size comparison, normalize a bit |
| 8860 | the case of empty arrays by making sure that the difference |
| 8861 | between upper bound and lower bound is always -1. */ |
| 8862 | if (lo1 > hi1) |
| 8863 | hi1 = lo1 - 1; |
| 8864 | if (lo2 > hi2) |
| 8865 | hi2 = lo2 - 1; |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 | return (hi1 - lo1 == hi2 - lo2); |
| 8868 | } |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 | /* Assuming that VAL is an array of integrals, and TYPE represents |
| 8871 | an array with the same number of elements, but with wider integral |
| 8872 | elements, return an array "casted" to TYPE. In practice, this |
| 8873 | means that the returned array is built by casting each element |
| 8874 | of the original array into TYPE's (wider) element type. */ |
| 8875 | |
| 8876 | static struct value * |
| 8877 | ada_promote_array_of_integrals (struct type *type, struct value *val) |
| 8878 | { |
| 8879 | struct type *elt_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 8880 | LONGEST lo, hi; |
| 8881 | struct value *res; |
| 8882 | LONGEST i; |
| 8883 | |
| 8884 | /* Verify that both val and type are arrays of scalars, and |
| 8885 | that the size of val's elements is smaller than the size |
| 8886 | of type's element. */ |
| 8887 | gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY); |
| 8888 | gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 8889 | gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY); |
| 8890 | gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val)))); |
| 8891 | gdb_assert (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) |
| 8892 | > TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val)))); |
| 8893 | |
| 8894 | if (!get_array_bounds (type, &lo, &hi)) |
| 8895 | error (_("unable to determine array bounds")); |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 | res = allocate_value (type); |
| 8898 | |
| 8899 | /* Promote each array element. */ |
| 8900 | for (i = 0; i < hi - lo + 1; i++) |
| 8901 | { |
| 8902 | struct value *elt = value_cast (elt_type, value_subscript (val, lo + i)); |
| 8903 | |
| 8904 | memcpy (value_contents_writeable (res) + (i * TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type)), |
| 8905 | value_contents_all (elt), TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type)); |
| 8906 | } |
| 8907 | |
| 8908 | return res; |
| 8909 | } |
| 8910 | |
| 8911 | /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and |
| 8912 | return the converted value. */ |
| 8913 | |
| 8914 | static struct value * |
| 8915 | coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val) |
| 8916 | { |
| 8917 | struct type *type2 = value_type (val); |
| 8918 | |
| 8919 | if (type == type2) |
| 8920 | return val; |
| 8921 | |
| 8922 | type2 = ada_check_typedef (type2); |
| 8923 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 8926 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 8927 | { |
| 8928 | val = ada_value_ind (val); |
| 8929 | type2 = value_type (val); |
| 8930 | } |
| 8931 | |
| 8932 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 8933 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 8934 | { |
| 8935 | if (!ada_same_array_size_p (type, type2)) |
| 8936 | error (_("cannot assign arrays of different length")); |
| 8937 | |
| 8938 | if (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) |
| 8939 | && is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 8940 | && TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 8941 | < TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) |
| 8942 | { |
| 8943 | /* Allow implicit promotion of the array elements to |
| 8944 | a wider type. */ |
| 8945 | return ada_promote_array_of_integrals (type, val); |
| 8946 | } |
| 8947 | |
| 8948 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 8949 | != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) |
| 8950 | error (_("Incompatible types in assignment")); |
| 8951 | deprecated_set_value_type (val, type); |
| 8952 | } |
| 8953 | return val; |
| 8954 | } |
| 8955 | |
| 8956 | static struct value * |
| 8957 | ada_value_binop (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2, enum exp_opcode op) |
| 8958 | { |
| 8959 | struct value *val; |
| 8960 | struct type *type1, *type2; |
| 8961 | LONGEST v, v1, v2; |
| 8962 | |
| 8963 | arg1 = coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 8964 | arg2 = coerce_ref (arg2); |
| 8965 | type1 = get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1))); |
| 8966 | type2 = get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2))); |
| 8967 | |
| 8968 | if (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 8969 | || TYPE_CODE (type2) != TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 8970 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8971 | |
| 8972 | switch (op) |
| 8973 | { |
| 8974 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 8975 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 8976 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 8977 | break; |
| 8978 | default: |
| 8979 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8980 | } |
| 8981 | |
| 8982 | v2 = value_as_long (arg2); |
| 8983 | if (v2 == 0) |
| 8984 | error (_("second operand of %s must not be zero."), op_string (op)); |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type1) || op == BINOP_MOD) |
| 8987 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8988 | |
| 8989 | v1 = value_as_long (arg1); |
| 8990 | switch (op) |
| 8991 | { |
| 8992 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 8993 | v = v1 / v2; |
| 8994 | if (!TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO && v1 * (v1 % v2) < 0) |
| 8995 | v += v > 0 ? -1 : 1; |
| 8996 | break; |
| 8997 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 8998 | v = v1 % v2; |
| 8999 | if (v * v1 < 0) |
| 9000 | v -= v2; |
| 9001 | break; |
| 9002 | default: |
| 9003 | /* Should not reach this point. */ |
| 9004 | v = 0; |
| 9005 | } |
| 9006 | |
| 9007 | val = allocate_value (type1); |
| 9008 | store_unsigned_integer (value_contents_raw (val), |
| 9009 | TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val)), |
| 9010 | gdbarch_byte_order (get_type_arch (type1)), v); |
| 9011 | return val; |
| 9012 | } |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 | static int |
| 9015 | ada_value_equal (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2) |
| 9016 | { |
| 9017 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg1)) |
| 9018 | || ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9019 | { |
| 9020 | /* Automatically dereference any array reference before |
| 9021 | we attempt to perform the comparison. */ |
| 9022 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 9023 | arg2 = ada_coerce_ref (arg2); |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 9026 | arg2 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2); |
| 9027 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 9028 | || TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg2)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9029 | error (_("Attempt to compare array with non-array")); |
| 9030 | /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose |
| 9031 | representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits) |
| 9032 | and do not have user-defined equality. */ |
| 9033 | return |
| 9034 | TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg2)) |
| 9035 | && memcmp (value_contents (arg1), value_contents (arg2), |
| 9036 | TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1))) == 0; |
| 9037 | } |
| 9038 | return value_equal (arg1, arg2); |
| 9039 | } |
| 9040 | |
| 9041 | /* Total number of component associations in the aggregate starting at |
| 9042 | index PC in EXP. Assumes that index PC is the start of an |
| 9043 | OP_AGGREGATE. */ |
| 9044 | |
| 9045 | static int |
| 9046 | num_component_specs (struct expression *exp, int pc) |
| 9047 | { |
| 9048 | int n, m, i; |
| 9049 | |
| 9050 | m = exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst; |
| 9051 | pc += 3; |
| 9052 | n = 0; |
| 9053 | for (i = 0; i < m; i += 1) |
| 9054 | { |
| 9055 | switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) |
| 9056 | { |
| 9057 | default: |
| 9058 | n += 1; |
| 9059 | break; |
| 9060 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 9061 | n += exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst; |
| 9062 | break; |
| 9063 | } |
| 9064 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &pc, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9065 | } |
| 9066 | return n; |
| 9067 | } |
| 9068 | |
| 9069 | /* Assign the result of evaluating EXP starting at *POS to the INDEXth |
| 9070 | component of LHS (a simple array or a record), updating *POS past |
| 9071 | the expression, assuming that LHS is contained in CONTAINER. Does |
| 9072 | not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify LHS (unless |
| 9073 | LHS == CONTAINER). */ |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 | static void |
| 9076 | assign_component (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, LONGEST index, |
| 9077 | struct expression *exp, int *pos) |
| 9078 | { |
| 9079 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 9080 | struct value *elt; |
| 9081 | |
| 9082 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (lhs)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9083 | { |
| 9084 | struct type *index_type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 9085 | struct value *index_val = value_from_longest (index_type, index); |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 | elt = unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (lhs, 1, &index_val)); |
| 9088 | } |
| 9089 | else |
| 9090 | { |
| 9091 | elt = ada_index_struct_field (index, lhs, 0, value_type (lhs)); |
| 9092 | elt = ada_to_fixed_value (elt); |
| 9093 | } |
| 9094 | |
| 9095 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_AGGREGATE) |
| 9096 | assign_aggregate (container, elt, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 9097 | else |
| 9098 | value_assign_to_component (container, elt, |
| 9099 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, |
| 9100 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9101 | |
| 9102 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 9103 | } |
| 9104 | |
| 9105 | /* Assuming that LHS represents an lvalue having a record or array |
| 9106 | type, and EXP->ELTS[*POS] is an OP_AGGREGATE, evaluate an assignment |
| 9107 | of that aggregate's value to LHS, advancing *POS past the |
| 9108 | aggregate. NOSIDE is as for evaluate_subexp. CONTAINER is an |
| 9109 | lvalue containing LHS (possibly LHS itself). Does not modify |
| 9110 | the inferior's memory, nor does it modify the contents of |
| 9111 | LHS (unless == CONTAINER). Returns the modified CONTAINER. */ |
| 9112 | |
| 9113 | static struct value * |
| 9114 | assign_aggregate (struct value *container, |
| 9115 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9116 | int *pos, enum noside noside) |
| 9117 | { |
| 9118 | struct type *lhs_type; |
| 9119 | int n = exp->elts[*pos+1].longconst; |
| 9120 | LONGEST low_index, high_index; |
| 9121 | int num_specs; |
| 9122 | LONGEST *indices; |
| 9123 | int max_indices, num_indices; |
| 9124 | int i; |
| 9125 | |
| 9126 | *pos += 3; |
| 9127 | if (noside != EVAL_NORMAL) |
| 9128 | { |
| 9129 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 9130 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9131 | return container; |
| 9132 | } |
| 9133 | |
| 9134 | container = ada_coerce_ref (container); |
| 9135 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (container))) |
| 9136 | container = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (container); |
| 9137 | lhs = ada_coerce_ref (lhs); |
| 9138 | if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (lhs)) |
| 9139 | error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.")); |
| 9140 | |
| 9141 | lhs_type = value_type (lhs); |
| 9142 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (lhs_type)) |
| 9143 | { |
| 9144 | lhs = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (lhs); |
| 9145 | lhs_type = value_type (lhs); |
| 9146 | low_index = TYPE_ARRAY_LOWER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type); |
| 9147 | high_index = TYPE_ARRAY_UPPER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type); |
| 9148 | } |
| 9149 | else if (TYPE_CODE (lhs_type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 9150 | { |
| 9151 | low_index = 0; |
| 9152 | high_index = num_visible_fields (lhs_type) - 1; |
| 9153 | } |
| 9154 | else |
| 9155 | error (_("Left-hand side must be array or record.")); |
| 9156 | |
| 9157 | num_specs = num_component_specs (exp, *pos - 3); |
| 9158 | max_indices = 4 * num_specs + 4; |
| 9159 | indices = alloca (max_indices * sizeof (indices[0])); |
| 9160 | indices[0] = indices[1] = low_index - 1; |
| 9161 | indices[2] = indices[3] = high_index + 1; |
| 9162 | num_indices = 4; |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 9165 | { |
| 9166 | switch (exp->elts[*pos].opcode) |
| 9167 | { |
| 9168 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 9169 | aggregate_assign_from_choices (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, |
| 9170 | &num_indices, max_indices, |
| 9171 | low_index, high_index); |
| 9172 | break; |
| 9173 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 9174 | aggregate_assign_positional (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, |
| 9175 | &num_indices, max_indices, |
| 9176 | low_index, high_index); |
| 9177 | break; |
| 9178 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 9179 | if (i != n-1) |
| 9180 | error (_("Misplaced 'others' clause")); |
| 9181 | aggregate_assign_others (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, |
| 9182 | num_indices, low_index, high_index); |
| 9183 | break; |
| 9184 | default: |
| 9185 | error (_("Internal error: bad aggregate clause")); |
| 9186 | } |
| 9187 | } |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 | return container; |
| 9190 | } |
| 9191 | |
| 9192 | /* Assign into the component of LHS indexed by the OP_POSITIONAL |
| 9193 | construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that |
| 9194 | the positions are relative to lower bound LOW, where HIGH is the |
| 9195 | upper bound. Record the position in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1] |
| 9196 | updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for |
| 9197 | assign_aggregate. */ |
| 9198 | static void |
| 9199 | aggregate_assign_positional (struct value *container, |
| 9200 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9201 | int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int *num_indices, |
| 9202 | int max_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) |
| 9203 | { |
| 9204 | LONGEST ind = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 1].longconst) + low; |
| 9205 | |
| 9206 | if (ind - 1 == high) |
| 9207 | warning (_("Extra components in aggregate ignored.")); |
| 9208 | if (ind <= high) |
| 9209 | { |
| 9210 | add_component_interval (ind, ind, indices, num_indices, max_indices); |
| 9211 | *pos += 3; |
| 9212 | assign_component (container, lhs, ind, exp, pos); |
| 9213 | } |
| 9214 | else |
| 9215 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9216 | } |
| 9217 | |
| 9218 | /* Assign into the components of LHS indexed by the OP_CHOICES |
| 9219 | construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that |
| 9220 | the allowable indices are LOW..HIGH. Record the indices assigned |
| 9221 | to in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1], updating *NUM_INDICES as |
| 9222 | needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ |
| 9223 | static void |
| 9224 | aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value *container, |
| 9225 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9226 | int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int *num_indices, |
| 9227 | int max_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) |
| 9228 | { |
| 9229 | int j; |
| 9230 | int n_choices = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+1].longconst); |
| 9231 | int choice_pos, expr_pc; |
| 9232 | int is_array = ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (lhs)); |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 | choice_pos = *pos += 3; |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 9237 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9238 | expr_pc = *pos; |
| 9239 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9240 | |
| 9241 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 9242 | { |
| 9243 | LONGEST lower, upper; |
| 9244 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[choice_pos].opcode; |
| 9245 | |
| 9246 | if (op == OP_DISCRETE_RANGE) |
| 9247 | { |
| 9248 | choice_pos += 1; |
| 9249 | lower = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, |
| 9250 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9251 | upper = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, |
| 9252 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9253 | } |
| 9254 | else if (is_array) |
| 9255 | { |
| 9256 | lower = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &choice_pos, |
| 9257 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9258 | upper = lower; |
| 9259 | } |
| 9260 | else |
| 9261 | { |
| 9262 | int ind; |
| 9263 | const char *name; |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 | switch (op) |
| 9266 | { |
| 9267 | case OP_NAME: |
| 9268 | name = &exp->elts[choice_pos + 2].string; |
| 9269 | break; |
| 9270 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 9271 | name = SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp->elts[choice_pos + 2].symbol); |
| 9272 | break; |
| 9273 | default: |
| 9274 | error (_("Invalid record component association.")); |
| 9275 | } |
| 9276 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &choice_pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9277 | ind = 0; |
| 9278 | if (! find_struct_field (name, value_type (lhs), 0, |
| 9279 | NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &ind)) |
| 9280 | error (_("Unknown component name: %s."), name); |
| 9281 | lower = upper = ind; |
| 9282 | } |
| 9283 | |
| 9284 | if (lower <= upper && (lower < low || upper > high)) |
| 9285 | error (_("Index in component association out of bounds.")); |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 | add_component_interval (lower, upper, indices, num_indices, |
| 9288 | max_indices); |
| 9289 | while (lower <= upper) |
| 9290 | { |
| 9291 | int pos1; |
| 9292 | |
| 9293 | pos1 = expr_pc; |
| 9294 | assign_component (container, lhs, lower, exp, &pos1); |
| 9295 | lower += 1; |
| 9296 | } |
| 9297 | } |
| 9298 | } |
| 9299 | |
| 9300 | /* Assign the value of the expression in the OP_OTHERS construct in |
| 9301 | EXP at *POS into the components of LHS indexed from LOW .. HIGH that |
| 9302 | have not been previously assigned. The index intervals already assigned |
| 9303 | are in INDICES[0 .. NUM_INDICES-1]. Updates *POS to after the |
| 9304 | OP_OTHERS clause. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ |
| 9305 | static void |
| 9306 | aggregate_assign_others (struct value *container, |
| 9307 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9308 | int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int num_indices, |
| 9309 | LONGEST low, LONGEST high) |
| 9310 | { |
| 9311 | int i; |
| 9312 | int expr_pc = *pos + 1; |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 | for (i = 0; i < num_indices - 2; i += 2) |
| 9315 | { |
| 9316 | LONGEST ind; |
| 9317 | |
| 9318 | for (ind = indices[i + 1] + 1; ind < indices[i + 2]; ind += 1) |
| 9319 | { |
| 9320 | int localpos; |
| 9321 | |
| 9322 | localpos = expr_pc; |
| 9323 | assign_component (container, lhs, ind, exp, &localpos); |
| 9324 | } |
| 9325 | } |
| 9326 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9327 | } |
| 9328 | |
| 9329 | /* Add the interval [LOW .. HIGH] to the sorted set of intervals |
| 9330 | [ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],..., [ INDICES[*SIZE-2] .. INDICES[*SIZE-1] ], |
| 9331 | modifying *SIZE as needed. It is an error if *SIZE exceeds |
| 9332 | MAX_SIZE. The resulting intervals do not overlap. */ |
| 9333 | static void |
| 9334 | add_component_interval (LONGEST low, LONGEST high, |
| 9335 | LONGEST* indices, int *size, int max_size) |
| 9336 | { |
| 9337 | int i, j; |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 | for (i = 0; i < *size; i += 2) { |
| 9340 | if (high >= indices[i] && low <= indices[i + 1]) |
| 9341 | { |
| 9342 | int kh; |
| 9343 | |
| 9344 | for (kh = i + 2; kh < *size; kh += 2) |
| 9345 | if (high < indices[kh]) |
| 9346 | break; |
| 9347 | if (low < indices[i]) |
| 9348 | indices[i] = low; |
| 9349 | indices[i + 1] = indices[kh - 1]; |
| 9350 | if (high > indices[i + 1]) |
| 9351 | indices[i + 1] = high; |
| 9352 | memcpy (indices + i + 2, indices + kh, *size - kh); |
| 9353 | *size -= kh - i - 2; |
| 9354 | return; |
| 9355 | } |
| 9356 | else if (high < indices[i]) |
| 9357 | break; |
| 9358 | } |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 | if (*size == max_size) |
| 9361 | error (_("Internal error: miscounted aggregate components.")); |
| 9362 | *size += 2; |
| 9363 | for (j = *size-1; j >= i+2; j -= 1) |
| 9364 | indices[j] = indices[j - 2]; |
| 9365 | indices[i] = low; |
| 9366 | indices[i + 1] = high; |
| 9367 | } |
| 9368 | |
| 9369 | /* Perform and Ada cast of ARG2 to type TYPE if the type of ARG2 |
| 9370 | is different. */ |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 | static struct value * |
| 9373 | ada_value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2, enum noside noside) |
| 9374 | { |
| 9375 | if (type == ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9376 | return arg2; |
| 9377 | |
| 9378 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type)) |
| 9379 | return (cast_to_fixed (type, arg2)); |
| 9380 | |
| 9381 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9382 | return cast_from_fixed (type, arg2); |
| 9383 | |
| 9384 | return value_cast (type, arg2); |
| 9385 | } |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 | /* Evaluating Ada expressions, and printing their result. |
| 9388 | ------------------------------------------------------ |
| 9389 | |
| 9390 | 1. Introduction: |
| 9391 | ---------------- |
| 9392 | |
| 9393 | We usually evaluate an Ada expression in order to print its value. |
| 9394 | We also evaluate an expression in order to print its type, which |
| 9395 | happens during the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase of the evaluation, |
| 9396 | but we'll focus mostly on the EVAL_NORMAL phase. In practice, the |
| 9397 | EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase allows us to simplify certain aspects of |
| 9398 | the evaluation compared to the EVAL_NORMAL, but is otherwise very |
| 9399 | similar. |
| 9400 | |
| 9401 | Evaluating expressions is a little more complicated for Ada entities |
| 9402 | than it is for entities in languages such as C. The main reason for |
| 9403 | this is that Ada provides types whose definition might be dynamic. |
| 9404 | One example of such types is variant records. Or another example |
| 9405 | would be an array whose bounds can only be known at run time. |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 | The following description is a general guide as to what should be |
| 9408 | done (and what should NOT be done) in order to evaluate an expression |
| 9409 | involving such types, and when. This does not cover how the semantic |
| 9410 | information is encoded by GNAT as this is covered separatly. For the |
| 9411 | document used as the reference for the GNAT encoding, see exp_dbug.ads |
| 9412 | in the GNAT sources. |
| 9413 | |
| 9414 | Ideally, we should embed each part of this description next to its |
| 9415 | associated code. Unfortunately, the amount of code is so vast right |
| 9416 | now that it's hard to see whether the code handling a particular |
| 9417 | situation might be duplicated or not. One day, when the code is |
| 9418 | cleaned up, this guide might become redundant with the comments |
| 9419 | inserted in the code, and we might want to remove it. |
| 9420 | |
| 9421 | 2. ``Fixing'' an Entity, the Simple Case: |
| 9422 | ----------------------------------------- |
| 9423 | |
| 9424 | When evaluating Ada expressions, the tricky issue is that they may |
| 9425 | reference entities whose type contents and size are not statically |
| 9426 | known. Consider for instance a variant record: |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 | type Rec (Empty : Boolean := True) is record |
| 9429 | case Empty is |
| 9430 | when True => null; |
| 9431 | when False => Value : Integer; |
| 9432 | end case; |
| 9433 | end record; |
| 9434 | Yes : Rec := (Empty => False, Value => 1); |
| 9435 | No : Rec := (empty => True); |
| 9436 | |
| 9437 | The size and contents of that record depends on the value of the |
| 9438 | descriminant (Rec.Empty). At this point, neither the debugging |
| 9439 | information nor the associated type structure in GDB are able to |
| 9440 | express such dynamic types. So what the debugger does is to create |
| 9441 | "fixed" versions of the type that applies to the specific object. |
| 9442 | We also informally refer to this opperation as "fixing" an object, |
| 9443 | which means creating its associated fixed type. |
| 9444 | |
| 9445 | Example: when printing the value of variable "Yes" above, its fixed |
| 9446 | type would look like this: |
| 9447 | |
| 9448 | type Rec is record |
| 9449 | Empty : Boolean; |
| 9450 | Value : Integer; |
| 9451 | end record; |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 | On the other hand, if we printed the value of "No", its fixed type |
| 9454 | would become: |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 | type Rec is record |
| 9457 | Empty : Boolean; |
| 9458 | end record; |
| 9459 | |
| 9460 | Things become a little more complicated when trying to fix an entity |
| 9461 | with a dynamic type that directly contains another dynamic type, |
| 9462 | such as an array of variant records, for instance. There are |
| 9463 | two possible cases: Arrays, and records. |
| 9464 | |
| 9465 | 3. ``Fixing'' Arrays: |
| 9466 | --------------------- |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 | The type structure in GDB describes an array in terms of its bounds, |
| 9469 | and the type of its elements. By design, all elements in the array |
| 9470 | have the same type and we cannot represent an array of variant elements |
| 9471 | using the current type structure in GDB. When fixing an array, |
| 9472 | we cannot fix the array element, as we would potentially need one |
| 9473 | fixed type per element of the array. As a result, the best we can do |
| 9474 | when fixing an array is to produce an array whose bounds and size |
| 9475 | are correct (allowing us to read it from memory), but without having |
| 9476 | touched its element type. Fixing each element will be done later, |
| 9477 | when (if) necessary. |
| 9478 | |
| 9479 | Arrays are a little simpler to handle than records, because the same |
| 9480 | amount of memory is allocated for each element of the array, even if |
| 9481 | the amount of space actually used by each element differs from element |
| 9482 | to element. Consider for instance the following array of type Rec: |
| 9483 | |
| 9484 | type Rec_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Rec; |
| 9485 | |
| 9486 | The actual amount of memory occupied by each element might be different |
| 9487 | from element to element, depending on the value of their discriminant. |
| 9488 | But the amount of space reserved for each element in the array remains |
| 9489 | fixed regardless. So we simply need to compute that size using |
| 9490 | the debugging information available, from which we can then determine |
| 9491 | the array size (we multiply the number of elements of the array by |
| 9492 | the size of each element). |
| 9493 | |
| 9494 | The simplest case is when we have an array of a constrained element |
| 9495 | type. For instance, consider the following type declarations: |
| 9496 | |
| 9497 | type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Integer) is |
| 9498 | Length : Integer; |
| 9499 | Buffer : String (1 .. Max_Size); |
| 9500 | end record; |
| 9501 | type Bounded_String_Array is array (1 ..2) of Bounded_String (80); |
| 9502 | |
| 9503 | In this case, the compiler describes the array as an array of |
| 9504 | variable-size elements (identified by its XVS suffix) for which |
| 9505 | the size can be read in the parallel XVZ variable. |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 | In the case of an array of an unconstrained element type, the compiler |
| 9508 | wraps the array element inside a private PAD type. This type should not |
| 9509 | be shown to the user, and must be "unwrap"'ed before printing. Note |
| 9510 | that we also use the adjective "aligner" in our code to designate |
| 9511 | these wrapper types. |
| 9512 | |
| 9513 | In some cases, the size allocated for each element is statically |
| 9514 | known. In that case, the PAD type already has the correct size, |
| 9515 | and the array element should remain unfixed. |
| 9516 | |
| 9517 | But there are cases when this size is not statically known. |
| 9518 | For instance, assuming that "Five" is an integer variable: |
| 9519 | |
| 9520 | type Dynamic is array (1 .. Five) of Integer; |
| 9521 | type Wrapper (Has_Length : Boolean := False) is record |
| 9522 | Data : Dynamic; |
| 9523 | case Has_Length is |
| 9524 | when True => Length : Integer; |
| 9525 | when False => null; |
| 9526 | end case; |
| 9527 | end record; |
| 9528 | type Wrapper_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Wrapper; |
| 9529 | |
| 9530 | Hello : Wrapper_Array := (others => (Has_Length => True, |
| 9531 | Data => (others => 17), |
| 9532 | Length => 1)); |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | |
| 9535 | The debugging info would describe variable Hello as being an |
| 9536 | array of a PAD type. The size of that PAD type is not statically |
| 9537 | known, but can be determined using a parallel XVZ variable. |
| 9538 | In that case, a copy of the PAD type with the correct size should |
| 9539 | be used for the fixed array. |
| 9540 | |
| 9541 | 3. ``Fixing'' record type objects: |
| 9542 | ---------------------------------- |
| 9543 | |
| 9544 | Things are slightly different from arrays in the case of dynamic |
| 9545 | record types. In this case, in order to compute the associated |
| 9546 | fixed type, we need to determine the size and offset of each of |
| 9547 | its components. This, in turn, requires us to compute the fixed |
| 9548 | type of each of these components. |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 | Consider for instance the example: |
| 9551 | |
| 9552 | type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Natural) is record |
| 9553 | Str : String (1 .. Max_Size); |
| 9554 | Length : Natural; |
| 9555 | end record; |
| 9556 | My_String : Bounded_String (Max_Size => 10); |
| 9557 | |
| 9558 | In that case, the position of field "Length" depends on the size |
| 9559 | of field Str, which itself depends on the value of the Max_Size |
| 9560 | discriminant. In order to fix the type of variable My_String, |
| 9561 | we need to fix the type of field Str. Therefore, fixing a variant |
| 9562 | record requires us to fix each of its components. |
| 9563 | |
| 9564 | However, if a component does not have a dynamic size, the component |
| 9565 | should not be fixed. In particular, fields that use a PAD type |
| 9566 | should not fixed. Here is an example where this might happen |
| 9567 | (assuming type Rec above): |
| 9568 | |
| 9569 | type Container (Big : Boolean) is record |
| 9570 | First : Rec; |
| 9571 | After : Integer; |
| 9572 | case Big is |
| 9573 | when True => Another : Integer; |
| 9574 | when False => null; |
| 9575 | end case; |
| 9576 | end record; |
| 9577 | My_Container : Container := (Big => False, |
| 9578 | First => (Empty => True), |
| 9579 | After => 42); |
| 9580 | |
| 9581 | In that example, the compiler creates a PAD type for component First, |
| 9582 | whose size is constant, and then positions the component After just |
| 9583 | right after it. The offset of component After is therefore constant |
| 9584 | in this case. |
| 9585 | |
| 9586 | The debugger computes the position of each field based on an algorithm |
| 9587 | that uses, among other things, the actual position and size of the field |
| 9588 | preceding it. Let's now imagine that the user is trying to print |
| 9589 | the value of My_Container. If the type fixing was recursive, we would |
| 9590 | end up computing the offset of field After based on the size of the |
| 9591 | fixed version of field First. And since in our example First has |
| 9592 | only one actual field, the size of the fixed type is actually smaller |
| 9593 | than the amount of space allocated to that field, and thus we would |
| 9594 | compute the wrong offset of field After. |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 | To make things more complicated, we need to watch out for dynamic |
| 9597 | components of variant records (identified by the ___XVL suffix in |
| 9598 | the component name). Even if the target type is a PAD type, the size |
| 9599 | of that type might not be statically known. So the PAD type needs |
| 9600 | to be unwrapped and the resulting type needs to be fixed. Otherwise, |
| 9601 | we might end up with the wrong size for our component. This can be |
| 9602 | observed with the following type declarations: |
| 9603 | |
| 9604 | type Octal is new Integer range 0 .. 7; |
| 9605 | type Octal_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Octal; |
| 9606 | pragma Pack (Octal_Array); |
| 9607 | |
| 9608 | type Octal_Buffer (Size : Positive) is record |
| 9609 | Buffer : Octal_Array (1 .. Size); |
| 9610 | Length : Integer; |
| 9611 | end record; |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 | In that case, Buffer is a PAD type whose size is unset and needs |
| 9614 | to be computed by fixing the unwrapped type. |
| 9615 | |
| 9616 | 4. When to ``Fix'' un-``Fixed'' sub-elements of an entity: |
| 9617 | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9618 | |
| 9619 | Lastly, when should the sub-elements of an entity that remained unfixed |
| 9620 | thus far, be actually fixed? |
| 9621 | |
| 9622 | The answer is: Only when referencing that element. For instance |
| 9623 | when selecting one component of a record, this specific component |
| 9624 | should be fixed at that point in time. Or when printing the value |
| 9625 | of a record, each component should be fixed before its value gets |
| 9626 | printed. Similarly for arrays, the element of the array should be |
| 9627 | fixed when printing each element of the array, or when extracting |
| 9628 | one element out of that array. On the other hand, fixing should |
| 9629 | not be performed on the elements when taking a slice of an array! |
| 9630 | |
| 9631 | Note that one of the side-effects of miscomputing the offset and |
| 9632 | size of each field is that we end up also miscomputing the size |
| 9633 | of the containing type. This can have adverse results when computing |
| 9634 | the value of an entity. GDB fetches the value of an entity based |
| 9635 | on the size of its type, and thus a wrong size causes GDB to fetch |
| 9636 | the wrong amount of memory. In the case where the computed size is |
| 9637 | too small, GDB fetches too little data to print the value of our |
| 9638 | entiry. Results in this case as unpredicatble, as we usually read |
| 9639 | past the buffer containing the data =:-o. */ |
| 9640 | |
| 9641 | /* Implement the evaluate_exp routine in the exp_descriptor structure |
| 9642 | for the Ada language. */ |
| 9643 | |
| 9644 | static struct value * |
| 9645 | ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, |
| 9646 | int *pos, enum noside noside) |
| 9647 | { |
| 9648 | enum exp_opcode op; |
| 9649 | int tem; |
| 9650 | int pc; |
| 9651 | struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3; |
| 9652 | struct type *type; |
| 9653 | int nargs, oplen; |
| 9654 | struct value **argvec; |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 | pc = *pos; |
| 9657 | *pos += 1; |
| 9658 | op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 9659 | |
| 9660 | switch (op) |
| 9661 | { |
| 9662 | default: |
| 9663 | *pos -= 1; |
| 9664 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9665 | |
| 9666 | if (noside == EVAL_NORMAL) |
| 9667 | arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); |
| 9668 | |
| 9669 | /* If evaluating an OP_DOUBLE and an EXPECT_TYPE was provided, |
| 9670 | then we need to perform the conversion manually, because |
| 9671 | evaluate_subexp_standard doesn't do it. This conversion is |
| 9672 | necessary in Ada because the different kinds of float/fixed |
| 9673 | types in Ada have different representations. |
| 9674 | |
| 9675 | Similarly, we need to perform the conversion from OP_LONG |
| 9676 | ourselves. */ |
| 9677 | if ((op == OP_DOUBLE || op == OP_LONG) && expect_type != NULL) |
| 9678 | arg1 = ada_value_cast (expect_type, arg1, noside); |
| 9679 | |
| 9680 | return arg1; |
| 9681 | |
| 9682 | case OP_STRING: |
| 9683 | { |
| 9684 | struct value *result; |
| 9685 | |
| 9686 | *pos -= 1; |
| 9687 | result = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9688 | /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from |
| 9689 | OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */ |
| 9690 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (result)) == TYPE_CODE_STRING) |
| 9691 | TYPE_CODE (value_type (result)) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY; |
| 9692 | return result; |
| 9693 | } |
| 9694 | |
| 9695 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 9696 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 9697 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 9698 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9699 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9700 | goto nosideret; |
| 9701 | arg1 = ada_value_cast (type, arg1, noside); |
| 9702 | return arg1; |
| 9703 | |
| 9704 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 9705 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 9706 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 9707 | return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9708 | |
| 9709 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 9710 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9711 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_AGGREGATE) |
| 9712 | { |
| 9713 | arg1 = assign_aggregate (arg1, arg1, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9714 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9715 | return arg1; |
| 9716 | return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg1); |
| 9717 | } |
| 9718 | /* Force the evaluation of the rhs ARG2 to the type of the lhs ARG1, |
| 9719 | except if the lhs of our assignment is a convenience variable. |
| 9720 | In the case of assigning to a convenience variable, the lhs |
| 9721 | should be exactly the result of the evaluation of the rhs. */ |
| 9722 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 9723 | if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_internalvar) |
| 9724 | type = NULL; |
| 9725 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9726 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9727 | return arg1; |
| 9728 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 9729 | arg2 = cast_to_fixed (value_type (arg1), arg2); |
| 9730 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9731 | error |
| 9732 | (_("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables")); |
| 9733 | else |
| 9734 | arg2 = coerce_for_assign (value_type (arg1), arg2); |
| 9735 | return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2); |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 9738 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 9739 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 9740 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9741 | goto nosideret; |
| 9742 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 9743 | return (value_from_longest |
| 9744 | (value_type (arg1), |
| 9745 | value_as_long (arg1) + value_as_long (arg2))); |
| 9746 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1)) |
| 9747 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9748 | && value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2)) |
| 9749 | error (_("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type")); |
| 9750 | /* Do the addition, and cast the result to the type of the first |
| 9751 | argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if |
| 9752 | ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */ |
| 9753 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 9754 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 9755 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 9756 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 9757 | return value_cast (type, value_binop (arg1, arg2, BINOP_ADD)); |
| 9758 | |
| 9759 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 9760 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 9761 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 9762 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9763 | goto nosideret; |
| 9764 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 9765 | return (value_from_longest |
| 9766 | (value_type (arg1), |
| 9767 | value_as_long (arg1) - value_as_long (arg2))); |
| 9768 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1)) |
| 9769 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9770 | && value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2)) |
| 9771 | error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction " |
| 9772 | "must have the same type")); |
| 9773 | /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first |
| 9774 | argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if |
| 9775 | ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */ |
| 9776 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 9777 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 9778 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 9779 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 9780 | return value_cast (type, value_binop (arg1, arg2, BINOP_SUB)); |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 9783 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 9784 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 9785 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 9786 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9787 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9788 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9789 | goto nosideret; |
| 9790 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9791 | { |
| 9792 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 9793 | return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 9794 | } |
| 9795 | else |
| 9796 | { |
| 9797 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_double; |
| 9798 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 9799 | arg1 = cast_from_fixed (type, arg1); |
| 9800 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9801 | arg2 = cast_from_fixed (type, arg2); |
| 9802 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 9803 | return ada_value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 9804 | } |
| 9805 | |
| 9806 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 9807 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 9808 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9809 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (value_type (arg1), exp, pos, noside); |
| 9810 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9811 | goto nosideret; |
| 9812 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9813 | tem = 0; |
| 9814 | else |
| 9815 | { |
| 9816 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 9817 | tem = ada_value_equal (arg1, arg2); |
| 9818 | } |
| 9819 | if (op == BINOP_NOTEQUAL) |
| 9820 | tem = !tem; |
| 9821 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 9822 | return value_from_longest (type, (LONGEST) tem); |
| 9823 | |
| 9824 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 9825 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9826 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9827 | goto nosideret; |
| 9828 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 9829 | return value_cast (value_type (arg1), value_neg (arg1)); |
| 9830 | else |
| 9831 | { |
| 9832 | unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); |
| 9833 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 9834 | } |
| 9835 | |
| 9836 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| 9837 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| 9838 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 9839 | { |
| 9840 | struct value *val; |
| 9841 | |
| 9842 | *pos -= 1; |
| 9843 | val = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9844 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 9845 | return value_cast (type, val); |
| 9846 | } |
| 9847 | |
| 9848 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 9849 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 9850 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 9851 | { |
| 9852 | struct value *val; |
| 9853 | |
| 9854 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); |
| 9855 | *pos = pc; |
| 9856 | val = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9857 | |
| 9858 | return value_cast (value_type (arg1), val); |
| 9859 | } |
| 9860 | |
| 9861 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 9862 | *pos -= 1; |
| 9863 | |
| 9864 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9865 | { |
| 9866 | *pos += 4; |
| 9867 | goto nosideret; |
| 9868 | } |
| 9869 | else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 9870 | /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a |
| 9871 | context other than a function call, in which case, it is |
| 9872 | invalid. */ |
| 9873 | error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"), |
| 9874 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 9875 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9876 | { |
| 9877 | type = static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 9878 | /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle |
| 9879 | the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but |
| 9880 | we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types. |
| 9881 | The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas |
| 9882 | a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */ |
| 9883 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type, 0) |
| 9884 | || (TYPE_CODE(type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 9885 | && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), 0))) |
| 9886 | { |
| 9887 | /* Tagged types are a little special in the fact that the real |
| 9888 | type is dynamic and can only be determined by inspecting the |
| 9889 | object's tag. This means that we need to get the object's |
| 9890 | value first (EVAL_NORMAL) and then extract the actual object |
| 9891 | type from its tag. |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 | Note that we cannot skip the final step where we extract |
| 9894 | the object type from its tag, because the EVAL_NORMAL phase |
| 9895 | results in dynamic components being resolved into fixed ones. |
| 9896 | This can cause problems when trying to print the type |
| 9897 | description of tagged types whose parent has a dynamic size: |
| 9898 | We use the type name of the "_parent" component in order |
| 9899 | to print the name of the ancestor type in the type description. |
| 9900 | If that component had a dynamic size, the resolution into |
| 9901 | a fixed type would result in the loss of that type name, |
| 9902 | thus preventing us from printing the name of the ancestor |
| 9903 | type in the type description. */ |
| 9904 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 9905 | |
| 9906 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 9907 | { |
| 9908 | struct type *actual_type; |
| 9909 | |
| 9910 | actual_type = type_from_tag (ada_value_tag (arg1)); |
| 9911 | if (actual_type == NULL) |
| 9912 | /* If, for some reason, we were unable to determine |
| 9913 | the actual type from the tag, then use the static |
| 9914 | approximation that we just computed as a fallback. |
| 9915 | This can happen if the debugging information is |
| 9916 | incomplete, for instance. */ |
| 9917 | actual_type = type; |
| 9918 | return value_zero (actual_type, not_lval); |
| 9919 | } |
| 9920 | else |
| 9921 | { |
| 9922 | /* In the case of a ref, ada_coerce_ref takes care |
| 9923 | of determining the actual type. But the evaluation |
| 9924 | should return a ref as it should be valid to ask |
| 9925 | for its address; so rebuild a ref after coerce. */ |
| 9926 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 9927 | return value_ref (arg1); |
| 9928 | } |
| 9929 | } |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 | *pos += 4; |
| 9932 | return value_zero |
| 9933 | (to_static_fixed_type |
| 9934 | (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))), |
| 9935 | not_lval); |
| 9936 | } |
| 9937 | else |
| 9938 | { |
| 9939 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9940 | return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); |
| 9941 | } |
| 9942 | |
| 9943 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 9944 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 9945 | |
| 9946 | /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be |
| 9947 | called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */ |
| 9948 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 9949 | argvec = |
| 9950 | (struct value **) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2)); |
| 9951 | |
| 9952 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 9953 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 9954 | error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"), |
| 9955 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol)); |
| 9956 | else |
| 9957 | { |
| 9958 | for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1) |
| 9959 | argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9960 | argvec[tem] = 0; |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9963 | goto nosideret; |
| 9964 | } |
| 9965 | |
| 9966 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type |
| 9967 | (desc_base_type (value_type (argvec[0])))) |
| 9968 | argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]); |
| 9969 | else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 9970 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (value_type (argvec[0]), 0) != 0) |
| 9971 | /* This is a packed array that has already been fixed, and |
| 9972 | therefore already coerced to a simple array. Nothing further |
| 9973 | to do. */ |
| 9974 | ; |
| 9975 | else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 9976 | || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 9977 | && VALUE_LVAL (argvec[0]) == lval_memory)) |
| 9978 | argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]); |
| 9979 | |
| 9980 | type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (argvec[0])); |
| 9981 | |
| 9982 | /* Ada allows us to implicitly dereference arrays when subscripting |
| 9983 | them. So, if this is an array typedef (encoding use for array |
| 9984 | access types encoded as fat pointers), strip it now. */ |
| 9985 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 9986 | type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); |
| 9987 | |
| 9988 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 9989 | { |
| 9990 | switch (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))) |
| 9991 | { |
| 9992 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 9993 | type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 9994 | break; |
| 9995 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 9996 | break; |
| 9997 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 9998 | if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9999 | argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]); |
| 10000 | type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 10001 | break; |
| 10002 | default: |
| 10003 | error (_("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'"), |
| 10004 | ada_type_name (value_type (argvec[0]))); |
| 10005 | break; |
| 10006 | } |
| 10007 | } |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 10010 | { |
| 10011 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 10012 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10013 | { |
| 10014 | struct type *rtype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | if (TYPE_GNU_IFUNC (type)) |
| 10017 | return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (rtype)); |
| 10018 | return allocate_value (rtype); |
| 10019 | } |
| 10020 | return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); |
| 10021 | case TYPE_CODE_INTERNAL_FUNCTION: |
| 10022 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10023 | /* We don't know anything about what the internal |
| 10024 | function might return, but we have to return |
| 10025 | something. */ |
| 10026 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 10027 | not_lval); |
| 10028 | else |
| 10029 | return call_internal_function (exp->gdbarch, exp->language_defn, |
| 10030 | argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); |
| 10031 | |
| 10032 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 10033 | { |
| 10034 | int arity; |
| 10035 | |
| 10036 | arity = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 10037 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 10038 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10039 | error (_("cannot subscript or call a record")); |
| 10040 | if (arity != nargs) |
| 10041 | error (_("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d"), arity); |
| 10042 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10043 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10044 | return |
| 10045 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 10046 | (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 10047 | } |
| 10048 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 10049 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10050 | { |
| 10051 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 10052 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10053 | error (_("element type of array unknown")); |
| 10054 | else |
| 10055 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10056 | } |
| 10057 | return |
| 10058 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 10059 | (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]), |
| 10060 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 10061 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */ |
| 10062 | type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1); |
| 10063 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10064 | { |
| 10065 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 10066 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10067 | error (_("element type of array unknown")); |
| 10068 | else |
| 10069 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10070 | } |
| 10071 | return |
| 10072 | unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type, |
| 10073 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 10074 | |
| 10075 | default: |
| 10076 | error (_("Attempt to index or call something other than an " |
| 10077 | "array or function")); |
| 10078 | } |
| 10079 | |
| 10080 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 10081 | { |
| 10082 | struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10083 | struct value *low_bound_val = |
| 10084 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10085 | struct value *high_bound_val = |
| 10086 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10087 | LONGEST low_bound; |
| 10088 | LONGEST high_bound; |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 | low_bound_val = coerce_ref (low_bound_val); |
| 10091 | high_bound_val = coerce_ref (high_bound_val); |
| 10092 | low_bound = pos_atr (low_bound_val); |
| 10093 | high_bound = pos_atr (high_bound_val); |
| 10094 | |
| 10095 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10096 | goto nosideret; |
| 10097 | |
| 10098 | /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all |
| 10099 | the aligners. */ |
| 10100 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 10101 | && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array)))) |
| 10102 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array)) = |
| 10103 | ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array))); |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (array))) |
| 10106 | error (_("cannot slice a packed array")); |
| 10107 | |
| 10108 | /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue, |
| 10109 | convert to a pointer. */ |
| 10110 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 10111 | || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 10112 | && VALUE_LVAL (array) == lval_memory)) |
| 10113 | array = value_addr (array); |
| 10114 | |
| 10115 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS |
| 10116 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ada_check_typedef |
| 10117 | (value_type (array)))) |
| 10118 | return empty_array (ada_type_of_array (array, 0), low_bound); |
| 10119 | |
| 10120 | array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array); |
| 10121 | |
| 10122 | /* If we have more than one level of pointer indirection, |
| 10123 | dereference the value until we get only one level. */ |
| 10124 | while (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 10125 | && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array))) |
| 10126 | == TYPE_CODE_PTR)) |
| 10127 | array = value_ind (array); |
| 10128 | |
| 10129 | /* Make sure we really do have an array type before going further, |
| 10130 | to avoid a SEGV when trying to get the index type or the target |
| 10131 | type later down the road if the debug info generated by |
| 10132 | the compiler is incorrect or incomplete. */ |
| 10133 | if (!ada_is_simple_array_type (value_type (array))) |
| 10134 | error (_("cannot take slice of non-array")); |
| 10135 | |
| 10136 | if (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (value_type (array))) |
| 10137 | == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10138 | { |
| 10139 | struct type *type0 = ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)); |
| 10140 | |
| 10141 | if (high_bound < low_bound || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10142 | return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), low_bound); |
| 10143 | else |
| 10144 | { |
| 10145 | struct type *arr_type0 = |
| 10146 | to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), NULL, 1); |
| 10147 | |
| 10148 | return ada_value_slice_from_ptr (array, arr_type0, |
| 10149 | longest_to_int (low_bound), |
| 10150 | longest_to_int (high_bound)); |
| 10151 | } |
| 10152 | } |
| 10153 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10154 | return array; |
| 10155 | else if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 10156 | return empty_array (value_type (array), low_bound); |
| 10157 | else |
| 10158 | return ada_value_slice (array, longest_to_int (low_bound), |
| 10159 | longest_to_int (high_bound)); |
| 10160 | } |
| 10161 | |
| 10162 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 10163 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10164 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10165 | type = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 1].type); |
| 10166 | |
| 10167 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10168 | goto nosideret; |
| 10169 | |
| 10170 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 10171 | { |
| 10172 | default: |
| 10173 | lim_warning (_("Membership test incompletely implemented; " |
| 10174 | "always returns true")); |
| 10175 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10176 | return value_from_longest (type, (LONGEST) 1); |
| 10177 | |
| 10178 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 10179 | arg2 = value_from_longest (type, TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type)); |
| 10180 | arg3 = value_from_longest (type, TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type)); |
| 10181 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10182 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); |
| 10183 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10184 | return |
| 10185 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 10186 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 10187 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 10188 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 10189 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 10190 | } |
| 10191 | |
| 10192 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 10193 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10194 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10195 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10198 | goto nosideret; |
| 10199 | |
| 10200 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10201 | { |
| 10202 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10203 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 10204 | } |
| 10205 | |
| 10206 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 10207 | |
| 10208 | type = ada_index_type (value_type (arg2), tem, "range"); |
| 10209 | if (!type) |
| 10210 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 10211 | |
| 10212 | arg3 = value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1)); |
| 10213 | arg2 = value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0)); |
| 10214 | |
| 10215 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10216 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); |
| 10217 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10218 | return |
| 10219 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 10220 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 10221 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 10222 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 10223 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 10224 | |
| 10225 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 10226 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10227 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10228 | arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10229 | |
| 10230 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10231 | goto nosideret; |
| 10232 | |
| 10233 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10234 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); |
| 10235 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10236 | return |
| 10237 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 10238 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 10239 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 10240 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 10241 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 10242 | |
| 10243 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 10244 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 10245 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 10246 | { |
| 10247 | struct type *type_arg; |
| 10248 | |
| 10249 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 10250 | { |
| 10251 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 10252 | arg1 = NULL; |
| 10253 | type_arg = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 2].type); |
| 10254 | } |
| 10255 | else |
| 10256 | { |
| 10257 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10258 | type_arg = NULL; |
| 10259 | } |
| 10260 | |
| 10261 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG) |
| 10262 | error (_("Invalid operand to '%s"), ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 10263 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 2].longconst); |
| 10264 | *pos += 4; |
| 10265 | |
| 10266 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10267 | goto nosideret; |
| 10268 | |
| 10269 | if (type_arg == NULL) |
| 10270 | { |
| 10271 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 10272 | |
| 10273 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 10274 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 10275 | |
| 10276 | type = ada_index_type (value_type (arg1), tem, |
| 10277 | ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 10278 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10279 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 10280 | |
| 10281 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10282 | return allocate_value (type); |
| 10283 | |
| 10284 | switch (op) |
| 10285 | { |
| 10286 | default: /* Should never happen. */ |
| 10287 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 10288 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 10289 | return value_from_longest |
| 10290 | (type, ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0)); |
| 10291 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 10292 | return value_from_longest |
| 10293 | (type, ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1)); |
| 10294 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 10295 | return value_from_longest |
| 10296 | (type, ada_array_length (arg1, tem)); |
| 10297 | } |
| 10298 | } |
| 10299 | else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg)) |
| 10300 | { |
| 10301 | struct type *range_type; |
| 10302 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type_arg); |
| 10303 | |
| 10304 | range_type = NULL; |
| 10305 | if (name != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type_arg) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 10306 | range_type = to_fixed_range_type (type_arg, NULL); |
| 10307 | if (range_type == NULL) |
| 10308 | range_type = type_arg; |
| 10309 | switch (op) |
| 10310 | { |
| 10311 | default: |
| 10312 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 10313 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 10314 | return value_from_longest |
| 10315 | (range_type, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type)); |
| 10316 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 10317 | return value_from_longest |
| 10318 | (range_type, ada_discrete_type_high_bound (range_type)); |
| 10319 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 10320 | error (_("the 'length attribute applies only to array types")); |
| 10321 | } |
| 10322 | } |
| 10323 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 10324 | error (_("unimplemented type attribute")); |
| 10325 | else |
| 10326 | { |
| 10327 | LONGEST low, high; |
| 10328 | |
| 10329 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg)) |
| 10330 | type_arg = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg); |
| 10331 | |
| 10332 | type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem, ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 10333 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10334 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 10335 | |
| 10336 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10337 | return allocate_value (type); |
| 10338 | |
| 10339 | switch (op) |
| 10340 | { |
| 10341 | default: |
| 10342 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 10343 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 10344 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0); |
| 10345 | return value_from_longest (type, low); |
| 10346 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 10347 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1); |
| 10348 | return value_from_longest (type, high); |
| 10349 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 10350 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0); |
| 10351 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1); |
| 10352 | return value_from_longest (type, high - low + 1); |
| 10353 | } |
| 10354 | } |
| 10355 | } |
| 10356 | |
| 10357 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 10358 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10359 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10360 | goto nosideret; |
| 10361 | |
| 10362 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10363 | return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 10364 | |
| 10365 | return ada_value_tag (arg1); |
| 10366 | |
| 10367 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 10368 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 10369 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 10370 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10371 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10372 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10373 | goto nosideret; |
| 10374 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10375 | return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 10376 | else |
| 10377 | { |
| 10378 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10379 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, |
| 10380 | op == OP_ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX); |
| 10381 | } |
| 10382 | |
| 10383 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 10384 | { |
| 10385 | struct type *type_arg = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 2].type); |
| 10386 | |
| 10387 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 10388 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10389 | goto nosideret; |
| 10390 | |
| 10391 | if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg)) |
| 10392 | error (_("'modulus must be applied to modular type")); |
| 10393 | |
| 10394 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg), |
| 10395 | ada_modulus (type_arg)); |
| 10396 | } |
| 10397 | |
| 10398 | |
| 10399 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 10400 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 10401 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10402 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10403 | goto nosideret; |
| 10404 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 10405 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10406 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 10407 | else |
| 10408 | return value_pos_atr (type, arg1); |
| 10409 | |
| 10410 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 10411 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10412 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 10413 | |
| 10414 | /* If the argument is a reference, then dereference its type, since |
| 10415 | the user is really asking for the size of the actual object, |
| 10416 | not the size of the pointer. */ |
| 10417 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 10418 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 10419 | |
| 10420 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10421 | goto nosideret; |
| 10422 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10423 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, not_lval); |
| 10424 | else |
| 10425 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 10426 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 10427 | |
| 10428 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 10429 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 10430 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10431 | type = exp->elts[pc + 2].type; |
| 10432 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10433 | goto nosideret; |
| 10434 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10435 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 10436 | else |
| 10437 | return value_val_atr (type, arg1); |
| 10438 | |
| 10439 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 10440 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10441 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10442 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10443 | goto nosideret; |
| 10444 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10445 | return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 10446 | else |
| 10447 | { |
| 10448 | /* For integer exponentiation operations, |
| 10449 | only promote the first argument. */ |
| 10450 | if (is_integral_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10451 | unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); |
| 10452 | else |
| 10453 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10454 | |
| 10455 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 10456 | } |
| 10457 | |
| 10458 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 10459 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10460 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10461 | goto nosideret; |
| 10462 | else |
| 10463 | return arg1; |
| 10464 | |
| 10465 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 10466 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10467 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10468 | goto nosideret; |
| 10469 | unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); |
| 10470 | if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval))) |
| 10471 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 10472 | else |
| 10473 | return arg1; |
| 10474 | |
| 10475 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 10476 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10477 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10478 | goto nosideret; |
| 10479 | type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); |
| 10480 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10481 | { |
| 10482 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 10483 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 10484 | { |
| 10485 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0); |
| 10486 | |
| 10487 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 10488 | error (_("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.")); |
| 10489 | return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0); |
| 10490 | } |
| 10491 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 10492 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 10493 | /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */ |
| 10494 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 10495 | { |
| 10496 | type = to_static_fixed_type |
| 10497 | (ada_aligned_type |
| 10498 | (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))); |
| 10499 | check_size (type); |
| 10500 | return value_zero (type, lval_memory); |
| 10501 | } |
| 10502 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 10503 | { |
| 10504 | /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */ |
| 10505 | if (expect_type == NULL) |
| 10506 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 10507 | lval_memory); |
| 10508 | else |
| 10509 | { |
| 10510 | expect_type = |
| 10511 | to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (expect_type)); |
| 10512 | return value_zero (expect_type, lval_memory); |
| 10513 | } |
| 10514 | } |
| 10515 | else |
| 10516 | error (_("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.")); |
| 10517 | } |
| 10518 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */ |
| 10519 | type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); |
| 10520 | |
| 10521 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 10522 | /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. If we were given |
| 10523 | the expect_type, then use that as the target type. |
| 10524 | Otherwise, assume that the target type is an int. */ |
| 10525 | { |
| 10526 | if (expect_type != NULL) |
| 10527 | return ada_value_ind (value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (expect_type), |
| 10528 | arg1)); |
| 10529 | else |
| 10530 | return value_at_lazy (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 10531 | (CORE_ADDR) value_as_address (arg1)); |
| 10532 | } |
| 10533 | |
| 10534 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 10535 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 10536 | return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 10537 | else |
| 10538 | return ada_value_ind (arg1); |
| 10539 | |
| 10540 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 10541 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 10542 | (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1); |
| 10543 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10544 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10545 | goto nosideret; |
| 10546 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10547 | { |
| 10548 | struct type *type1 = value_type (arg1); |
| 10549 | |
| 10550 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1, 1)) |
| 10551 | { |
| 10552 | type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, |
| 10553 | &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 10554 | 1, 1, NULL); |
| 10555 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10556 | /* In this case, we assume that the field COULD exist |
| 10557 | in some extension of the type. Return an object of |
| 10558 | "type" void, which will match any formal |
| 10559 | (see ada_type_match). */ |
| 10560 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_void, |
| 10561 | lval_memory); |
| 10562 | } |
| 10563 | else |
| 10564 | type = |
| 10565 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 1, |
| 10566 | 0, NULL); |
| 10567 | |
| 10568 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10569 | } |
| 10570 | else |
| 10571 | arg1 = ada_value_struct_elt (arg1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 0); |
| 10572 | arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); |
| 10573 | return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); |
| 10574 | |
| 10575 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 10576 | /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it |
| 10577 | easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */ |
| 10578 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10579 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10580 | goto nosideret; |
| 10581 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10582 | return allocate_value (exp->elts[pc + 1].type); |
| 10583 | else |
| 10584 | error (_("Attempt to use a type name as an expression")); |
| 10585 | |
| 10586 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 10587 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 10588 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 10589 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 10590 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 10591 | case OP_NAME: |
| 10592 | if (noside == EVAL_NORMAL) |
| 10593 | switch (op) |
| 10594 | { |
| 10595 | case OP_NAME: |
| 10596 | error (_("Undefined name, ambiguous name, or renaming used in " |
| 10597 | "component association: %s."), &exp->elts[pc+2].string); |
| 10598 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 10599 | error (_("Aggregates only allowed on the right of an assignment")); |
| 10600 | default: |
| 10601 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| 10602 | _("aggregate apparently mangled")); |
| 10603 | } |
| 10604 | |
| 10605 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 10606 | *pos += oplen - 1; |
| 10607 | for (tem = 0; tem < nargs; tem += 1) |
| 10608 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10609 | goto nosideret; |
| 10610 | } |
| 10611 | |
| 10612 | nosideret: |
| 10613 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, 1); |
| 10614 | } |
| 10615 | \f |
| 10616 | |
| 10617 | /* Fixed point */ |
| 10618 | |
| 10619 | /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the |
| 10620 | type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information. |
| 10621 | Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 10622 | |
| 10623 | static const char * |
| 10624 | fixed_type_info (struct type *type) |
| 10625 | { |
| 10626 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 10627 | enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type); |
| 10628 | |
| 10629 | if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL) |
| 10630 | { |
| 10631 | const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_"); |
| 10632 | |
| 10633 | if (tail == NULL) |
| 10634 | return NULL; |
| 10635 | else |
| 10636 | return tail + 5; |
| 10637 | } |
| 10638 | else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type) |
| 10639 | return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 10640 | else |
| 10641 | return NULL; |
| 10642 | } |
| 10643 | |
| 10644 | /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */ |
| 10645 | |
| 10646 | int |
| 10647 | ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type) |
| 10648 | { |
| 10649 | return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL; |
| 10650 | } |
| 10651 | |
| 10652 | /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */ |
| 10653 | |
| 10654 | int |
| 10655 | ada_is_system_address_type (struct type *type) |
| 10656 | { |
| 10657 | return (TYPE_NAME (type) |
| 10658 | && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (type), "system__address") == 0); |
| 10659 | } |
| 10660 | |
| 10661 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point |
| 10662 | type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the |
| 10663 | delta cannot be determined. */ |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 | DOUBLEST |
| 10666 | ada_delta (struct type *type) |
| 10667 | { |
| 10668 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 10669 | DOUBLEST num, den; |
| 10670 | |
| 10671 | /* Strictly speaking, num and den are encoded as integer. However, |
| 10672 | they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted |
| 10673 | to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */ |
| 10674 | if (sscanf (encoding, "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT, |
| 10675 | &num, &den) < 2) |
| 10676 | return -1.0; |
| 10677 | else |
| 10678 | return num / den; |
| 10679 | } |
| 10680 | |
| 10681 | /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling |
| 10682 | factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */ |
| 10683 | |
| 10684 | static DOUBLEST |
| 10685 | scaling_factor (struct type *type) |
| 10686 | { |
| 10687 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 10688 | DOUBLEST num0, den0, num1, den1; |
| 10689 | int n; |
| 10690 | |
| 10691 | /* Strictly speaking, num's and den's are encoded as integer. However, |
| 10692 | they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted |
| 10693 | to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */ |
| 10694 | n = sscanf (encoding, |
| 10695 | "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT |
| 10696 | "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT, |
| 10697 | &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1); |
| 10698 | |
| 10699 | if (n < 2) |
| 10700 | return 1.0; |
| 10701 | else if (n == 4) |
| 10702 | return num1 / den1; |
| 10703 | else |
| 10704 | return num0 / den0; |
| 10705 | } |
| 10706 | |
| 10707 | |
| 10708 | /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point |
| 10709 | type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */ |
| 10710 | |
| 10711 | DOUBLEST |
| 10712 | ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x) |
| 10713 | { |
| 10714 | return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type); |
| 10715 | } |
| 10716 | |
| 10717 | /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE |
| 10718 | corresponding to the value X. */ |
| 10719 | |
| 10720 | LONGEST |
| 10721 | ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x) |
| 10722 | { |
| 10723 | return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5); |
| 10724 | } |
| 10725 | |
| 10726 | \f |
| 10727 | |
| 10728 | /* Range types */ |
| 10729 | |
| 10730 | /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and |
| 10731 | return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If |
| 10732 | PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the |
| 10733 | name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do |
| 10734 | not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */ |
| 10735 | |
| 10736 | static int |
| 10737 | scan_discrim_bound (char *str, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px, |
| 10738 | int *pnew_k) |
| 10739 | { |
| 10740 | static char *bound_buffer = NULL; |
| 10741 | static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0; |
| 10742 | char *bound; |
| 10743 | char *pend; |
| 10744 | struct value *bound_val; |
| 10745 | |
| 10746 | if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0') |
| 10747 | return 0; |
| 10748 | |
| 10749 | pend = strstr (str + k, "__"); |
| 10750 | if (pend == NULL) |
| 10751 | { |
| 10752 | bound = str + k; |
| 10753 | k += strlen (bound); |
| 10754 | } |
| 10755 | else |
| 10756 | { |
| 10757 | GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1); |
| 10758 | bound = bound_buffer; |
| 10759 | strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k)); |
| 10760 | bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0'; |
| 10761 | k = pend - str; |
| 10762 | } |
| 10763 | |
| 10764 | bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, value_type (dval)); |
| 10765 | if (bound_val == NULL) |
| 10766 | return 0; |
| 10767 | |
| 10768 | *px = value_as_long (bound_val); |
| 10769 | if (pnew_k != NULL) |
| 10770 | *pnew_k = k; |
| 10771 | return 1; |
| 10772 | } |
| 10773 | |
| 10774 | /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 10775 | no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and |
| 10776 | otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */ |
| 10777 | |
| 10778 | static struct value * |
| 10779 | get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg) |
| 10780 | { |
| 10781 | struct ada_symbol_info *syms; |
| 10782 | int nsyms; |
| 10783 | |
| 10784 | nsyms = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (0), VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 10785 | &syms); |
| 10786 | |
| 10787 | if (nsyms != 1) |
| 10788 | { |
| 10789 | if (err_msg == NULL) |
| 10790 | return 0; |
| 10791 | else |
| 10792 | error (("%s"), err_msg); |
| 10793 | } |
| 10794 | |
| 10795 | return value_of_variable (syms[0].sym, syms[0].block); |
| 10796 | } |
| 10797 | |
| 10798 | /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 10799 | no such variable found, returns 0, and sets *FLAG to 0. If |
| 10800 | successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */ |
| 10801 | |
| 10802 | LONGEST |
| 10803 | get_int_var_value (char *name, int *flag) |
| 10804 | { |
| 10805 | struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, 0); |
| 10806 | |
| 10807 | if (var_val == 0) |
| 10808 | { |
| 10809 | if (flag != NULL) |
| 10810 | *flag = 0; |
| 10811 | return 0; |
| 10812 | } |
| 10813 | else |
| 10814 | { |
| 10815 | if (flag != NULL) |
| 10816 | *flag = 1; |
| 10817 | return value_as_long (var_val); |
| 10818 | } |
| 10819 | } |
| 10820 | |
| 10821 | |
| 10822 | /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named |
| 10823 | NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated |
| 10824 | from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions. |
| 10825 | Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. ORIG_TYPE is the |
| 10826 | corresponding range type from debug information; fall back to using it |
| 10827 | if symbol lookup fails. If a new type must be created, allocate it |
| 10828 | like ORIG_TYPE was. The bounds information, in general, is encoded |
| 10829 | in NAME, the base type given in the named range type. */ |
| 10830 | |
| 10831 | static struct type * |
| 10832 | to_fixed_range_type (struct type *raw_type, struct value *dval) |
| 10833 | { |
| 10834 | const char *name; |
| 10835 | struct type *base_type; |
| 10836 | char *subtype_info; |
| 10837 | |
| 10838 | gdb_assert (raw_type != NULL); |
| 10839 | gdb_assert (TYPE_NAME (raw_type) != NULL); |
| 10840 | |
| 10841 | if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 10842 | base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type); |
| 10843 | else |
| 10844 | base_type = raw_type; |
| 10845 | |
| 10846 | name = TYPE_NAME (raw_type); |
| 10847 | subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD"); |
| 10848 | if (subtype_info == NULL) |
| 10849 | { |
| 10850 | LONGEST L = ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type); |
| 10851 | LONGEST U = ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type); |
| 10852 | |
| 10853 | if (L < INT_MIN || U > INT_MAX) |
| 10854 | return raw_type; |
| 10855 | else |
| 10856 | return create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type), raw_type, |
| 10857 | ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type), |
| 10858 | ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type)); |
| 10859 | } |
| 10860 | else |
| 10861 | { |
| 10862 | static char *name_buf = NULL; |
| 10863 | static size_t name_len = 0; |
| 10864 | int prefix_len = subtype_info - name; |
| 10865 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 10866 | struct type *type; |
| 10867 | char *bounds_str; |
| 10868 | int n; |
| 10869 | |
| 10870 | GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5); |
| 10871 | strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len); |
| 10872 | name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0'; |
| 10873 | |
| 10874 | subtype_info += 5; |
| 10875 | bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_'); |
| 10876 | n = 1; |
| 10877 | |
| 10878 | if (*subtype_info == 'L') |
| 10879 | { |
| 10880 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n) |
| 10881 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n)) |
| 10882 | return raw_type; |
| 10883 | if (bounds_str[n] == '_') |
| 10884 | n += 2; |
| 10885 | else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */ |
| 10886 | n += 1; |
| 10887 | subtype_info += 1; |
| 10888 | } |
| 10889 | else |
| 10890 | { |
| 10891 | int ok; |
| 10892 | |
| 10893 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L"); |
| 10894 | L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, &ok); |
| 10895 | if (!ok) |
| 10896 | { |
| 10897 | lim_warning (_("Unknown lower bound, using 1.")); |
| 10898 | L = 1; |
| 10899 | } |
| 10900 | } |
| 10901 | |
| 10902 | if (*subtype_info == 'U') |
| 10903 | { |
| 10904 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n) |
| 10905 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n)) |
| 10906 | return raw_type; |
| 10907 | } |
| 10908 | else |
| 10909 | { |
| 10910 | int ok; |
| 10911 | |
| 10912 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U"); |
| 10913 | U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, &ok); |
| 10914 | if (!ok) |
| 10915 | { |
| 10916 | lim_warning (_("Unknown upper bound, using %ld."), (long) L); |
| 10917 | U = L; |
| 10918 | } |
| 10919 | } |
| 10920 | |
| 10921 | type = create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type), base_type, L, U); |
| 10922 | TYPE_NAME (type) = name; |
| 10923 | return type; |
| 10924 | } |
| 10925 | } |
| 10926 | |
| 10927 | /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */ |
| 10928 | |
| 10929 | int |
| 10930 | ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name) |
| 10931 | { |
| 10932 | return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD")); |
| 10933 | } |
| 10934 | \f |
| 10935 | |
| 10936 | /* Modular types */ |
| 10937 | |
| 10938 | /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */ |
| 10939 | |
| 10940 | int |
| 10941 | ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type) |
| 10942 | { |
| 10943 | struct type *subranged_type = get_base_type (type); |
| 10944 | |
| 10945 | return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE |
| 10946 | && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 10947 | && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type)); |
| 10948 | } |
| 10949 | |
| 10950 | /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */ |
| 10951 | |
| 10952 | ULONGEST |
| 10953 | ada_modulus (struct type *type) |
| 10954 | { |
| 10955 | return (ULONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1; |
| 10956 | } |
| 10957 | \f |
| 10958 | |
| 10959 | /* Ada exception catchpoint support: |
| 10960 | --------------------------------- |
| 10961 | |
| 10962 | We support 3 kinds of exception catchpoints: |
| 10963 | . catchpoints on Ada exceptions |
| 10964 | . catchpoints on unhandled Ada exceptions |
| 10965 | . catchpoints on failed assertions |
| 10966 | |
| 10967 | Exceptions raised during failed assertions, or unhandled exceptions |
| 10968 | could perfectly be caught with the general catchpoint on Ada exceptions. |
| 10969 | However, we can easily differentiate these two special cases, and having |
| 10970 | the option to distinguish these two cases from the rest can be useful |
| 10971 | to zero-in on certain situations. |
| 10972 | |
| 10973 | Exception catchpoints are a specialized form of breakpoint, |
| 10974 | since they rely on inserting breakpoints inside known routines |
| 10975 | of the GNAT runtime. The implementation therefore uses a standard |
| 10976 | breakpoint structure of the BP_BREAKPOINT type, but with its own set |
| 10977 | of breakpoint_ops. |
| 10978 | |
| 10979 | Support in the runtime for exception catchpoints have been changed |
| 10980 | a few times already, and these changes affect the implementation |
| 10981 | of these catchpoints. In order to be able to support several |
| 10982 | variants of the runtime, we use a sniffer that will determine |
| 10983 | the runtime variant used by the program being debugged. */ |
| 10984 | |
| 10985 | /* Ada's standard exceptions. */ |
| 10986 | |
| 10987 | static char *standard_exc[] = { |
| 10988 | "constraint_error", |
| 10989 | "program_error", |
| 10990 | "storage_error", |
| 10991 | "tasking_error" |
| 10992 | }; |
| 10993 | |
| 10994 | typedef CORE_ADDR (ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype) (void); |
| 10995 | |
| 10996 | /* A structure that describes how to support exception catchpoints |
| 10997 | for a given executable. */ |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | struct exception_support_info |
| 11000 | { |
| 11001 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11002 | a catchpoint on exceptions. */ |
| 11003 | const char *catch_exception_sym; |
| 11004 | |
| 11005 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11006 | a catchpoint on unhandled exceptions. */ |
| 11007 | const char *catch_exception_unhandled_sym; |
| 11008 | |
| 11009 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11010 | a catchpoint on failed assertions. */ |
| 11011 | const char *catch_assert_sym; |
| 11012 | |
| 11013 | /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception |
| 11014 | catchpoint, this function is responsible for returning the address |
| 11015 | in inferior memory where the name of that exception is stored. |
| 11016 | Return zero if the address could not be computed. */ |
| 11017 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype *unhandled_exception_name_addr; |
| 11018 | }; |
| 11019 | |
| 11020 | static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void); |
| 11021 | static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void); |
| 11022 | |
| 11023 | /* The following exception support info structure describes how to |
| 11024 | implement exception catchpoints with the latest version of the |
| 11025 | Ada runtime (as of 2007-03-06). */ |
| 11026 | |
| 11027 | static const struct exception_support_info default_exception_support_info = |
| 11028 | { |
| 11029 | "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */ |
| 11030 | "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ |
| 11031 | "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ |
| 11032 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr |
| 11033 | }; |
| 11034 | |
| 11035 | /* The following exception support info structure describes how to |
| 11036 | implement exception catchpoints with a slightly older version |
| 11037 | of the Ada runtime. */ |
| 11038 | |
| 11039 | static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_fallback = |
| 11040 | { |
| 11041 | "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg", /* catch_exception_sym */ |
| 11042 | "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ |
| 11043 | "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ |
| 11044 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise |
| 11045 | }; |
| 11046 | |
| 11047 | /* Return nonzero if we can detect the exception support routines |
| 11048 | described in EINFO. |
| 11049 | |
| 11050 | This function errors out if an abnormal situation is detected |
| 11051 | (for instance, if we find the exception support routines, but |
| 11052 | that support is found to be incomplete). */ |
| 11053 | |
| 11054 | static int |
| 11055 | ada_has_this_exception_support (const struct exception_support_info *einfo) |
| 11056 | { |
| 11057 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 11058 | |
| 11059 | /* The symbol we're looking up is provided by a unit in the GNAT runtime |
| 11060 | that should be compiled with debugging information. As a result, we |
| 11061 | expect to find that symbol in the symtabs. */ |
| 11062 | |
| 11063 | sym = standard_lookup (einfo->catch_exception_sym, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 11064 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 11065 | { |
| 11066 | /* Perhaps we did not find our symbol because the Ada runtime was |
| 11067 | compiled without debugging info, or simply stripped of it. |
| 11068 | It happens on some GNU/Linux distributions for instance, where |
| 11069 | users have to install a separate debug package in order to get |
| 11070 | the runtime's debugging info. In that situation, let the user |
| 11071 | know why we cannot insert an Ada exception catchpoint. |
| 11072 | |
| 11073 | Note: Just for the purpose of inserting our Ada exception |
| 11074 | catchpoint, we could rely purely on the associated minimal symbol. |
| 11075 | But we would be operating in degraded mode anyway, since we are |
| 11076 | still lacking the debugging info needed later on to extract |
| 11077 | the name of the exception being raised (this name is printed in |
| 11078 | the catchpoint message, and is also used when trying to catch |
| 11079 | a specific exception). We do not handle this case for now. */ |
| 11080 | struct minimal_symbol *msym |
| 11081 | = lookup_minimal_symbol (einfo->catch_exception_sym, NULL, NULL); |
| 11082 | |
| 11083 | if (msym && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msym) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 11084 | error (_("Your Ada runtime appears to be missing some debugging " |
| 11085 | "information.\nCannot insert Ada exception catchpoint " |
| 11086 | "in this configuration.")); |
| 11087 | |
| 11088 | return 0; |
| 11089 | } |
| 11090 | |
| 11091 | /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */ |
| 11092 | |
| 11093 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK) |
| 11094 | error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"), |
| 11095 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)); |
| 11096 | |
| 11097 | return 1; |
| 11098 | } |
| 11099 | |
| 11100 | /* Inspect the Ada runtime and determine which exception info structure |
| 11101 | should be used to provide support for exception catchpoints. |
| 11102 | |
| 11103 | This function will always set the per-inferior exception_info, |
| 11104 | or raise an error. */ |
| 11105 | |
| 11106 | static void |
| 11107 | ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (void) |
| 11108 | { |
| 11109 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 11110 | |
| 11111 | /* If the exception info is already known, then no need to recompute it. */ |
| 11112 | if (data->exception_info != NULL) |
| 11113 | return; |
| 11114 | |
| 11115 | /* Check the latest (default) exception support info. */ |
| 11116 | if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&default_exception_support_info)) |
| 11117 | { |
| 11118 | data->exception_info = &default_exception_support_info; |
| 11119 | return; |
| 11120 | } |
| 11121 | |
| 11122 | /* Try our fallback exception suport info. */ |
| 11123 | if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&exception_support_info_fallback)) |
| 11124 | { |
| 11125 | data->exception_info = &exception_support_info_fallback; |
| 11126 | return; |
| 11127 | } |
| 11128 | |
| 11129 | /* Sometimes, it is normal for us to not be able to find the routine |
| 11130 | we are looking for. This happens when the program is linked with |
| 11131 | the shared version of the GNAT runtime, and the program has not been |
| 11132 | started yet. Inform the user of these two possible causes if |
| 11133 | applicable. */ |
| 11134 | |
| 11135 | if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown) != language_ada) |
| 11136 | error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Is this an Ada main program?")); |
| 11137 | |
| 11138 | /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is |
| 11139 | already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been |
| 11140 | loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is |
| 11141 | in a shared library. */ |
| 11142 | |
| 11143 | if (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid) == 0) |
| 11144 | error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Try to start the program first.")); |
| 11145 | |
| 11146 | /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and |
| 11147 | that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to |
| 11148 | find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in |
| 11149 | configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized |
| 11150 | out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth |
| 11151 | supporting this feature. */ |
| 11152 | |
| 11153 | error (_("Cannot insert Ada exception catchpoints in this configuration.")); |
| 11154 | } |
| 11155 | |
| 11156 | /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is |
| 11157 | part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is |
| 11158 | intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting |
| 11159 | to most users. */ |
| 11160 | |
| 11161 | static int |
| 11162 | is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info *frame) |
| 11163 | { |
| 11164 | struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| 11165 | char *func_name; |
| 11166 | enum language func_lang; |
| 11167 | int i; |
| 11168 | const char *fullname; |
| 11169 | |
| 11170 | /* If this code does not have any debugging information (no symtab), |
| 11171 | This cannot be any user code. */ |
| 11172 | |
| 11173 | find_frame_sal (frame, &sal); |
| 11174 | if (sal.symtab == NULL) |
| 11175 | return 1; |
| 11176 | |
| 11177 | /* If there is a symtab, but the associated source file cannot be |
| 11178 | located, then assume this is not user code: Selecting a frame |
| 11179 | for which we cannot display the code would not be very helpful |
| 11180 | for the user. This should also take care of case such as VxWorks |
| 11181 | where the kernel has some debugging info provided for a few units. */ |
| 11182 | |
| 11183 | fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); |
| 11184 | if (access (fullname, R_OK) != 0) |
| 11185 | return 1; |
| 11186 | |
| 11187 | /* Check the unit filename againt the Ada runtime file naming. |
| 11188 | We also check the name of the objfile against the name of some |
| 11189 | known system libraries that sometimes come with debugging info |
| 11190 | too. */ |
| 11191 | |
| 11192 | for (i = 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 11193 | { |
| 11194 | re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i]); |
| 11195 | if (re_exec (lbasename (sal.symtab->filename))) |
| 11196 | return 1; |
| 11197 | if (sal.symtab->objfile != NULL |
| 11198 | && re_exec (objfile_name (sal.symtab->objfile))) |
| 11199 | return 1; |
| 11200 | } |
| 11201 | |
| 11202 | /* Check whether the function is a GNAT-generated entity. */ |
| 11203 | |
| 11204 | find_frame_funname (frame, &func_name, &func_lang, NULL); |
| 11205 | if (func_name == NULL) |
| 11206 | return 1; |
| 11207 | |
| 11208 | for (i = 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 11209 | { |
| 11210 | re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i]); |
| 11211 | if (re_exec (func_name)) |
| 11212 | { |
| 11213 | xfree (func_name); |
| 11214 | return 1; |
| 11215 | } |
| 11216 | } |
| 11217 | |
| 11218 | xfree (func_name); |
| 11219 | return 0; |
| 11220 | } |
| 11221 | |
| 11222 | /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not |
| 11223 | part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */ |
| 11224 | |
| 11225 | void |
| 11226 | ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi) |
| 11227 | { |
| 11228 | for (; fi != NULL; fi = get_prev_frame (fi)) |
| 11229 | { |
| 11230 | if (!is_known_support_routine (fi)) |
| 11231 | { |
| 11232 | select_frame (fi); |
| 11233 | break; |
| 11234 | } |
| 11235 | } |
| 11236 | |
| 11237 | } |
| 11238 | |
| 11239 | /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception |
| 11240 | catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name |
| 11241 | of the exception is stored. |
| 11242 | |
| 11243 | Return zero if the address could not be computed. */ |
| 11244 | |
| 11245 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 11246 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void) |
| 11247 | { |
| 11248 | return parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"); |
| 11249 | } |
| 11250 | |
| 11251 | /* Same as ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr, except that this function |
| 11252 | should be used when the inferior uses an older version of the runtime, |
| 11253 | where the exception name needs to be extracted from a specific frame |
| 11254 | several frames up in the callstack. */ |
| 11255 | |
| 11256 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 11257 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void) |
| 11258 | { |
| 11259 | int frame_level; |
| 11260 | struct frame_info *fi; |
| 11261 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 11262 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 11263 | |
| 11264 | /* To determine the name of this exception, we need to select |
| 11265 | the frame corresponding to RAISE_SYM_NAME. This frame is |
| 11266 | at least 3 levels up, so we simply skip the first 3 frames |
| 11267 | without checking the name of their associated function. */ |
| 11268 | fi = get_current_frame (); |
| 11269 | for (frame_level = 0; frame_level < 3; frame_level += 1) |
| 11270 | if (fi != NULL) |
| 11271 | fi = get_prev_frame (fi); |
| 11272 | |
| 11273 | old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 11274 | while (fi != NULL) |
| 11275 | { |
| 11276 | char *func_name; |
| 11277 | enum language func_lang; |
| 11278 | |
| 11279 | find_frame_funname (fi, &func_name, &func_lang, NULL); |
| 11280 | if (func_name != NULL) |
| 11281 | { |
| 11282 | make_cleanup (xfree, func_name); |
| 11283 | |
| 11284 | if (strcmp (func_name, |
| 11285 | data->exception_info->catch_exception_sym) == 0) |
| 11286 | break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */ |
| 11287 | fi = get_prev_frame (fi); |
| 11288 | } |
| 11289 | } |
| 11290 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 11291 | |
| 11292 | if (fi == NULL) |
| 11293 | return 0; |
| 11294 | |
| 11295 | select_frame (fi); |
| 11296 | return parse_and_eval_address ("id.full_name"); |
| 11297 | } |
| 11298 | |
| 11299 | /* Assuming the inferior just triggered an Ada exception catchpoint |
| 11300 | (of any type), return the address in inferior memory where the name |
| 11301 | of the exception is stored, if applicable. |
| 11302 | |
| 11303 | Return zero if the address could not be computed, or if not relevant. */ |
| 11304 | |
| 11305 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 11306 | ada_exception_name_addr_1 (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 11307 | struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11308 | { |
| 11309 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 11310 | |
| 11311 | switch (ex) |
| 11312 | { |
| 11313 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 11314 | return (parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name")); |
| 11315 | break; |
| 11316 | |
| 11317 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 11318 | return data->exception_info->unhandled_exception_name_addr (); |
| 11319 | break; |
| 11320 | |
| 11321 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 11322 | return 0; /* Exception name is not relevant in this case. */ |
| 11323 | break; |
| 11324 | |
| 11325 | default: |
| 11326 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 11327 | break; |
| 11328 | } |
| 11329 | |
| 11330 | return 0; /* Should never be reached. */ |
| 11331 | } |
| 11332 | |
| 11333 | /* Same as ada_exception_name_addr_1, except that it intercepts and contains |
| 11334 | any error that ada_exception_name_addr_1 might cause to be thrown. |
| 11335 | When an error is intercepted, a warning with the error message is printed, |
| 11336 | and zero is returned. */ |
| 11337 | |
| 11338 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 11339 | ada_exception_name_addr (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 11340 | struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11341 | { |
| 11342 | volatile struct gdb_exception e; |
| 11343 | CORE_ADDR result = 0; |
| 11344 | |
| 11345 | TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| 11346 | { |
| 11347 | result = ada_exception_name_addr_1 (ex, b); |
| 11348 | } |
| 11349 | |
| 11350 | if (e.reason < 0) |
| 11351 | { |
| 11352 | warning (_("failed to get exception name: %s"), e.message); |
| 11353 | return 0; |
| 11354 | } |
| 11355 | |
| 11356 | return result; |
| 11357 | } |
| 11358 | |
| 11359 | static char *ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *excep_string); |
| 11360 | |
| 11361 | /* Ada catchpoints. |
| 11362 | |
| 11363 | In the case of catchpoints on Ada exceptions, the catchpoint will |
| 11364 | stop the target on every exception the program throws. When a user |
| 11365 | specifies the name of a specific exception, we translate this |
| 11366 | request into a condition expression (in text form), and then parse |
| 11367 | it into an expression stored in each of the catchpoint's locations. |
| 11368 | We then use this condition to check whether the exception that was |
| 11369 | raised is the one the user is interested in. If not, then the |
| 11370 | target is resumed again. We store the name of the requested |
| 11371 | exception, in order to be able to re-set the condition expression |
| 11372 | when symbols change. */ |
| 11373 | |
| 11374 | /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint |
| 11375 | breakpoint location. It includes a "struct bp_location" as a kind |
| 11376 | of base class; users downcast to "struct bp_location *" when |
| 11377 | needed. */ |
| 11378 | |
| 11379 | struct ada_catchpoint_location |
| 11380 | { |
| 11381 | /* The base class. */ |
| 11382 | struct bp_location base; |
| 11383 | |
| 11384 | /* The condition that checks whether the exception that was raised |
| 11385 | is the specific exception the user specified on catchpoint |
| 11386 | creation. */ |
| 11387 | struct expression *excep_cond_expr; |
| 11388 | }; |
| 11389 | |
| 11390 | /* Implement the DTOR method in the bp_location_ops structure for all |
| 11391 | Ada exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11392 | |
| 11393 | static void |
| 11394 | ada_catchpoint_location_dtor (struct bp_location *bl) |
| 11395 | { |
| 11396 | struct ada_catchpoint_location *al = (struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; |
| 11397 | |
| 11398 | xfree (al->excep_cond_expr); |
| 11399 | } |
| 11400 | |
| 11401 | /* The vtable to be used in Ada catchpoint locations. */ |
| 11402 | |
| 11403 | static const struct bp_location_ops ada_catchpoint_location_ops = |
| 11404 | { |
| 11405 | ada_catchpoint_location_dtor |
| 11406 | }; |
| 11407 | |
| 11408 | /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint. |
| 11409 | It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users |
| 11410 | downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. */ |
| 11411 | |
| 11412 | struct ada_catchpoint |
| 11413 | { |
| 11414 | /* The base class. */ |
| 11415 | struct breakpoint base; |
| 11416 | |
| 11417 | /* The name of the specific exception the user specified. */ |
| 11418 | char *excep_string; |
| 11419 | }; |
| 11420 | |
| 11421 | /* Parse the exception condition string in the context of each of the |
| 11422 | catchpoint's locations, and store them for later evaluation. */ |
| 11423 | |
| 11424 | static void |
| 11425 | create_excep_cond_exprs (struct ada_catchpoint *c) |
| 11426 | { |
| 11427 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 11428 | struct bp_location *bl; |
| 11429 | char *cond_string; |
| 11430 | |
| 11431 | /* Nothing to do if there's no specific exception to catch. */ |
| 11432 | if (c->excep_string == NULL) |
| 11433 | return; |
| 11434 | |
| 11435 | /* Same if there are no locations... */ |
| 11436 | if (c->base.loc == NULL) |
| 11437 | return; |
| 11438 | |
| 11439 | /* Compute the condition expression in text form, from the specific |
| 11440 | expection we want to catch. */ |
| 11441 | cond_string = ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (c->excep_string); |
| 11442 | old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); |
| 11443 | |
| 11444 | /* Iterate over all the catchpoint's locations, and parse an |
| 11445 | expression for each. */ |
| 11446 | for (bl = c->base.loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) |
| 11447 | { |
| 11448 | struct ada_catchpoint_location *ada_loc |
| 11449 | = (struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; |
| 11450 | struct expression *exp = NULL; |
| 11451 | |
| 11452 | if (!bl->shlib_disabled) |
| 11453 | { |
| 11454 | volatile struct gdb_exception e; |
| 11455 | const char *s; |
| 11456 | |
| 11457 | s = cond_string; |
| 11458 | TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| 11459 | { |
| 11460 | exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, bl->address, |
| 11461 | block_for_pc (bl->address), 0); |
| 11462 | } |
| 11463 | if (e.reason < 0) |
| 11464 | { |
| 11465 | warning (_("failed to reevaluate internal exception condition " |
| 11466 | "for catchpoint %d: %s"), |
| 11467 | c->base.number, e.message); |
| 11468 | /* There is a bug in GCC on sparc-solaris when building with |
| 11469 | optimization which causes EXP to change unexpectedly |
| 11470 | (http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=56982). |
| 11471 | The problem should be fixed starting with GCC 4.9. |
| 11472 | In the meantime, work around it by forcing EXP back |
| 11473 | to NULL. */ |
| 11474 | exp = NULL; |
| 11475 | } |
| 11476 | } |
| 11477 | |
| 11478 | ada_loc->excep_cond_expr = exp; |
| 11479 | } |
| 11480 | |
| 11481 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 11482 | } |
| 11483 | |
| 11484 | /* Implement the DTOR method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all |
| 11485 | exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11486 | |
| 11487 | static void |
| 11488 | dtor_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11489 | { |
| 11490 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 11491 | |
| 11492 | xfree (c->excep_string); |
| 11493 | |
| 11494 | bkpt_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b); |
| 11495 | } |
| 11496 | |
| 11497 | /* Implement the ALLOCATE_LOCATION method in the breakpoint_ops |
| 11498 | structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11499 | |
| 11500 | static struct bp_location * |
| 11501 | allocate_location_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 11502 | struct breakpoint *self) |
| 11503 | { |
| 11504 | struct ada_catchpoint_location *loc; |
| 11505 | |
| 11506 | loc = XNEW (struct ada_catchpoint_location); |
| 11507 | init_bp_location (&loc->base, &ada_catchpoint_location_ops, self); |
| 11508 | loc->excep_cond_expr = NULL; |
| 11509 | return &loc->base; |
| 11510 | } |
| 11511 | |
| 11512 | /* Implement the RE_SET method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all |
| 11513 | exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11514 | |
| 11515 | static void |
| 11516 | re_set_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11517 | { |
| 11518 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 11519 | |
| 11520 | /* Call the base class's method. This updates the catchpoint's |
| 11521 | locations. */ |
| 11522 | bkpt_breakpoint_ops.re_set (b); |
| 11523 | |
| 11524 | /* Reparse the exception conditional expressions. One for each |
| 11525 | location. */ |
| 11526 | create_excep_cond_exprs (c); |
| 11527 | } |
| 11528 | |
| 11529 | /* Returns true if we should stop for this breakpoint hit. If the |
| 11530 | user specified a specific exception, we only want to cause a stop |
| 11531 | if the program thrown that exception. */ |
| 11532 | |
| 11533 | static int |
| 11534 | should_stop_exception (const struct bp_location *bl) |
| 11535 | { |
| 11536 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) bl->owner; |
| 11537 | const struct ada_catchpoint_location *ada_loc |
| 11538 | = (const struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; |
| 11539 | volatile struct gdb_exception ex; |
| 11540 | int stop; |
| 11541 | |
| 11542 | /* With no specific exception, should always stop. */ |
| 11543 | if (c->excep_string == NULL) |
| 11544 | return 1; |
| 11545 | |
| 11546 | if (ada_loc->excep_cond_expr == NULL) |
| 11547 | { |
| 11548 | /* We will have a NULL expression if back when we were creating |
| 11549 | the expressions, this location's had failed to parse. */ |
| 11550 | return 1; |
| 11551 | } |
| 11552 | |
| 11553 | stop = 1; |
| 11554 | TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL) |
| 11555 | { |
| 11556 | struct value *mark; |
| 11557 | |
| 11558 | mark = value_mark (); |
| 11559 | stop = value_true (evaluate_expression (ada_loc->excep_cond_expr)); |
| 11560 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 11561 | } |
| 11562 | if (ex.reason < 0) |
| 11563 | exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex, |
| 11564 | _("Error in testing exception condition:\n")); |
| 11565 | return stop; |
| 11566 | } |
| 11567 | |
| 11568 | /* Implement the CHECK_STATUS method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 11569 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11570 | |
| 11571 | static void |
| 11572 | check_status_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, bpstat bs) |
| 11573 | { |
| 11574 | bs->stop = should_stop_exception (bs->bp_location_at); |
| 11575 | } |
| 11576 | |
| 11577 | /* Implement the PRINT_IT method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 11578 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11579 | |
| 11580 | static enum print_stop_action |
| 11581 | print_it_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, bpstat bs) |
| 11582 | { |
| 11583 | struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; |
| 11584 | struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; |
| 11585 | |
| 11586 | annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| 11587 | |
| 11588 | if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| 11589 | { |
| 11590 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", |
| 11591 | async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); |
| 11592 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); |
| 11593 | } |
| 11594 | |
| 11595 | ui_out_text (uiout, |
| 11596 | b->disposition == disp_del ? "\nTemporary catchpoint " |
| 11597 | : "\nCatchpoint "); |
| 11598 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); |
| 11599 | ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); |
| 11600 | |
| 11601 | switch (ex) |
| 11602 | { |
| 11603 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 11604 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 11605 | { |
| 11606 | const CORE_ADDR addr = ada_exception_name_addr (ex, b); |
| 11607 | char exception_name[256]; |
| 11608 | |
| 11609 | if (addr != 0) |
| 11610 | { |
| 11611 | read_memory (addr, (gdb_byte *) exception_name, |
| 11612 | sizeof (exception_name) - 1); |
| 11613 | exception_name [sizeof (exception_name) - 1] = '\0'; |
| 11614 | } |
| 11615 | else |
| 11616 | { |
| 11617 | /* For some reason, we were unable to read the exception |
| 11618 | name. This could happen if the Runtime was compiled |
| 11619 | without debugging info, for instance. In that case, |
| 11620 | just replace the exception name by the generic string |
| 11621 | "exception" - it will read as "an exception" in the |
| 11622 | notification we are about to print. */ |
| 11623 | memcpy (exception_name, "exception", sizeof ("exception")); |
| 11624 | } |
| 11625 | /* In the case of unhandled exception breakpoints, we print |
| 11626 | the exception name as "unhandled EXCEPTION_NAME", to make |
| 11627 | it clearer to the user which kind of catchpoint just got |
| 11628 | hit. We used ui_out_text to make sure that this extra |
| 11629 | info does not pollute the exception name in the MI case. */ |
| 11630 | if (ex == ada_catch_exception_unhandled) |
| 11631 | ui_out_text (uiout, "unhandled "); |
| 11632 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception-name", exception_name); |
| 11633 | } |
| 11634 | break; |
| 11635 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 11636 | /* In this case, the name of the exception is not really |
| 11637 | important. Just print "failed assertion" to make it clearer |
| 11638 | that his program just hit an assertion-failure catchpoint. |
| 11639 | We used ui_out_text because this info does not belong in |
| 11640 | the MI output. */ |
| 11641 | ui_out_text (uiout, "failed assertion"); |
| 11642 | break; |
| 11643 | } |
| 11644 | ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); |
| 11645 | ada_find_printable_frame (get_current_frame ()); |
| 11646 | |
| 11647 | return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| 11648 | } |
| 11649 | |
| 11650 | /* Implement the PRINT_ONE method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 11651 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11652 | |
| 11653 | static void |
| 11654 | print_one_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 11655 | struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| 11656 | { |
| 11657 | struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; |
| 11658 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 11659 | struct value_print_options opts; |
| 11660 | |
| 11661 | get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| 11662 | if (opts.addressprint) |
| 11663 | { |
| 11664 | annotate_field (4); |
| 11665 | ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address); |
| 11666 | } |
| 11667 | |
| 11668 | annotate_field (5); |
| 11669 | *last_loc = b->loc; |
| 11670 | switch (ex) |
| 11671 | { |
| 11672 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 11673 | if (c->excep_string != NULL) |
| 11674 | { |
| 11675 | char *msg = xstrprintf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), c->excep_string); |
| 11676 | |
| 11677 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg); |
| 11678 | xfree (msg); |
| 11679 | } |
| 11680 | else |
| 11681 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "all Ada exceptions"); |
| 11682 | |
| 11683 | break; |
| 11684 | |
| 11685 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 11686 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "unhandled Ada exceptions"); |
| 11687 | break; |
| 11688 | |
| 11689 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 11690 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "failed Ada assertions"); |
| 11691 | break; |
| 11692 | |
| 11693 | default: |
| 11694 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 11695 | break; |
| 11696 | } |
| 11697 | } |
| 11698 | |
| 11699 | /* Implement the PRINT_MENTION method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 11700 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11701 | |
| 11702 | static void |
| 11703 | print_mention_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 11704 | struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11705 | { |
| 11706 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 11707 | struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; |
| 11708 | |
| 11709 | ui_out_text (uiout, b->disposition == disp_del ? _("Temporary catchpoint ") |
| 11710 | : _("Catchpoint ")); |
| 11711 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); |
| 11712 | ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); |
| 11713 | |
| 11714 | switch (ex) |
| 11715 | { |
| 11716 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 11717 | if (c->excep_string != NULL) |
| 11718 | { |
| 11719 | char *info = xstrprintf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), c->excep_string); |
| 11720 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, info); |
| 11721 | |
| 11722 | ui_out_text (uiout, info); |
| 11723 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 11724 | } |
| 11725 | else |
| 11726 | ui_out_text (uiout, _("all Ada exceptions")); |
| 11727 | break; |
| 11728 | |
| 11729 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 11730 | ui_out_text (uiout, _("unhandled Ada exceptions")); |
| 11731 | break; |
| 11732 | |
| 11733 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 11734 | ui_out_text (uiout, _("failed Ada assertions")); |
| 11735 | break; |
| 11736 | |
| 11737 | default: |
| 11738 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 11739 | break; |
| 11740 | } |
| 11741 | } |
| 11742 | |
| 11743 | /* Implement the PRINT_RECREATE method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 11744 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 11745 | |
| 11746 | static void |
| 11747 | print_recreate_exception (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 11748 | struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| 11749 | { |
| 11750 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 11751 | |
| 11752 | switch (ex) |
| 11753 | { |
| 11754 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 11755 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch exception"); |
| 11756 | if (c->excep_string != NULL) |
| 11757 | fprintf_filtered (fp, " %s", c->excep_string); |
| 11758 | break; |
| 11759 | |
| 11760 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 11761 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch exception unhandled"); |
| 11762 | break; |
| 11763 | |
| 11764 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 11765 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch assert"); |
| 11766 | break; |
| 11767 | |
| 11768 | default: |
| 11769 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 11770 | } |
| 11771 | print_recreate_thread (b, fp); |
| 11772 | } |
| 11773 | |
| 11774 | /* Virtual table for "catch exception" breakpoints. */ |
| 11775 | |
| 11776 | static void |
| 11777 | dtor_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11778 | { |
| 11779 | dtor_exception (ada_catch_exception, b); |
| 11780 | } |
| 11781 | |
| 11782 | static struct bp_location * |
| 11783 | allocate_location_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *self) |
| 11784 | { |
| 11785 | return allocate_location_exception (ada_catch_exception, self); |
| 11786 | } |
| 11787 | |
| 11788 | static void |
| 11789 | re_set_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11790 | { |
| 11791 | re_set_exception (ada_catch_exception, b); |
| 11792 | } |
| 11793 | |
| 11794 | static void |
| 11795 | check_status_catch_exception (bpstat bs) |
| 11796 | { |
| 11797 | check_status_exception (ada_catch_exception, bs); |
| 11798 | } |
| 11799 | |
| 11800 | static enum print_stop_action |
| 11801 | print_it_catch_exception (bpstat bs) |
| 11802 | { |
| 11803 | return print_it_exception (ada_catch_exception, bs); |
| 11804 | } |
| 11805 | |
| 11806 | static void |
| 11807 | print_one_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| 11808 | { |
| 11809 | print_one_exception (ada_catch_exception, b, last_loc); |
| 11810 | } |
| 11811 | |
| 11812 | static void |
| 11813 | print_mention_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11814 | { |
| 11815 | print_mention_exception (ada_catch_exception, b); |
| 11816 | } |
| 11817 | |
| 11818 | static void |
| 11819 | print_recreate_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| 11820 | { |
| 11821 | print_recreate_exception (ada_catch_exception, b, fp); |
| 11822 | } |
| 11823 | |
| 11824 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_breakpoint_ops; |
| 11825 | |
| 11826 | /* Virtual table for "catch exception unhandled" breakpoints. */ |
| 11827 | |
| 11828 | static void |
| 11829 | dtor_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11830 | { |
| 11831 | dtor_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, b); |
| 11832 | } |
| 11833 | |
| 11834 | static struct bp_location * |
| 11835 | allocate_location_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *self) |
| 11836 | { |
| 11837 | return allocate_location_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, self); |
| 11838 | } |
| 11839 | |
| 11840 | static void |
| 11841 | re_set_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11842 | { |
| 11843 | re_set_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, b); |
| 11844 | } |
| 11845 | |
| 11846 | static void |
| 11847 | check_status_catch_exception_unhandled (bpstat bs) |
| 11848 | { |
| 11849 | check_status_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, bs); |
| 11850 | } |
| 11851 | |
| 11852 | static enum print_stop_action |
| 11853 | print_it_catch_exception_unhandled (bpstat bs) |
| 11854 | { |
| 11855 | return print_it_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, bs); |
| 11856 | } |
| 11857 | |
| 11858 | static void |
| 11859 | print_one_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b, |
| 11860 | struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| 11861 | { |
| 11862 | print_one_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, b, last_loc); |
| 11863 | } |
| 11864 | |
| 11865 | static void |
| 11866 | print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11867 | { |
| 11868 | print_mention_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, b); |
| 11869 | } |
| 11870 | |
| 11871 | static void |
| 11872 | print_recreate_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b, |
| 11873 | struct ui_file *fp) |
| 11874 | { |
| 11875 | print_recreate_exception (ada_catch_exception_unhandled, b, fp); |
| 11876 | } |
| 11877 | |
| 11878 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops; |
| 11879 | |
| 11880 | /* Virtual table for "catch assert" breakpoints. */ |
| 11881 | |
| 11882 | static void |
| 11883 | dtor_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11884 | { |
| 11885 | dtor_exception (ada_catch_assert, b); |
| 11886 | } |
| 11887 | |
| 11888 | static struct bp_location * |
| 11889 | allocate_location_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *self) |
| 11890 | { |
| 11891 | return allocate_location_exception (ada_catch_assert, self); |
| 11892 | } |
| 11893 | |
| 11894 | static void |
| 11895 | re_set_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11896 | { |
| 11897 | re_set_exception (ada_catch_assert, b); |
| 11898 | } |
| 11899 | |
| 11900 | static void |
| 11901 | check_status_catch_assert (bpstat bs) |
| 11902 | { |
| 11903 | check_status_exception (ada_catch_assert, bs); |
| 11904 | } |
| 11905 | |
| 11906 | static enum print_stop_action |
| 11907 | print_it_catch_assert (bpstat bs) |
| 11908 | { |
| 11909 | return print_it_exception (ada_catch_assert, bs); |
| 11910 | } |
| 11911 | |
| 11912 | static void |
| 11913 | print_one_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| 11914 | { |
| 11915 | print_one_exception (ada_catch_assert, b, last_loc); |
| 11916 | } |
| 11917 | |
| 11918 | static void |
| 11919 | print_mention_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 11920 | { |
| 11921 | print_mention_exception (ada_catch_assert, b); |
| 11922 | } |
| 11923 | |
| 11924 | static void |
| 11925 | print_recreate_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| 11926 | { |
| 11927 | print_recreate_exception (ada_catch_assert, b, fp); |
| 11928 | } |
| 11929 | |
| 11930 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_assert_breakpoint_ops; |
| 11931 | |
| 11932 | /* Return a newly allocated copy of the first space-separated token |
| 11933 | in ARGSP, and then adjust ARGSP to point immediately after that |
| 11934 | token. |
| 11935 | |
| 11936 | Return NULL if ARGPS does not contain any more tokens. */ |
| 11937 | |
| 11938 | static char * |
| 11939 | ada_get_next_arg (char **argsp) |
| 11940 | { |
| 11941 | char *args = *argsp; |
| 11942 | char *end; |
| 11943 | char *result; |
| 11944 | |
| 11945 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 11946 | if (args[0] == '\0') |
| 11947 | return NULL; /* No more arguments. */ |
| 11948 | |
| 11949 | /* Find the end of the current argument. */ |
| 11950 | |
| 11951 | end = skip_to_space (args); |
| 11952 | |
| 11953 | /* Adjust ARGSP to point to the start of the next argument. */ |
| 11954 | |
| 11955 | *argsp = end; |
| 11956 | |
| 11957 | /* Make a copy of the current argument and return it. */ |
| 11958 | |
| 11959 | result = xmalloc (end - args + 1); |
| 11960 | strncpy (result, args, end - args); |
| 11961 | result[end - args] = '\0'; |
| 11962 | |
| 11963 | return result; |
| 11964 | } |
| 11965 | |
| 11966 | /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command. |
| 11967 | Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type. |
| 11968 | Set EXCEP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if |
| 11969 | specified by the user. |
| 11970 | If a condition is found at the end of the arguments, the condition |
| 11971 | expression is stored in COND_STRING (memory must be deallocated |
| 11972 | after use). Otherwise COND_STRING is set to NULL. */ |
| 11973 | |
| 11974 | static void |
| 11975 | catch_ada_exception_command_split (char *args, |
| 11976 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind *ex, |
| 11977 | char **excep_string, |
| 11978 | char **cond_string) |
| 11979 | { |
| 11980 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 11981 | char *exception_name; |
| 11982 | char *cond = NULL; |
| 11983 | |
| 11984 | exception_name = ada_get_next_arg (&args); |
| 11985 | if (exception_name != NULL && strcmp (exception_name, "if") == 0) |
| 11986 | { |
| 11987 | /* This is not an exception name; this is the start of a condition |
| 11988 | expression for a catchpoint on all exceptions. So, "un-get" |
| 11989 | this token, and set exception_name to NULL. */ |
| 11990 | xfree (exception_name); |
| 11991 | exception_name = NULL; |
| 11992 | args -= 2; |
| 11993 | } |
| 11994 | make_cleanup (xfree, exception_name); |
| 11995 | |
| 11996 | /* Check to see if we have a condition. */ |
| 11997 | |
| 11998 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 11999 | if (strncmp (args, "if", 2) == 0 |
| 12000 | && (isspace (args[2]) || args[2] == '\0')) |
| 12001 | { |
| 12002 | args += 2; |
| 12003 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 12004 | |
| 12005 | if (args[0] == '\0') |
| 12006 | error (_("Condition missing after `if' keyword")); |
| 12007 | cond = xstrdup (args); |
| 12008 | make_cleanup (xfree, cond); |
| 12009 | |
| 12010 | args += strlen (args); |
| 12011 | } |
| 12012 | |
| 12013 | /* Check that we do not have any more arguments. Anything else |
| 12014 | is unexpected. */ |
| 12015 | |
| 12016 | if (args[0] != '\0') |
| 12017 | error (_("Junk at end of expression")); |
| 12018 | |
| 12019 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 12020 | |
| 12021 | if (exception_name == NULL) |
| 12022 | { |
| 12023 | /* Catch all exceptions. */ |
| 12024 | *ex = ada_catch_exception; |
| 12025 | *excep_string = NULL; |
| 12026 | } |
| 12027 | else if (strcmp (exception_name, "unhandled") == 0) |
| 12028 | { |
| 12029 | /* Catch unhandled exceptions. */ |
| 12030 | *ex = ada_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 12031 | *excep_string = NULL; |
| 12032 | } |
| 12033 | else |
| 12034 | { |
| 12035 | /* Catch a specific exception. */ |
| 12036 | *ex = ada_catch_exception; |
| 12037 | *excep_string = exception_name; |
| 12038 | } |
| 12039 | *cond_string = cond; |
| 12040 | } |
| 12041 | |
| 12042 | /* Return the name of the symbol on which we should break in order to |
| 12043 | implement a catchpoint of the EX kind. */ |
| 12044 | |
| 12045 | static const char * |
| 12046 | ada_exception_sym_name (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex) |
| 12047 | { |
| 12048 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 12049 | |
| 12050 | gdb_assert (data->exception_info != NULL); |
| 12051 | |
| 12052 | switch (ex) |
| 12053 | { |
| 12054 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12055 | return (data->exception_info->catch_exception_sym); |
| 12056 | break; |
| 12057 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12058 | return (data->exception_info->catch_exception_unhandled_sym); |
| 12059 | break; |
| 12060 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12061 | return (data->exception_info->catch_assert_sym); |
| 12062 | break; |
| 12063 | default: |
| 12064 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| 12065 | _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex); |
| 12066 | } |
| 12067 | } |
| 12068 | |
| 12069 | /* Return the breakpoint ops "virtual table" used for catchpoints |
| 12070 | of the EX kind. */ |
| 12071 | |
| 12072 | static const struct breakpoint_ops * |
| 12073 | ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex) |
| 12074 | { |
| 12075 | switch (ex) |
| 12076 | { |
| 12077 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12078 | return (&catch_exception_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12079 | break; |
| 12080 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12081 | return (&catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12082 | break; |
| 12083 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12084 | return (&catch_assert_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12085 | break; |
| 12086 | default: |
| 12087 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| 12088 | _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex); |
| 12089 | } |
| 12090 | } |
| 12091 | |
| 12092 | /* Return the condition that will be used to match the current exception |
| 12093 | being raised with the exception that the user wants to catch. This |
| 12094 | assumes that this condition is used when the inferior just triggered |
| 12095 | an exception catchpoint. |
| 12096 | |
| 12097 | The string returned is a newly allocated string that needs to be |
| 12098 | deallocated later. */ |
| 12099 | |
| 12100 | static char * |
| 12101 | ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *excep_string) |
| 12102 | { |
| 12103 | int i; |
| 12104 | |
| 12105 | /* The standard exceptions are a special case. They are defined in |
| 12106 | runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info; if |
| 12107 | EXCEP_STRING is the not-fully-qualified name of a standard |
| 12108 | exception (e.g. "constraint_error") then, during the evaluation |
| 12109 | of the condition expression, the symbol lookup on this name would |
| 12110 | *not* return this standard exception. The catchpoint condition |
| 12111 | may then be set only on user-defined exceptions which have the |
| 12112 | same not-fully-qualified name (e.g. my_package.constraint_error). |
| 12113 | |
| 12114 | To avoid this unexcepted behavior, these standard exceptions are |
| 12115 | systematically prefixed by "standard". This means that "catch |
| 12116 | exception constraint_error" is rewritten into "catch exception |
| 12117 | standard.constraint_error". |
| 12118 | |
| 12119 | If an exception named contraint_error is defined in another package of |
| 12120 | the inferior program, then the only way to specify this exception as a |
| 12121 | breakpoint condition is to use its fully-qualified named: |
| 12122 | e.g. my_package.constraint_error. */ |
| 12123 | |
| 12124 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (standard_exc) / sizeof (char *); i++) |
| 12125 | { |
| 12126 | if (strcmp (standard_exc [i], excep_string) == 0) |
| 12127 | { |
| 12128 | return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&standard.%s)", |
| 12129 | excep_string); |
| 12130 | } |
| 12131 | } |
| 12132 | return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&%s)", excep_string); |
| 12133 | } |
| 12134 | |
| 12135 | /* Return the symtab_and_line that should be used to insert an exception |
| 12136 | catchpoint of the TYPE kind. |
| 12137 | |
| 12138 | EXCEP_STRING should contain the name of a specific exception that |
| 12139 | the catchpoint should catch, or NULL otherwise. |
| 12140 | |
| 12141 | ADDR_STRING returns the name of the function where the real |
| 12142 | breakpoint that implements the catchpoints is set, depending on the |
| 12143 | type of catchpoint we need to create. */ |
| 12144 | |
| 12145 | static struct symtab_and_line |
| 12146 | ada_exception_sal (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, char *excep_string, |
| 12147 | char **addr_string, const struct breakpoint_ops **ops) |
| 12148 | { |
| 12149 | const char *sym_name; |
| 12150 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 12151 | |
| 12152 | /* First, find out which exception support info to use. */ |
| 12153 | ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (); |
| 12154 | |
| 12155 | /* Then lookup the function on which we will break in order to catch |
| 12156 | the Ada exceptions requested by the user. */ |
| 12157 | sym_name = ada_exception_sym_name (ex); |
| 12158 | sym = standard_lookup (sym_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 12159 | |
| 12160 | /* We can assume that SYM is not NULL at this stage. If the symbol |
| 12161 | did not exist, ada_exception_support_info_sniffer would have |
| 12162 | raised an exception. |
| 12163 | |
| 12164 | Also, ada_exception_support_info_sniffer should have already |
| 12165 | verified that SYM is a function symbol. */ |
| 12166 | gdb_assert (sym != NULL); |
| 12167 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK); |
| 12168 | |
| 12169 | /* Set ADDR_STRING. */ |
| 12170 | *addr_string = xstrdup (sym_name); |
| 12171 | |
| 12172 | /* Set OPS. */ |
| 12173 | *ops = ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (ex); |
| 12174 | |
| 12175 | return find_function_start_sal (sym, 1); |
| 12176 | } |
| 12177 | |
| 12178 | /* Create an Ada exception catchpoint. |
| 12179 | |
| 12180 | EX_KIND is the kind of exception catchpoint to be created. |
| 12181 | |
| 12182 | If EXCEPT_STRING is NULL, this catchpoint is expected to trigger |
| 12183 | for all exceptions. Otherwise, EXCEPT_STRING indicates the name |
| 12184 | of the exception to which this catchpoint applies. When not NULL, |
| 12185 | the string must be allocated on the heap, and its deallocation |
| 12186 | is no longer the responsibility of the caller. |
| 12187 | |
| 12188 | COND_STRING, if not NULL, is the catchpoint condition. This string |
| 12189 | must be allocated on the heap, and its deallocation is no longer |
| 12190 | the responsibility of the caller. |
| 12191 | |
| 12192 | TEMPFLAG, if nonzero, means that the underlying breakpoint |
| 12193 | should be temporary. |
| 12194 | |
| 12195 | FROM_TTY is the usual argument passed to all commands implementations. */ |
| 12196 | |
| 12197 | void |
| 12198 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| 12199 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind, |
| 12200 | char *excep_string, |
| 12201 | char *cond_string, |
| 12202 | int tempflag, |
| 12203 | int disabled, |
| 12204 | int from_tty) |
| 12205 | { |
| 12206 | struct ada_catchpoint *c; |
| 12207 | char *addr_string = NULL; |
| 12208 | const struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; |
| 12209 | struct symtab_and_line sal |
| 12210 | = ada_exception_sal (ex_kind, excep_string, &addr_string, &ops); |
| 12211 | |
| 12212 | c = XNEW (struct ada_catchpoint); |
| 12213 | init_ada_exception_breakpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, sal, addr_string, |
| 12214 | ops, tempflag, disabled, from_tty); |
| 12215 | c->excep_string = excep_string; |
| 12216 | create_excep_cond_exprs (c); |
| 12217 | if (cond_string != NULL) |
| 12218 | set_breakpoint_condition (&c->base, cond_string, from_tty); |
| 12219 | install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1); |
| 12220 | } |
| 12221 | |
| 12222 | /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */ |
| 12223 | |
| 12224 | static void |
| 12225 | catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty, |
| 12226 | struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| 12227 | { |
| 12228 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 12229 | int tempflag; |
| 12230 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind; |
| 12231 | char *excep_string = NULL; |
| 12232 | char *cond_string = NULL; |
| 12233 | |
| 12234 | tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| 12235 | |
| 12236 | if (!arg) |
| 12237 | arg = ""; |
| 12238 | catch_ada_exception_command_split (arg, &ex_kind, &excep_string, |
| 12239 | &cond_string); |
| 12240 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, ex_kind, |
| 12241 | excep_string, cond_string, |
| 12242 | tempflag, 1 /* enabled */, |
| 12243 | from_tty); |
| 12244 | } |
| 12245 | |
| 12246 | /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch assert" command. |
| 12247 | |
| 12248 | ARGS contains the command's arguments (or the empty string if |
| 12249 | no arguments were passed). |
| 12250 | |
| 12251 | If ARGS contains a condition, set COND_STRING to that condition |
| 12252 | (the memory needs to be deallocated after use). */ |
| 12253 | |
| 12254 | static void |
| 12255 | catch_ada_assert_command_split (char *args, char **cond_string) |
| 12256 | { |
| 12257 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 12258 | |
| 12259 | /* Check whether a condition was provided. */ |
| 12260 | if (strncmp (args, "if", 2) == 0 |
| 12261 | && (isspace (args[2]) || args[2] == '\0')) |
| 12262 | { |
| 12263 | args += 2; |
| 12264 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 12265 | if (args[0] == '\0') |
| 12266 | error (_("condition missing after `if' keyword")); |
| 12267 | *cond_string = xstrdup (args); |
| 12268 | } |
| 12269 | |
| 12270 | /* Otherwise, there should be no other argument at the end of |
| 12271 | the command. */ |
| 12272 | else if (args[0] != '\0') |
| 12273 | error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| 12274 | } |
| 12275 | |
| 12276 | /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */ |
| 12277 | |
| 12278 | static void |
| 12279 | catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, |
| 12280 | struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| 12281 | { |
| 12282 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 12283 | int tempflag; |
| 12284 | char *cond_string = NULL; |
| 12285 | |
| 12286 | tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| 12287 | |
| 12288 | if (!arg) |
| 12289 | arg = ""; |
| 12290 | catch_ada_assert_command_split (arg, &cond_string); |
| 12291 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, ada_catch_assert, |
| 12292 | NULL, cond_string, |
| 12293 | tempflag, 1 /* enabled */, |
| 12294 | from_tty); |
| 12295 | } |
| 12296 | |
| 12297 | /* Return non-zero if the symbol SYM is an Ada exception object. */ |
| 12298 | |
| 12299 | static int |
| 12300 | ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 12301 | { |
| 12302 | const char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 12303 | |
| 12304 | return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 12305 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 12306 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST |
| 12307 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED |
| 12308 | && type_name != NULL && strcmp (type_name, "exception") == 0); |
| 12309 | } |
| 12310 | |
| 12311 | /* Given a global symbol SYM, return non-zero iff SYM is a non-standard |
| 12312 | Ada exception object. This matches all exceptions except the ones |
| 12313 | defined by the Ada language. */ |
| 12314 | |
| 12315 | static int |
| 12316 | ada_is_non_standard_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 12317 | { |
| 12318 | int i; |
| 12319 | |
| 12320 | if (!ada_is_exception_sym (sym)) |
| 12321 | return 0; |
| 12322 | |
| 12323 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (standard_exc); i++) |
| 12324 | if (strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), standard_exc[i]) == 0) |
| 12325 | return 0; /* A standard exception. */ |
| 12326 | |
| 12327 | /* Numeric_Error is also a standard exception, so exclude it. |
| 12328 | See the STANDARD_EXC description for more details as to why |
| 12329 | this exception is not listed in that array. */ |
| 12330 | if (strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), "numeric_error") == 0) |
| 12331 | return 0; |
| 12332 | |
| 12333 | return 1; |
| 12334 | } |
| 12335 | |
| 12336 | /* A helper function for qsort, comparing two struct ada_exc_info |
| 12337 | objects. |
| 12338 | |
| 12339 | The comparison is determined first by exception name, and then |
| 12340 | by exception address. */ |
| 12341 | |
| 12342 | static int |
| 12343 | compare_ada_exception_info (const void *a, const void *b) |
| 12344 | { |
| 12345 | const struct ada_exc_info *exc_a = (struct ada_exc_info *) a; |
| 12346 | const struct ada_exc_info *exc_b = (struct ada_exc_info *) b; |
| 12347 | int result; |
| 12348 | |
| 12349 | result = strcmp (exc_a->name, exc_b->name); |
| 12350 | if (result != 0) |
| 12351 | return result; |
| 12352 | |
| 12353 | if (exc_a->addr < exc_b->addr) |
| 12354 | return -1; |
| 12355 | if (exc_a->addr > exc_b->addr) |
| 12356 | return 1; |
| 12357 | |
| 12358 | return 0; |
| 12359 | } |
| 12360 | |
| 12361 | /* Sort EXCEPTIONS using compare_ada_exception_info as the comparison |
| 12362 | routine, but keeping the first SKIP elements untouched. |
| 12363 | |
| 12364 | All duplicates are also removed. */ |
| 12365 | |
| 12366 | static void |
| 12367 | sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (VEC(ada_exc_info) **exceptions, |
| 12368 | int skip) |
| 12369 | { |
| 12370 | struct ada_exc_info *to_sort |
| 12371 | = VEC_address (ada_exc_info, *exceptions) + skip; |
| 12372 | int to_sort_len |
| 12373 | = VEC_length (ada_exc_info, *exceptions) - skip; |
| 12374 | int i, j; |
| 12375 | |
| 12376 | qsort (to_sort, to_sort_len, sizeof (struct ada_exc_info), |
| 12377 | compare_ada_exception_info); |
| 12378 | |
| 12379 | for (i = 1, j = 1; i < to_sort_len; i++) |
| 12380 | if (compare_ada_exception_info (&to_sort[i], &to_sort[j - 1]) != 0) |
| 12381 | to_sort[j++] = to_sort[i]; |
| 12382 | to_sort_len = j; |
| 12383 | VEC_truncate(ada_exc_info, *exceptions, skip + to_sort_len); |
| 12384 | } |
| 12385 | |
| 12386 | /* A function intended as the "name_matcher" callback in the struct |
| 12387 | quick_symbol_functions' expand_symtabs_matching method. |
| 12388 | |
| 12389 | SEARCH_NAME is the symbol's search name. |
| 12390 | |
| 12391 | If USER_DATA is not NULL, it is a pointer to a regext_t object |
| 12392 | used to match the symbol (by natural name). Otherwise, when USER_DATA |
| 12393 | is null, no filtering is performed, and all symbols are a positive |
| 12394 | match. */ |
| 12395 | |
| 12396 | static int |
| 12397 | ada_exc_search_name_matches (const char *search_name, void *user_data) |
| 12398 | { |
| 12399 | regex_t *preg = user_data; |
| 12400 | |
| 12401 | if (preg == NULL) |
| 12402 | return 1; |
| 12403 | |
| 12404 | /* In Ada, the symbol "search name" is a linkage name, whereas |
| 12405 | the regular expression used to do the matching refers to |
| 12406 | the natural name. So match against the decoded name. */ |
| 12407 | return (regexec (preg, ada_decode (search_name), 0, NULL, 0) == 0); |
| 12408 | } |
| 12409 | |
| 12410 | /* Add all exceptions defined by the Ada standard whose name match |
| 12411 | a regular expression. |
| 12412 | |
| 12413 | If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to |
| 12414 | perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based |
| 12415 | filtering is performed. |
| 12416 | |
| 12417 | EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions |
| 12418 | gets pushed. */ |
| 12419 | |
| 12420 | static void |
| 12421 | ada_add_standard_exceptions (regex_t *preg, VEC(ada_exc_info) **exceptions) |
| 12422 | { |
| 12423 | int i; |
| 12424 | |
| 12425 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (standard_exc); i++) |
| 12426 | { |
| 12427 | if (preg == NULL |
| 12428 | || regexec (preg, standard_exc[i], 0, NULL, 0) == 0) |
| 12429 | { |
| 12430 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol |
| 12431 | = ada_lookup_simple_minsym (standard_exc[i]); |
| 12432 | |
| 12433 | if (msymbol.minsym != NULL) |
| 12434 | { |
| 12435 | struct ada_exc_info info |
| 12436 | = {standard_exc[i], SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol.minsym)}; |
| 12437 | |
| 12438 | VEC_safe_push (ada_exc_info, *exceptions, &info); |
| 12439 | } |
| 12440 | } |
| 12441 | } |
| 12442 | } |
| 12443 | |
| 12444 | /* Add all Ada exceptions defined locally and accessible from the given |
| 12445 | FRAME. |
| 12446 | |
| 12447 | If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to |
| 12448 | perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based |
| 12449 | filtering is performed. |
| 12450 | |
| 12451 | EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions |
| 12452 | gets pushed. */ |
| 12453 | |
| 12454 | static void |
| 12455 | ada_add_exceptions_from_frame (regex_t *preg, struct frame_info *frame, |
| 12456 | VEC(ada_exc_info) **exceptions) |
| 12457 | { |
| 12458 | struct block *block = get_frame_block (frame, 0); |
| 12459 | |
| 12460 | while (block != 0) |
| 12461 | { |
| 12462 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 12463 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 12464 | |
| 12465 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 12466 | { |
| 12467 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 12468 | { |
| 12469 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 12470 | case LOC_BLOCK: |
| 12471 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 12472 | break; |
| 12473 | default: |
| 12474 | if (ada_is_exception_sym (sym)) |
| 12475 | { |
| 12476 | struct ada_exc_info info = {SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym), |
| 12477 | SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym)}; |
| 12478 | |
| 12479 | VEC_safe_push (ada_exc_info, *exceptions, &info); |
| 12480 | } |
| 12481 | } |
| 12482 | } |
| 12483 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) != NULL) |
| 12484 | break; |
| 12485 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 12486 | } |
| 12487 | } |
| 12488 | |
| 12489 | /* Add all exceptions defined globally whose name name match |
| 12490 | a regular expression, excluding standard exceptions. |
| 12491 | |
| 12492 | The reason we exclude standard exceptions is that they need |
| 12493 | to be handled separately: Standard exceptions are defined inside |
| 12494 | a runtime unit which is normally not compiled with debugging info, |
| 12495 | and thus usually do not show up in our symbol search. However, |
| 12496 | if the unit was in fact built with debugging info, we need to |
| 12497 | exclude them because they would duplicate the entry we found |
| 12498 | during the special loop that specifically searches for those |
| 12499 | standard exceptions. |
| 12500 | |
| 12501 | If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to |
| 12502 | perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based |
| 12503 | filtering is performed. |
| 12504 | |
| 12505 | EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions |
| 12506 | gets pushed. */ |
| 12507 | |
| 12508 | static void |
| 12509 | ada_add_global_exceptions (regex_t *preg, VEC(ada_exc_info) **exceptions) |
| 12510 | { |
| 12511 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 12512 | struct symtab *s; |
| 12513 | |
| 12514 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 12515 | if (objfile->sf) |
| 12516 | objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_matching |
| 12517 | (objfile, NULL, ada_exc_search_name_matches, |
| 12518 | VARIABLES_DOMAIN, preg); |
| 12519 | |
| 12520 | ALL_PRIMARY_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 12521 | { |
| 12522 | struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 12523 | int i; |
| 12524 | |
| 12525 | for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++) |
| 12526 | { |
| 12527 | struct block *b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i); |
| 12528 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 12529 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 12530 | |
| 12531 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 12532 | if (ada_is_non_standard_exception_sym (sym) |
| 12533 | && (preg == NULL |
| 12534 | || regexec (preg, SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (sym), |
| 12535 | 0, NULL, 0) == 0)) |
| 12536 | { |
| 12537 | struct ada_exc_info info |
| 12538 | = {SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym), SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym)}; |
| 12539 | |
| 12540 | VEC_safe_push (ada_exc_info, *exceptions, &info); |
| 12541 | } |
| 12542 | } |
| 12543 | } |
| 12544 | } |
| 12545 | |
| 12546 | /* Implements ada_exceptions_list with the regular expression passed |
| 12547 | as a regex_t, rather than a string. |
| 12548 | |
| 12549 | If not NULL, PREG is used to filter out exceptions whose names |
| 12550 | do not match. Otherwise, all exceptions are listed. */ |
| 12551 | |
| 12552 | static VEC(ada_exc_info) * |
| 12553 | ada_exceptions_list_1 (regex_t *preg) |
| 12554 | { |
| 12555 | VEC(ada_exc_info) *result = NULL; |
| 12556 | struct cleanup *old_chain |
| 12557 | = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (ada_exc_info), &result); |
| 12558 | int prev_len; |
| 12559 | |
| 12560 | /* First, list the known standard exceptions. These exceptions |
| 12561 | need to be handled separately, as they are usually defined in |
| 12562 | runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info. */ |
| 12563 | |
| 12564 | ada_add_standard_exceptions (preg, &result); |
| 12565 | |
| 12566 | /* Next, find all exceptions whose scope is local and accessible |
| 12567 | from the currently selected frame. */ |
| 12568 | |
| 12569 | if (has_stack_frames ()) |
| 12570 | { |
| 12571 | prev_len = VEC_length (ada_exc_info, result); |
| 12572 | ada_add_exceptions_from_frame (preg, get_selected_frame (NULL), |
| 12573 | &result); |
| 12574 | if (VEC_length (ada_exc_info, result) > prev_len) |
| 12575 | sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (&result, prev_len); |
| 12576 | } |
| 12577 | |
| 12578 | /* Add all exceptions whose scope is global. */ |
| 12579 | |
| 12580 | prev_len = VEC_length (ada_exc_info, result); |
| 12581 | ada_add_global_exceptions (preg, &result); |
| 12582 | if (VEC_length (ada_exc_info, result) > prev_len) |
| 12583 | sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (&result, prev_len); |
| 12584 | |
| 12585 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 12586 | return result; |
| 12587 | } |
| 12588 | |
| 12589 | /* Return a vector of ada_exc_info. |
| 12590 | |
| 12591 | If REGEXP is NULL, all exceptions are included in the result. |
| 12592 | Otherwise, it should contain a valid regular expression, |
| 12593 | and only the exceptions whose names match that regular expression |
| 12594 | are included in the result. |
| 12595 | |
| 12596 | The exceptions are sorted in the following order: |
| 12597 | - Standard exceptions (defined by the Ada language), in |
| 12598 | alphabetical order; |
| 12599 | - Exceptions only visible from the current frame, in |
| 12600 | alphabetical order; |
| 12601 | - Exceptions whose scope is global, in alphabetical order. */ |
| 12602 | |
| 12603 | VEC(ada_exc_info) * |
| 12604 | ada_exceptions_list (const char *regexp) |
| 12605 | { |
| 12606 | VEC(ada_exc_info) *result = NULL; |
| 12607 | struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL; |
| 12608 | regex_t reg; |
| 12609 | |
| 12610 | if (regexp != NULL) |
| 12611 | old_chain = compile_rx_or_error (®, regexp, |
| 12612 | _("invalid regular expression")); |
| 12613 | |
| 12614 | result = ada_exceptions_list_1 (regexp != NULL ? ® : NULL); |
| 12615 | |
| 12616 | if (old_chain != NULL) |
| 12617 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 12618 | return result; |
| 12619 | } |
| 12620 | |
| 12621 | /* Implement the "info exceptions" command. */ |
| 12622 | |
| 12623 | static void |
| 12624 | info_exceptions_command (char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 12625 | { |
| 12626 | VEC(ada_exc_info) *exceptions; |
| 12627 | struct cleanup *cleanup; |
| 12628 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 12629 | int ix; |
| 12630 | struct ada_exc_info *info; |
| 12631 | |
| 12632 | exceptions = ada_exceptions_list (regexp); |
| 12633 | cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (ada_exc_info), &exceptions); |
| 12634 | |
| 12635 | if (regexp != NULL) |
| 12636 | printf_filtered |
| 12637 | (_("All Ada exceptions matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), regexp); |
| 12638 | else |
| 12639 | printf_filtered (_("All defined Ada exceptions:\n")); |
| 12640 | |
| 12641 | for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(ada_exc_info, exceptions, ix, info); ix++) |
| 12642 | printf_filtered ("%s: %s\n", info->name, paddress (gdbarch, info->addr)); |
| 12643 | |
| 12644 | do_cleanups (cleanup); |
| 12645 | } |
| 12646 | |
| 12647 | /* Operators */ |
| 12648 | /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions |
| 12649 | below. */ |
| 12650 | /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */ |
| 12651 | |
| 12652 | #define ADA_OPERATORS \ |
| 12653 | OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \ |
| 12654 | OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \ |
| 12655 | OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 12656 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 12657 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 12658 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 12659 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 12660 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 12661 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 12662 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 12663 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 12664 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 12665 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 12666 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 12667 | OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 12668 | OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 12669 | OP_DEFN (OP_OTHERS, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 12670 | OP_DEFN (OP_POSITIONAL, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 12671 | OP_DEFN (OP_DISCRETE_RANGE, 1, 2, 0) |
| 12672 | |
| 12673 | static void |
| 12674 | ada_operator_length (const struct expression *exp, int pc, int *oplenp, |
| 12675 | int *argsp) |
| 12676 | { |
| 12677 | switch (exp->elts[pc - 1].opcode) |
| 12678 | { |
| 12679 | default: |
| 12680 | operator_length_standard (exp, pc, oplenp, argsp); |
| 12681 | break; |
| 12682 | |
| 12683 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ |
| 12684 | case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; |
| 12685 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 12686 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 12687 | |
| 12688 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 12689 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 12690 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc - 2].longconst); |
| 12691 | break; |
| 12692 | |
| 12693 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 12694 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 12695 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc - 2].longconst) + 1; |
| 12696 | break; |
| 12697 | } |
| 12698 | } |
| 12699 | |
| 12700 | /* Implementation of the exp_descriptor method operator_check. */ |
| 12701 | |
| 12702 | static int |
| 12703 | ada_operator_check (struct expression *exp, int pos, |
| 12704 | int (*objfile_func) (struct objfile *objfile, void *data), |
| 12705 | void *data) |
| 12706 | { |
| 12707 | const union exp_element *const elts = exp->elts; |
| 12708 | struct type *type = NULL; |
| 12709 | |
| 12710 | switch (elts[pos].opcode) |
| 12711 | { |
| 12712 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 12713 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 12714 | type = elts[pos + 1].type; |
| 12715 | break; |
| 12716 | |
| 12717 | default: |
| 12718 | return operator_check_standard (exp, pos, objfile_func, data); |
| 12719 | } |
| 12720 | |
| 12721 | /* Invoke callbacks for TYPE and OBJFILE if they were set as non-NULL. */ |
| 12722 | |
| 12723 | if (type && TYPE_OBJFILE (type) |
| 12724 | && (*objfile_func) (TYPE_OBJFILE (type), data)) |
| 12725 | return 1; |
| 12726 | |
| 12727 | return 0; |
| 12728 | } |
| 12729 | |
| 12730 | static char * |
| 12731 | ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode) |
| 12732 | { |
| 12733 | switch (opcode) |
| 12734 | { |
| 12735 | default: |
| 12736 | return op_name_standard (opcode); |
| 12737 | |
| 12738 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op; |
| 12739 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 12740 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 12741 | |
| 12742 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 12743 | return "OP_AGGREGATE"; |
| 12744 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 12745 | return "OP_CHOICES"; |
| 12746 | case OP_NAME: |
| 12747 | return "OP_NAME"; |
| 12748 | } |
| 12749 | } |
| 12750 | |
| 12751 | /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first |
| 12752 | element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the |
| 12753 | Ada-specific operators, returning 0 for *OPLENP and *ARGSP otherwise. */ |
| 12754 | |
| 12755 | static void |
| 12756 | ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *exp, int pc, |
| 12757 | int *oplenp, int *argsp) |
| 12758 | { |
| 12759 | switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) |
| 12760 | { |
| 12761 | default: |
| 12762 | *oplenp = *argsp = 0; |
| 12763 | break; |
| 12764 | |
| 12765 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ |
| 12766 | case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; |
| 12767 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 12768 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 12769 | |
| 12770 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 12771 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 12772 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 12773 | break; |
| 12774 | |
| 12775 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 12776 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 12777 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1; |
| 12778 | break; |
| 12779 | |
| 12780 | case OP_STRING: |
| 12781 | case OP_NAME: |
| 12782 | { |
| 12783 | int len = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 12784 | |
| 12785 | *oplenp = 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (len + 1); |
| 12786 | *argsp = 0; |
| 12787 | break; |
| 12788 | } |
| 12789 | } |
| 12790 | } |
| 12791 | |
| 12792 | static int |
| 12793 | ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression *exp, struct ui_file *stream, int elt) |
| 12794 | { |
| 12795 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[elt].opcode; |
| 12796 | int oplen, nargs; |
| 12797 | int pc = elt; |
| 12798 | int i; |
| 12799 | |
| 12800 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, elt, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 12801 | |
| 12802 | switch (op) |
| 12803 | { |
| 12804 | /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */ |
| 12805 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 12806 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 12807 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 12808 | case OP_ATR_IMAGE: |
| 12809 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 12810 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 12811 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 12812 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 12813 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 12814 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 12815 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 12816 | break; |
| 12817 | |
| 12818 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 12819 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 12820 | /* XXX: gdb_sprint_host_address, type_sprint */ |
| 12821 | fprintf_filtered (stream, _("Type @")); |
| 12822 | gdb_print_host_address (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, stream); |
| 12823 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " ("); |
| 12824 | type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, NULL, stream, 0); |
| 12825 | fprintf_filtered (stream, ")"); |
| 12826 | break; |
| 12827 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 12828 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " (%d)", |
| 12829 | longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst)); |
| 12830 | break; |
| 12831 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 12832 | break; |
| 12833 | |
| 12834 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 12835 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 12836 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 12837 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 12838 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 12839 | break; |
| 12840 | |
| 12841 | case OP_NAME: |
| 12842 | case OP_STRING: |
| 12843 | { |
| 12844 | char *name = &exp->elts[elt + 2].string; |
| 12845 | int len = longest_to_int (exp->elts[elt + 1].longconst); |
| 12846 | |
| 12847 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "Text: `%.*s'", len, name); |
| 12848 | break; |
| 12849 | } |
| 12850 | |
| 12851 | default: |
| 12852 | return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp, stream, elt); |
| 12853 | } |
| 12854 | |
| 12855 | elt += oplen; |
| 12856 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 12857 | elt = dump_subexp (exp, stream, elt); |
| 12858 | |
| 12859 | return elt; |
| 12860 | } |
| 12861 | |
| 12862 | /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */ |
| 12863 | |
| 12864 | static void |
| 12865 | ada_print_subexp (struct expression *exp, int *pos, |
| 12866 | struct ui_file *stream, enum precedence prec) |
| 12867 | { |
| 12868 | int oplen, nargs, i; |
| 12869 | int pc = *pos; |
| 12870 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 12871 | |
| 12872 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 12873 | |
| 12874 | *pos += oplen; |
| 12875 | switch (op) |
| 12876 | { |
| 12877 | default: |
| 12878 | *pos -= oplen; |
| 12879 | print_subexp_standard (exp, pos, stream, prec); |
| 12880 | return; |
| 12881 | |
| 12882 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 12883 | fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), stream); |
| 12884 | return; |
| 12885 | |
| 12886 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 12887 | /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ |
| 12888 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12889 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 12890 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12891 | fputs_filtered ("'range", stream); |
| 12892 | if (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst > 1) |
| 12893 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "(%ld)", |
| 12894 | (long) exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 12895 | return; |
| 12896 | |
| 12897 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 12898 | if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) |
| 12899 | fputs_filtered ("(", stream); |
| 12900 | /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ |
| 12901 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12902 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 12903 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); |
| 12904 | fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream); |
| 12905 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); |
| 12906 | if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) |
| 12907 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 12908 | return; |
| 12909 | |
| 12910 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 12911 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 12912 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 12913 | case OP_ATR_IMAGE: |
| 12914 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 12915 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 12916 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 12917 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 12918 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 12919 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 12920 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 12921 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 12922 | { |
| 12923 | if (TYPE_CODE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 12924 | LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type, "", stream, 0, 0, |
| 12925 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 12926 | *pos += 3; |
| 12927 | } |
| 12928 | else |
| 12929 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12930 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 12931 | if (nargs > 1) |
| 12932 | { |
| 12933 | int tem; |
| 12934 | |
| 12935 | for (tem = 1; tem < nargs; tem += 1) |
| 12936 | { |
| 12937 | fputs_filtered ((tem == 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream); |
| 12938 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA); |
| 12939 | } |
| 12940 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 12941 | } |
| 12942 | return; |
| 12943 | |
| 12944 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 12945 | type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 0); |
| 12946 | fputs_filtered ("'(", stream); |
| 12947 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_PREFIX); |
| 12948 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 12949 | return; |
| 12950 | |
| 12951 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 12952 | /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ |
| 12953 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12954 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 12955 | LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 1, 0, |
| 12956 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 12957 | return; |
| 12958 | |
| 12959 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 12960 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12961 | fputs_filtered ("..", stream); |
| 12962 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12963 | return; |
| 12964 | |
| 12965 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 12966 | fputs_filtered ("others => ", stream); |
| 12967 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12968 | return; |
| 12969 | |
| 12970 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 12971 | for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1) |
| 12972 | { |
| 12973 | if (i > 0) |
| 12974 | fputs_filtered ("|", stream); |
| 12975 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12976 | } |
| 12977 | fputs_filtered (" => ", stream); |
| 12978 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12979 | return; |
| 12980 | |
| 12981 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 12982 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12983 | return; |
| 12984 | |
| 12985 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 12986 | fputs_filtered ("(", stream); |
| 12987 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 12988 | { |
| 12989 | if (i > 0) |
| 12990 | fputs_filtered (", ", stream); |
| 12991 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 12992 | } |
| 12993 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 12994 | return; |
| 12995 | } |
| 12996 | } |
| 12997 | |
| 12998 | /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators |
| 12999 | and precedences of the operators. */ |
| 13000 | |
| 13001 | static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = { |
| 13002 | {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1}, |
| 13003 | {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0}, |
| 13004 | {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0}, |
| 13005 | {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0}, |
| 13006 | {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0}, |
| 13007 | {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0}, |
| 13008 | {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 13009 | {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 13010 | {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13011 | {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13012 | {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13013 | {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13014 | {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 13015 | {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 13016 | {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 13017 | {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 13018 | {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 13019 | {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13020 | {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13021 | {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13022 | {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13023 | {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 13024 | {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 13025 | {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13026 | {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13027 | {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13028 | {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13029 | {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13030 | {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 13031 | {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 13032 | {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 13033 | {NULL, 0, 0, 0} |
| 13034 | }; |
| 13035 | \f |
| 13036 | enum ada_primitive_types { |
| 13037 | ada_primitive_type_int, |
| 13038 | ada_primitive_type_long, |
| 13039 | ada_primitive_type_short, |
| 13040 | ada_primitive_type_char, |
| 13041 | ada_primitive_type_float, |
| 13042 | ada_primitive_type_double, |
| 13043 | ada_primitive_type_void, |
| 13044 | ada_primitive_type_long_long, |
| 13045 | ada_primitive_type_long_double, |
| 13046 | ada_primitive_type_natural, |
| 13047 | ada_primitive_type_positive, |
| 13048 | ada_primitive_type_system_address, |
| 13049 | nr_ada_primitive_types |
| 13050 | }; |
| 13051 | |
| 13052 | static void |
| 13053 | ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| 13054 | struct language_arch_info *lai) |
| 13055 | { |
| 13056 | const struct builtin_type *builtin = builtin_type (gdbarch); |
| 13057 | |
| 13058 | lai->primitive_type_vector |
| 13059 | = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_CALLOC (gdbarch, nr_ada_primitive_types + 1, |
| 13060 | struct type *); |
| 13061 | |
| 13062 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_int] |
| 13063 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13064 | 0, "integer"); |
| 13065 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long] |
| 13066 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13067 | 0, "long_integer"); |
| 13068 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_short] |
| 13069 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_short_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13070 | 0, "short_integer"); |
| 13071 | lai->string_char_type |
| 13072 | = lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_char] |
| 13073 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "character"); |
| 13074 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_float] |
| 13075 | = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13076 | "float", NULL); |
| 13077 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_double] |
| 13078 | = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13079 | "long_float", NULL); |
| 13080 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long_long] |
| 13081 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_long_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13082 | 0, "long_long_integer"); |
| 13083 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long_double] |
| 13084 | = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13085 | "long_long_float", NULL); |
| 13086 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_natural] |
| 13087 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13088 | 0, "natural"); |
| 13089 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_positive] |
| 13090 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13091 | 0, "positive"); |
| 13092 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_void] |
| 13093 | = builtin->builtin_void; |
| 13094 | |
| 13095 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address] |
| 13096 | = lookup_pointer_type (arch_type (gdbarch, TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, "void")); |
| 13097 | TYPE_NAME (lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address]) |
| 13098 | = "system__address"; |
| 13099 | |
| 13100 | lai->bool_type_symbol = NULL; |
| 13101 | lai->bool_type_default = builtin->builtin_bool; |
| 13102 | } |
| 13103 | \f |
| 13104 | /* Language vector */ |
| 13105 | |
| 13106 | /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */ |
| 13107 | |
| 13108 | static void |
| 13109 | emit_char (int c, struct type *type, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter) |
| 13110 | { |
| 13111 | ada_emit_char (c, type, stream, quoter, 1); |
| 13112 | } |
| 13113 | |
| 13114 | static int |
| 13115 | parse (void) |
| 13116 | { |
| 13117 | warnings_issued = 0; |
| 13118 | return ada_parse (); |
| 13119 | } |
| 13120 | |
| 13121 | static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor = { |
| 13122 | ada_print_subexp, |
| 13123 | ada_operator_length, |
| 13124 | ada_operator_check, |
| 13125 | ada_op_name, |
| 13126 | ada_dump_subexp_body, |
| 13127 | ada_evaluate_subexp |
| 13128 | }; |
| 13129 | |
| 13130 | /* Implement the "la_get_symbol_name_cmp" language_defn method |
| 13131 | for Ada. */ |
| 13132 | |
| 13133 | static symbol_name_cmp_ftype |
| 13134 | ada_get_symbol_name_cmp (const char *lookup_name) |
| 13135 | { |
| 13136 | if (should_use_wild_match (lookup_name)) |
| 13137 | return wild_match; |
| 13138 | else |
| 13139 | return compare_names; |
| 13140 | } |
| 13141 | |
| 13142 | /* Implement the "la_read_var_value" language_defn method for Ada. */ |
| 13143 | |
| 13144 | static struct value * |
| 13145 | ada_read_var_value (struct symbol *var, struct frame_info *frame) |
| 13146 | { |
| 13147 | struct block *frame_block = NULL; |
| 13148 | struct symbol *renaming_sym = NULL; |
| 13149 | |
| 13150 | /* The only case where default_read_var_value is not sufficient |
| 13151 | is when VAR is a renaming... */ |
| 13152 | if (frame) |
| 13153 | frame_block = get_frame_block (frame, NULL); |
| 13154 | if (frame_block) |
| 13155 | renaming_sym = ada_find_renaming_symbol (var, frame_block); |
| 13156 | if (renaming_sym != NULL) |
| 13157 | return ada_read_renaming_var_value (renaming_sym, frame_block); |
| 13158 | |
| 13159 | /* This is a typical case where we expect the default_read_var_value |
| 13160 | function to work. */ |
| 13161 | return default_read_var_value (var, frame); |
| 13162 | } |
| 13163 | |
| 13164 | const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = { |
| 13165 | "ada", /* Language name */ |
| 13166 | "Ada", |
| 13167 | language_ada, |
| 13168 | range_check_off, |
| 13169 | case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but |
| 13170 | that's not quite what this means. */ |
| 13171 | array_row_major, |
| 13172 | macro_expansion_no, |
| 13173 | &ada_exp_descriptor, |
| 13174 | parse, |
| 13175 | ada_error, |
| 13176 | resolve, |
| 13177 | ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */ |
| 13178 | ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */ |
| 13179 | emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */ |
| 13180 | ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */ |
| 13181 | ada_print_typedef, /* Print a typedef using appropriate syntax */ |
| 13182 | ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */ |
| 13183 | ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */ |
| 13184 | ada_read_var_value, /* la_read_var_value */ |
| 13185 | NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */ |
| 13186 | NULL, /* name_of_this */ |
| 13187 | ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* Looking up non-local symbols. */ |
| 13188 | basic_lookup_transparent_type, /* lookup_transparent_type */ |
| 13189 | ada_la_decode, /* Language specific symbol demangler */ |
| 13190 | NULL, /* Language specific |
| 13191 | class_name_from_physname */ |
| 13192 | ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */ |
| 13193 | 0, /* c-style arrays */ |
| 13194 | 1, /* String lower bound */ |
| 13195 | ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters, |
| 13196 | ada_make_symbol_completion_list, |
| 13197 | ada_language_arch_info, |
| 13198 | ada_print_array_index, |
| 13199 | default_pass_by_reference, |
| 13200 | c_get_string, |
| 13201 | ada_get_symbol_name_cmp, /* la_get_symbol_name_cmp */ |
| 13202 | ada_iterate_over_symbols, |
| 13203 | &ada_varobj_ops, |
| 13204 | LANG_MAGIC |
| 13205 | }; |
| 13206 | |
| 13207 | /* Provide a prototype to silence -Wmissing-prototypes. */ |
| 13208 | extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_ada_language; |
| 13209 | |
| 13210 | /* Command-list for the "set/show ada" prefix command. */ |
| 13211 | static struct cmd_list_element *set_ada_list; |
| 13212 | static struct cmd_list_element *show_ada_list; |
| 13213 | |
| 13214 | /* Implement the "set ada" prefix command. */ |
| 13215 | |
| 13216 | static void |
| 13217 | set_ada_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| 13218 | { |
| 13219 | printf_unfiltered (_(\ |
| 13220 | "\"set ada\" must be followed by the name of a setting.\n")); |
| 13221 | help_list (set_ada_list, "set ada ", -1, gdb_stdout); |
| 13222 | } |
| 13223 | |
| 13224 | /* Implement the "show ada" prefix command. */ |
| 13225 | |
| 13226 | static void |
| 13227 | show_ada_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| 13228 | { |
| 13229 | cmd_show_list (show_ada_list, from_tty, ""); |
| 13230 | } |
| 13231 | |
| 13232 | static void |
| 13233 | initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (void) |
| 13234 | { |
| 13235 | struct breakpoint_ops *ops; |
| 13236 | |
| 13237 | initialize_breakpoint_ops (); |
| 13238 | |
| 13239 | ops = &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops; |
| 13240 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 13241 | ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exception; |
| 13242 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_catch_exception; |
| 13243 | ops->re_set = re_set_catch_exception; |
| 13244 | ops->check_status = check_status_catch_exception; |
| 13245 | ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exception; |
| 13246 | ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exception; |
| 13247 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exception; |
| 13248 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exception; |
| 13249 | |
| 13250 | ops = &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops; |
| 13251 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 13252 | ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13253 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13254 | ops->re_set = re_set_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13255 | ops->check_status = check_status_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13256 | ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13257 | ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13258 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13259 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 13260 | |
| 13261 | ops = &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops; |
| 13262 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 13263 | ops->dtor = dtor_catch_assert; |
| 13264 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_catch_assert; |
| 13265 | ops->re_set = re_set_catch_assert; |
| 13266 | ops->check_status = check_status_catch_assert; |
| 13267 | ops->print_it = print_it_catch_assert; |
| 13268 | ops->print_one = print_one_catch_assert; |
| 13269 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_assert; |
| 13270 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_assert; |
| 13271 | } |
| 13272 | |
| 13273 | void |
| 13274 | _initialize_ada_language (void) |
| 13275 | { |
| 13276 | add_language (&ada_language_defn); |
| 13277 | |
| 13278 | initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (); |
| 13279 | |
| 13280 | add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class, set_ada_command, |
| 13281 | _("Prefix command for changing Ada-specfic settings"), |
| 13282 | &set_ada_list, "set ada ", 0, &setlist); |
| 13283 | |
| 13284 | add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class, show_ada_command, |
| 13285 | _("Generic command for showing Ada-specific settings."), |
| 13286 | &show_ada_list, "show ada ", 0, &showlist); |
| 13287 | |
| 13288 | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("trust-PAD-over-XVS", class_obscure, |
| 13289 | &trust_pad_over_xvs, _("\ |
| 13290 | Enable or disable an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types"), _("\ |
| 13291 | Show whether an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types is activated"), |
| 13292 | _("\ |
| 13293 | This is related to the encoding used by the GNAT compiler. The debugger\n\ |
| 13294 | should normally trust the contents of PAD types, but certain older versions\n\ |
| 13295 | of GNAT have a bug that sometimes causes the information in the PAD type\n\ |
| 13296 | to be incorrect. Turning this setting \"off\" allows the debugger to\n\ |
| 13297 | work around this bug. It is always safe to turn this option \"off\", but\n\ |
| 13298 | this incurs a slight performance penalty, so it is recommended to NOT change\n\ |
| 13299 | this option to \"off\" unless necessary."), |
| 13300 | NULL, NULL, &set_ada_list, &show_ada_list); |
| 13301 | |
| 13302 | add_catch_command ("exception", _("\ |
| 13303 | Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\ |
| 13304 | With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), |
| 13305 | catch_ada_exception_command, |
| 13306 | NULL, |
| 13307 | CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| 13308 | CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| 13309 | add_catch_command ("assert", _("\ |
| 13310 | Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\ |
| 13311 | With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), |
| 13312 | catch_assert_command, |
| 13313 | NULL, |
| 13314 | CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| 13315 | CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| 13316 | |
| 13317 | varsize_limit = 65536; |
| 13318 | |
| 13319 | add_info ("exceptions", info_exceptions_command, |
| 13320 | _("\ |
| 13321 | List all Ada exception names.\n\ |
| 13322 | If a regular expression is passed as an argument, only those matching\n\ |
| 13323 | the regular expression are listed.")); |
| 13324 | |
| 13325 | obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 13326 | |
| 13327 | decoded_names_store = htab_create_alloc |
| 13328 | (256, htab_hash_string, (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) streq, |
| 13329 | NULL, xcalloc, xfree); |
| 13330 | |
| 13331 | /* Setup per-inferior data. */ |
| 13332 | observer_attach_inferior_exit (ada_inferior_exit); |
| 13333 | ada_inferior_data |
| 13334 | = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL, ada_inferior_data_cleanup); |
| 13335 | } |